D139 2020 Public Notification

PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Approval Sought: Development Permit For Material

Change of Use
Proposed Development: Undefined Use (Electricity

Infrastructure - Battery Storage
Facility)
52949 Burnett Highway,

Where:
Bouldercombe
Lot Description: Lot 1 on RP610887 and Lot 3 on

RP611829
Application Reference: D/139-2020
Make a submission from:
18 February 2021 to 15 March 2021

You may make a submission to Rockhampton Regional Council
PO BOX 1860, Rockhampton QLD 4700
Email: enquiries@rrc.qld.gov.au
Phone: 07 4932 9000 or 1300 22 55 77
Click here to view the ‘Guide to public notification of development and change applications’
For more information on planning requirements within the Rockhampton Region feel free to visit
www.rrc.qld.gov.au
Bouldercombe Battery Storage Project
Genex Power Limited
21-Dec-2020
Development Permit for a

Material Change of Use
Electricity Infrastructure (Battery Storage Facility)
Revision 1 – 21-Dec-2020
Prepared for – Genex Power Limited – ABN: 18152098854
AECOM Bouldercombe Battery Storage Project
Development Permit for a Material Change of Use

Client: Genex Power Limited

ABN: 18152098854
Prepared by
AECOM Australia Pty Ltd
Level 5, 7 Tomlins Street, South Townsville Qld 4810, PO Box 5423, Townsville QLD 4810, Australia
T +61 7 4729 5500 www.aecom.com
ABN 20 093 846 925
21-Dec-2020
Job No.: 60644664
AECOM in Australia and New Zealand is certified to ISO9001, ISO14001 AS/NZS4801 and OHSAS18001.
© AECOM Australia Pty Ltd (AECOM). All rights reserved.
AECOM has prepared this document for the sole use of the Client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other
party should rely on this document without the prior written consent of AECOM. AECOM undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any
third party who may rely upon or use this document. This document has been prepared based on the Client’s description of its requirements and
AECOM’s experience, having regard to assumptions that AECOM can reasonably be expected to make in accordance with sound professional
principles. AECOM may also have relied upon information provided by the Client and other third parties to prepare this document, some of which
may not have been verified. Subject to the above conditions, this document may be transmitted, reproduced or disseminated only in its entirety.
Quality Information
Document Development Permit for a Material Change of Use
Ref 60644664
Date 21-Dec-2020
Prepared by Renee Weightman
Reviewed by Colette Hayes
Revision History
Authorised
Rev Revision Date Details
Name/Position Signature
1 21-Dec-2020 For Lodgement Colette Hayes

Project Manager
Table of Contents
1.0 Introduction i
1.1 Application Details i
1.2 Pre-lodgement iii
1.3 Supporting Information iv
1.4 Contact iv
2.0 Development Proposal 1
2.1 Project Overview 1
2.2 Tenure 2
2.3 Connection Assets 2
2.4 Use and Layout 2
2.4.1 Megapacks 2
2.4.2 Site Layout and Built Form 3
2.5 Construction Phase 4
2.5.1 Construction Activities 4
2.5.2 Staging 5
2.5.3 Construction Timeframe 5
2.5.4 Construction Workforce 5
2.5.5 Construction Access and Car Parking 5
2.5.6 Construction Traffic 6
2.5.7 Waste 7
2.5.8 Environmental Management 7
2.6 Operational Phase 7
2.6.1 Site Access 7
2.6.2 Site Safety and Security 7
2.6.3 Traffic and Car Parking 7
2.6.4 Maintenance Workforce 7
2.6.5 Waste 8
2.6.6 Utilities 8
2.6.7 Hours of Operation 8
2.7 Noise 8
2.8 Visual Amenity 8
2.9 Stormwater 9
3.0 Site Characteristics 10
3.1 Land Use 10
3.2 Site Characteristics 10
3.3 Environmental Values 12
3.3.1 Flora 12
3.3.2 Fauna 12
3.4 Natural Hazards 12
3.4.1 Bushfire 12
3.4.2 Flooding 12
5.0 Legislative and Policy Framework 13
5.1 Overview 13
5.2 Planning Act 2016 13
5.2.1 Assessment Manager 13
5.2.2 Referrals 13
5.3 State Planning Policy 2017 14
5.4 Regional Plan 14
5.5 Rockhampton Regional Council Planning Scheme 2015 14
5.5.1 Level of Assessment 14
5.5.2 Strategic Framework 14
5.5.3 Zone 14
5.5.4 Overlays 15
5.5.5 Codes 15
6.0 Conclusion 17
Appendix A
Development Application Form A
Appendix B
Owners Consent B
Appendix C
Pre-lodgement Notes C
Appendix D
Development Plans D
Appendix E
Assessment Benchmarks E
Appendix F
SDAP Codes F
Appendix G
Stormwater Management Plan G
Appendix H
Infrastructure Designation Documentation H
Appendix I
Ecological Assessment Report I
AECOM Bouldercombe Battery Storage Project i
1.0 Introduction
AECOM Australia Pty Ltd (AECOM) has prepared this Planning Report on behalf of Genex Power
Limited (the Applicant) for a proposed Bouldercombe Battery Storage Project (the Project). The
Project is anticipated to be Queensland’s first stand-alone, large-scale Battery Energy Storage System
(BESS) development.
This application seeks approval for a Development Permit for a Material Change of Use for Electricity
Infrastructure (Battery Storage Facility). This Planning Report has been prepared to present and
evaluate the Project against the requirements of the Rockhampton Regional Council Planning Scheme
2015, and other relevant Queensland legislative and policy requirements, for the consideration of the
Assessment Manager.
1.1 Application Details

The Project involves:
· A battery storage facility that takes electricity from the grid in periods of low demand, and feed back
into the grid at period of high demand.
· A battery storage capacity of up to 100MW/200MWh.
· Co-location with Powerlink’s Bouldercombe Substation.
· Site access via Powerlink’s existing vehicular crossover.
Under the Rockhampton Regional Council Planning Scheme 2015, the subject site is located within
the Special Purpose Zone. The Project does not meet any of the defined land uses within the
Planning Scheme Schedule and therefore, the Project is considered to be an ‘Undefined’ land use. An
‘Undefined’ land use triggers Impact Assessment pursuant to the Tables of Development.
In consultation with Rockhampton Regional Council, the Project has been proposed to be defined as
the following:
Means the use of a premises to store energy from a transmission grid or supply network into a
commercial battery energy storage system.
The Applicant is seeking a Material Change of Use for an Electricity Infrastructure (Battery Storage
Facility). Key application details are provided in Table 1. The Project site is shown on Figure 1.
Table 1 Summary of application details
Application Details
Proponent Name Genex Power Limited (the Applicant)
Lot/Plan 1RP610887 & 3RP611829
Site Area 26.609ha
Registered Owner Queensland Electricity Transmission Corporation – Powerlink Queensland
Tenure Freehold
Local Government Rockhampton Regional Council

Area
Assessment Rockhampton Regional Council

Manager
Planning Instrument Rockhampton Regional Council Planning Scheme 2015
AECOM Bouldercombe Battery Storage Project ii
Application Details
Existing Use Powerlink 275kV/135kV Bouldercombe Substation
Zone Special Purpose Zone
Use Definitions Pursuant to the Planning Scheme, the Project is an Undefined Land Use
Proposed Definition Electricity Infrastructure (Battery Storage Facility)

Means the use of a premises to store energy from a transmission grid or
supply network into a commercial battery energy storage system.
Infrastructure The Project site is subject to an Infrastructure Designation under the

Designation Planning Act 2016 for Electricity Operating Works.
State Referral · Designated Premises.

Matters · Electricity Infrastructure.
· State Controlled Road.
Figure 1 Project Site Location (Queensland Globe)
AECOM Bouldercombe Battery Storage Project iii
1.2 Pre-lodgement
Rockhampton Regional Council
A pre-lodgement meeting was undertaken with Rockhampton Regional Council on 17 November 2020.
The following key items were discussed (Appendix C):
· The proposed development is defined as an “undefined use”. Council has accepted the proposed
use description of the land use as, being “Electricity Infrastructure (Battery Storage Facility)”.
· Council requires a full assessment to be provided against the planning scheme. This must
include an assessment against the relevant sections of the Strategic Framework, in addition to
applicable zone, development and overlay codes (where applicable).
· Assessment is not required against the Steep Land Overlay if the development footprint is outside
of this mapped overlay area.
· The application may be made under delegation as the proposed development, is consistent with
the intent of the Special Purpose Zone.
· Council considers the proposal to be consistent with the intent of the Special Purpose Zone.
· Council requires the following to be addressed:
- No impact on character or amenity of the surrounding rural and residential area.
- A Stormwater Management Plan will need to be submitted that addresses how the additional
runoff from the new structures will be managed including clarification on impervious area.
- Security fencing around the development must comply with the Queensland Development
Code.
- Plans are to demonstrate lease boundary.
- Car Parking is to be demonstrated based on onsite demand.
- The site is not affected by flooding.
- Noise generation is to be addressed along with any mitigation strategies.
State Assessment Referral Agency
Pre-lodgement advice was requested and provided from the State Assessment Referral Agency on 26
November 2020 (Appendix C). The following key items were advised:
· ‘State Code 1 - Development in a state-controlled road environment’ is to be included in the
application package.
· Application is to address the following:
- Clarify the anticipated traffic generation, peak hour volumes, vehicle types, expected daily
usage, construction duration and any over size / over mass (OSOM) movements and confirm
if the existing access is suitable, in accordance with the Road Planning and Design Manual.
Depending on the outcome, a detailed Traffic Impact Assessment, prepared by a RPEQ in
accordance with the Guide to Traffic Impact Assessment (GTIA) may be required to form
part of the application.
- Stormwater associated with the proposed development must have no worsening impacts
onto the state-controlled road.
· In accordance with the relevant Limited Access Map, only one access, being the existing access
into Lot 1 RP610887, which also provides access into Lot 3 RP611829 is the only permitted
access.
AECOM Bouldercombe Battery Storage Project iv
1.3 Supporting Information

The following technical reports and documentation are included in support of this Development
Application:
· Development Application Forms (Appendix A)
· Owners’ Consent (Appendix B)
· Pre-lodgement Notes (Appendix C)
· Development Plans (Appendix D)
· Planning Scheme Assessment Benchmarks (Appendix E)
· SDAP Codes (Appendix F)
· Stormwater Management Plan (Appendix G)
· Infrastructure Designation Documentation (Appendix H)
· Ecological Assessment Report (Appendix I).
1.4 Contact
The Applicant contact for this Development Application is:
Renee Weightman
Senior Planner
Level 5, 7-13 Tomlins Street, South Townsville, QLD 4810
PO Box 5423 Townsville QLD 4810
Ph: 07 4720 1713
Email: renee.weightman@aecom.com
AECOM Bouldercombe Battery Storage Project 1
2.0 Development Proposal

2.1 Project Overview
The Project is a large-scale battery installation, located in the Rockhampton region (Figure 2). The
Project is anticipated to be Queensland’s first stand-alone, large-scale BESS development.
The Australian Energy Market Operator (AEMO) 2020 Integrated System Plan (AEMO, 2020),
identified that the National Electricity Market (NEM) requires upgrades to transmission infrastructure to
cope with the inherently variable nature of inverter based resources (IBR). IBR, which consists of
small/large scale wind and solar projects, contributes to network instability as these technologies are
currently unable to maintain system frequency within operating standards.
It was identified that new flexible and dispatchable resources, such as BESS would be a key
opportunity to respond to this network challenge through their ability to provide Frequency Control
Ancillary Services (FCAS).
The Project is co-located with Powerlink Queensland’s existing 275kV/135kV Bouldercombe
substation, with a direct connection into Powerlink’s 132kv network (Point of Connection). The Project
will take electricity from the grid in periods of low demand, and feed back into the grid at period of high
demand, as continuously providing FCAS services to the NEM. The Project will sized at a maximum
of 100MW/200MWh (2hrs depth).
Figure 2 Project Site
2.2 Tenure
The Applicant proposes to lease a Project site of 13,500m² from Powerlink within Lot 3 on RP611829.
A subdivision by lease has not been proposed as the agreed lease arrangement will be less than ten
(10) years and does not constitute assessable development under the Planning Act 2016.
2.3 Connection Assets

This application does not seek approval for the construction of the transmission line to connect
Powerlink’s substation to the Project. These required works will be undertaken by Powerlink, and in
accordance with the Planning Act 2016, the works do not constitute assessable development.
2.4 Use and Layout

The Bouldercombe Battery Storage Project includes a modular, fully integrated, industrial BESS. The
Project will have a storage capacity of up to 100MW/200MWh. The system is known as a Megapack
system. Megapacks are rechargeable lithium-ion battery modules boused in an enclosure with
integrated bi-directional power conversion system.
2.4.1 Megapacks
A maximum of 76 Megapacks (Figure 3) will be on the Project site. Each Megapack contains up to:
· 17 battery modules
· 22 Powerstages
· a thermal bay and associated thermal roof components
· an AC circuit breaker
· a set of customer interface terminal
· internal controls circuit boards.
The Megapacks have proposed dimensions of:
· Height - 2.5 metres.
· Length – 7.2 metres.
· Depth – 1.7 metres.
Figure 3 Megapack
2.4.2 Site Layout and Built Form

A maximum size of 100MW/200MWh, the Project site will consist of the following built form (Figure 4):
· A building footprint of 60m x 90m within a lease area of approximately 100m x 135m.
· Approximately 76 Megapacks.
· Electrical infrastructure including:
- approximately 20 medium voltage transformers
- control building
- approximately four outdoor rated ring main units (RMU) enclosures
- auxiliary transformer
- underground and overhead electrical cabling
· Security fence.
· Mobile crane accesses.
· Vehicular access tracks.
· Informal car parking.
Figure 4 Site Plan
2.5 Construction Phase

2.5.1 Construction Activities
The following activities are required to facilitate the construction of the Project.
· Mobilisation and establishment of temporary construction facilities and laydown area.
· Clearing and grubbing, cut, fill and compaction activities to create an access track from the
existing lot access from the Burnett Highway.
· Clearing and grubbing, cut, fill and compaction activities to create a level pad or pads.
· Installation of drainage.
· Installation of concrete footings or pads to support transformers, Megapacks, control building and
other outdoor electrical infrastructure.
· Delivery and placement of all equipment on the footings/pads.
· Trenching, installation and backfilling of underground cabling between equipment on the pad
including the Megapacks, transformers, auxiliary electrical equipment and the control room.
· Trenching, installation and backfilling of underground cabling between the compound and the
point of connection with Powerlink Queensland’s works within the existing substation.
Where cut and fill is proposed, a separate Development Permit for Operational Works for changes to
ground level will be submitted under separate cover.
2.5.2 Staging
The Project has been proposed to be constructed in a staged approach as follows and has been
depicted on Figure 4.
· Stage 1 – 50MW/100MWh.
· Stage 2 – 50MW/100MWh.
2.5.3 Construction Timeframe
The Project construction timeframe consists of the following:
· On site construction works are expected to take approximately 20 weeks.
· Testing and commissioning of the BESS is expected to take approximately 12 weeks.
2.5.4 Construction Workforce
Construction workforce expected to be approximately 50 people on site during the peak period.
2.5.5 Construction Access and Car Parking
The Project will obtain vehicular access from Burnett Highway via the existing Powerlink vehicular
crossover. The Burnett Highway is classified as a Limited Access Road by the Department of
Transport and Main Roads (TMR) and therefore, only one (1) vehicular crossover is permitted to the
Project sites (Figure 5).
Approved Access Location
Figure 5 Limited Access Map (Department of Transport and Main Roads)
Internal vehicular access road arrangements will be gravel tracks. These proposed tracks are for the
purpose of the Applicant only and therefore are separate to the existing Powerlink’s access tracks.
This seeks to ensure separate accesses are provided between the two (2) entities removing any
vehicular conflicts during construction and future operation and maintenance activities.
The vehicular access tracks have been sited to ensure the following:
· maintaining minimum clearance to front and side boundaries (16m minimum clearance to the fill
pad and 10m minimum clearance for the access road)
· clearance to the existing bore
· clearance to existing wash down facility
· acceptable turn paths for design vehicles with swept paths shown suitable for 25m semi-trailer
which is conservative for the Project.
Car parking will be gravel during construction at a location to be determined during detailed design.
All construction car parking and traffic will be fully accommodated on site.
2.5.6 Construction Traffic
Due to the nature and scale of the Project, a Traffic Impact Assessment has not been prepared or
submitted as part of the Development Application. Table 2 provides for a breakdown of each phase of
construction and the traffic counts including vehicle type applicable to demonstrate the traffic impact
during construction on the Burnett Highway. It is noted that this table details both stages of
construction and a Traffic Management Plan will be prepared post approval.
Table 2 Bouldercombe BESS Delivery Table (100MW/200MWh)
No. of One Way No. of One

Vehicle Way Vehicle
Phase Purpose
Movements Movements
(Heavy) (Light)
Site Set-Up and De- Portacabin delivery and removal 10 -

mobilisation
Skip delivery and removal 4 -
Generator delivery and removal 2 -
Crane mob and demob 8 -
Water tank delivery and removal 2 -
Roads and Delivery of imported capping for 62 -

hardstands roads, laydowns and hardstands
Delivery of sediment fences, 6 -

surveying, culverts, riprap and other
materials
Plant delivery and removal: 8 -

excavators, compactors, bulldozers,
drill rig
Key Equipment Tool container delivery and removal 2 -
Megapack deliveries 104 -
Transformers 36 -
Electrical Equipment Cable delivery 2 -
Cable trench backfill material delivery 4 -
Concrete deliveries 8 -
Control building deliveries 4 -
No. of One Way No. of One

Vehicle Way Vehicle
Phase Purpose
Movements Movements
(Heavy) (Light)
Aux transformer delivery 2 -
RMUs 4 -
Electrical equipment deliveries 16 -
Other Employee vehicle movements (2 per 6000

car, average of 30 people per day, 8
months construction period) -
Waste Collection 34 -
Consumables 16 -
Miscellaneous deliveries - 48
Total 334 6,048
2.5.7 Waste
Construction rubbish will be removed by the contractor during construction.
2.5.8 Environmental Management
An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be prepared and include a section on vegetation
management that provides clear guidance on areas to be cleared, methods for clearing and other
relevant environmental protection measures.
2.6 Operational Phase

2.6.1 Site Access
Site access during operational phase will remain unchanged from the construction phase (refer
Section 2.5.4).
2.6.2 Site Safety and Security
Fencing will be provided around the Project site at a height of approximately 1.9 metres.
2.6.3 Traffic and Car Parking
During the operational phase of the Project there will be minimal traffic impacts along the Burnett
Highway. Routine site visits from the operation and maintenance contractor can be expected
approximately once a month with a maximum of 3 people attending the site at any one time.
Therefore, approximately 6 vehicular trips per month would be generated by the Project.
Car parking will remain unformalised during operational phase as the vehicular trip generation is not
considered to generate sufficient demand for formalisation. Car parking can be fully accommodated
on site at all times.
2.6.4 Maintenance Workforce
Annual maintenance works are associated with the Project. The maintenance workforce will consist of
approximately 10 personnel from the operation and maintenance contractor.
Major services or rectification works may be necessary during the operational phase which would
require additional personnel and plant and equipment mobilising to site. These major services or
rectification works are not considered to generate substantial traffic to the site and will be able to be
fully accommodated on site.
2.6.5 Waste
On site waste facilities will not be required as no site office is being proposed. Should on site
technicians need to attend the site, all rubbish will be removed by the contractor.
2.6.6 Utilities
No site office is being proposed; therefore the site will not be connected to any utilities.
2.6.7 Hours of Operation
The Project will be running 24 hours / 7days per week.
2.7 Noise
The following provides an overview of the potential noise generation of the Project. The noise output
of the system is driven by the following aspects.
· Cooling fans which have been identified as the dominant noise source. The fans are located at
the top of the structure for improved noise directionally. The noise output is described as a wide
spectrum aerodynamic white noise dominated by the fan tip speed.
· Thermal bay is located at the bottom of the structure and drives the cooling loop.
· Inverter switching is described as a low-level noise and is located at the bottom of the structure.
The Megapack system has a maximum Sound Power Pressure of 75dB(A) at 10m from any direction
per Megapack. It is noted that from 10 metres away, it dissipates to 61.3dB(A) per Megapack. As the
Project will have a maximum of 76 Megapacks on site at the completion of Stage 2. No formal
Acoustic Impact Assessment has been done as a part of this Development Application Package.
The potential noise sensitive receptors and considerations for the Project include:
· The closest residential sensitive receptors are located at Childs Avenue. Childs Avenue is
located over 500 metres south of the Project site and is located on the opposite side of the
Burnett Highway.
· Childs Avenue consists of seventeen (17) residential dwellings, four (4) of which having have lot
boundary to the Burnett Highway with dwelling setbacks and landscaped screening from the
Highway. Furthermore, six (6) dwelling houses have lot boundary to the 500 metre wide
Powerlink Electricity Easement containing transmission lines.
· Dwellings located on Childs Avenue are located approximately 250 metres from the Powerlink
Substation.
· There are no sensitive receptors immediately adjoining the Project site to the north or west.
· Partial physical barriers exist between the Project and the sensitive receptor including the Burnett
Highway, Powerlink Substation and high voltage transmission lines.
· The prevailing wind direction is anticipated to be South East and East based on the closest
Bureau of Meteorology (BOM) data on prevailing wind directions (Rockhampton Aero).
2.8 Visual Amenity

The potentially sensitive receptors and considerations for the Project include:
· The closest residential sensitive receptors are located at Childs Avenue. Childs Avenue is
located over 500 metres south of the Project site and is located on the opposite side of the
Burnett Highway.
· Childs Avenue consists of seventeen (17) residential dwellings, four (4) of which having have lot
boundary to the Burnett Highway with dwelling setbacks and landscaped screening from the
Highway. Furthermore, six (6) dwelling houses have lot boundary to the 500 metre wide
Powerlink Electricity Easement containing transmission lines.
· Dwellings located on Childs Avenue are located approximately 250 metres from the Powerlink
Substation.
· There are no sensitive receptors immediately adjoining the Project site to the north or west.
· Partial physical barriers exist between the Project and the sensitive receptor including the Burnett
Highway, Powerlink Substation and high voltage transmission lines.
· The Project will have visibility from the Burnett Highway (State Controlled Road) and has been
setback 20 metres from property boundary.
The Project is analogues with the infrastructure and built form of the existing substation site. Visual
amenity impacts are considered to be minimal given the existing built form of the site, and the
surrounding land use and developments.
2.9 Stormwater
A high-level hydrologic and stormwater assessment was undertaken for the proposed design
(Appendix G). An assessment of the pre- and post-conditions was undertaken for the local catchment
flooding to which Section 3.0 (Appendix G) the assessment concluded that no mitigation works are
required to offset changes to external catchment runoff.
3.0 Site Characteristics

3.1 Land Use
Table 3 demonstrates the surrounding land uses.
Table 3 Surrounding Land Use
Surrounding Land Uses Comment

North Large vacant rural land parcels
South · Powerlink substation.
· Large vacant land parcels with rural residential dwellings.
East · Large vacant rural land parcels.
· Powerlink easement.
· Residential dwellings on large allotments.
West Large vacant rural land parcels
3.2 Site Characteristics

The Project site consist of the following characteristics shown in Table 4 and depicted in Figure 6 to
Figure 10.
Table 4 Project Site Characteristics
Project Site Characteristics Comment

Infrastructure · Powerlink 275kV/135kV Bouldercombe Substation (Figure
6 & Figure 7)
· overhead high voltage lines (Figure 6)
· washdown facility and catch dam (Figure 8)
· bore (Figure 9)
· unformed vehicular access tracks (Figure 10)
· helipad
· fencing.
Topography The site topography generally grades down from the south to
the north with an approximate slope of between 4%.
Road Frontage and Length Approximately 660 m
Services The allotments are not connected to urban services.
Waterways Nil
Heritage The results of the desktop review indicate that there are no
known historical heritage sites in or adjacent to the Project site.
Given the history of the Project area, the potential for
previously unrecorded heritage places is considered to be
extremely low.
Indigenous A search of the Department of Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islander Partnerships (DATSIP) Cultural Heritage Database
and Register has been submitted and concluded that there are
no Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander Cultural heritage within
the Project site.
Non- Indigenous The Project site is not listed on the National, State or Local
Heritage Register.
Figure 6 Powerlink Substation Figure 7 Powerlink Substation
Figure 8 Washdown Facility Figure 9 Project site and bore in the background
Figure 10 Access Tracks Figure 11 Existing Vegetation
3.3 Environmental Values

3.3.1 Flora
The DNRME Regulated Vegetation Management Map identified Category X vegetation as occurring
within the entire Project site. The field survey confirmed the presence of Category X vegetation across
the Project site.
Refer to Ecological Assessment Report (Appendix I).
3.3.2 Fauna
The Project site is comprised of non-remnant eucalypt open woodland to grassland on alluvium.
Fauna habitat that persists within the Project site has been subject to clearing, weed invasion and
other edge effects. However, some habitat features are present within the Project site, which provide
habitat opportunities for a number of least concern, conservation significant and migratory species.
One distinct habitat type was recorded within and adjacent to the Project site, Eucalyptus low open
woodland and grassland on alluvium.
The cleared grassland areas are unlikely to provide many fauna habitat opportunities, other than
foraging grasses for birds and mammals. The regrowth tree provided some opportunities for shade,
however there was an absence of tree hollows, due to the age of the regrowth. Leaf litter,
decorticating bark and fallen logs were largely absent. The dense ground layer may provide some
sheltering opportunities for small mammals. A permanent (fenced) dam exists within the Project site,
utilised for vehicle wash downs, which may be utilised by aerial bird species. Two larger dams exist
immediately adjacent to the Project site which were dry at the time of survey, however may provide
watering opportunities for fauna during the wet season. No rocks or boulders were recorded in the
Project site.
Refer to Ecological Assessment Report (Appendix I).
3.4 Natural Hazards

3.4.1 Bushfire
As described above, the Project site will be cleared and void of vegetation with adequate buffers being
provided to protect the infrastructure. It is noted that the Project site has not been mapped under the
Planning Scheme as being subject to bushfire hazard areas.
3.4.2 Flooding
The Project site has not been mapped under the Planning Scheme as being subject to flooding,
however to ensure site constraints were considered, a Flood Assessment has been undertaken and
included within Appendix G.
5.0 Legislative and Policy Framework

5.1 Overview
This section provides an overview of the legislative context of the application under the Planning Act
2016 and the Planning Regulations 2017.
5.2 Planning Act 2016

The proposed development constitutes a Material Change of Use as defined under Schedule 2 the
Planning Act 2016:
5.2.1 Assessment Manager
Pursuant to the Planning Regulations 2017, Schedule 8, Table 2, Item 1 (b) the Assessment Manager
is Rockhampton Regional Council
5.2.2 Referrals
In accordance with Schedule 10 of the Planning Regulation 2017, the following referrals apply.
Table 5 Schedule 10 Planning Regulations 2017
Referral Referral Module

Part Division Table
Trigger Agency
9 1 1 Designated DSDILP The
Premise designation
9 4 4 State DTMR State Code 1
Subdivision 2 Controlled
Road
9 2 2 Electricity Powerlink N/A
Infrastructure
5.2.2.1 Community Infrastructure Designation

The subject sites were gazetted under Queensland Government Gazette No 116 dated 22 August
2008 as land designated for community infrastructure pursuant to section 2.1.6 of the Integrated
Planning Act 1997 (Appendix H).
The type of community infrastructure for which the above land has been designated is operating works
under the Electricity Act 1994 and has been made in respect of land on which the Queensland
Electricity Transmission Corporation Limited, trading as Powerlink Queensland. Since the
designation, the site has been progressively developed into the Substation that is currently existing on
site.
Based on the above, the proposed Battery Storage Facility does not contravene the infrastructure
designation and the Project is considered to be an ancillary use to the existing substation.
The designation does not reference any conditions or applicable assessment benchmarks.
5.2.2.2 State Code 1 – Development in a State Controlled Road Environment
An assessment of State Code 1 has been provided in Appendix F.
Burnett Highway has been gazetted as a Limited Access Road pursuant to the Limited Access Map
dated 1988 refer Appendix F. Advice has been received from the SARA that only one (1) vehicular
access is permitted from the Burnett Highway.
Therefore, the Project seeks to utilise the existing Powerlink vehicular crossover on lot 1 on RP610887
and forms part of this application for access purposes only.
5.3 State Planning Policy 2017

Section 30(2)(a)(ii) of the Planning Regulation 2017 requires that the impact assessment of this
application must be carried out against the State Planning Policy, part E, to the extent part E is not
identified in the planning scheme as having been appropriately integrated. Section 2.1 of the Planning
Scheme has stated that all State interests have been integrated into the Planning Scheme.
5.4 Regional Plan

Section 30(2)(a)(i) of the Planning Regulation 2017 requires that the impact assessment of this
application must be carried out against the assessment benchmarks stated in the regional plan, to the
extent the regional plan is not identified in the planning scheme as having been appropriately
integrated.
The Project site is within the area of the Central Queensland Regional Plan 2013. Section 2.2 of the
Planning Scheme has identified that the strategic framework appropriately advances the Central
Queensland Regional Plan 2013.
5.5 Rockhampton Regional Council Planning Scheme 2015

This application is to be assessed against the Rockhampton Regional Council Planning Scheme 2015.
5.5.1 Level of Assessment
Pursuant to the Rockhampton Regional Council Planning Scheme 2015 an ‘Undefined Use’ is Impact
Assessable. The assessment benchmarks applicable under the Planning Scheme are addressed
below.
5.5.2 Strategic Framework
The strategic framework sets the policy direction for the planning scheme and forms the basis for
ensuring appropriate development occurs in the planning scheme area for the life of the planning
scheme. The Rockhampton Region Planning Scheme has six (6) themes that collectively represent
the policy intent of the scheme.
i. Settlement pattern
ii. Natural environment and hazards
iii. Community identity and diversity
iv. Access and mobility
v. Infrastructure and services
vi. Natural resources and economic development.
The Project is considered to comply with the Strategic Framework as the Project seeks to:
· Introduce new energy storing infrastructure to meet the needs of the community.
· The Project has been sited to minimise potential adverse impacts on adjoining land uses through
suitable co-location with Powerlink’s Substation and over 500 metres from the nearest sensitive
receptor.
· The Project seeks to provide for safe and efficient alternative energy storage.
5.5.3 Zone
The subject site is located within the Special Purposes zone. The intent of the Special Purpose Zone
is as follows:
The purpose of the special purpose zone code is to:
· protect important special purpose sites from the establishment of
inappropriate land uses;
· minimise land use conflict and ensure that development does not
adversely affect the amenity and characteristics of the surrounding
area; and
· ensure that development within the zone has appropriate standards of
infrastructure and essential services.
The purposes of the zone will be achieved through the following
outcomes:
· land uses which are ancillary to the main land use of the site (such as
caretaker’s accommodation) are compatible with and support the
development of the primary land use;
· development will not affect the ongoing operation of existing special
purpose facilities or impact upon new facilities;
· development has a scale that reflects the operational, functional and
location needs of the use without undermining the role and function of
centres;
· development does not impact upon the character and amenity of the
surrounding area;
· development is located and designed to respond to local heritage
features, natural landscape features and environmental constraints;
· development is serviced by infrastructure that is commensurate with
the needs of the use; and
· the establishment of two (2) precincts within the zone where particular
requirements are identified:
- Depot Hill rail precinct; and
- Rockhampton Airport precinct.
The Project meets the intent of the Special Purpose Zone through the following considerations:
· The Project site contains an operational substation for power distribution. It is considered that the
colocation of the battery storage facility is an ancillary to the main use of the site and is compatible
with the substation.
· The character and amenity of the site as discussed above is an operational substation. It is
considered that the built form of the proposed battery storage facility will not impact on the existing
character or amenity of the site.
5.5.4 Overlays
The Project site is mapped as being subject to the following overlays.
Table 6 Applicable Overlays
Overlay Codes Response

Steep Land Overlay Code The Project site is located outside the mapped
areas of steep land. In consultation with
Rockhampton Regional Council, assessment
against the Steep Land Overlay Code is not
required.
5.5.5 Codes
Rockhampton Regional Council Planning Scheme 2015 codes applicable to the Project, and the
location of the relevant codes are identified in Table 7.
Table 7 Applicable Codes
Application Codes Location of Response
Special Purpose Zone Code Appendix E. Refer Section 5.5.3.
Filling and Excavation Code Appendix E. The Project will require filling and excavation and
will be subject to a separate Operational Works application. The
Project is considered to meet the Performance Outcomes of the
Code.
Access, Parking and Transport Appendix E. Car parking and access has been discussed herein
Code and is considered to meet the intent of the Performance
Outcomes.
Landscape Code Appendix E. Landscaping has not been proposed as part of the
Project based on the following:
· The Project is co-located with Powerlink’s large scale
substation which currently has no landscaped buffer.
· The Project has been proposed with a generous setback
from the Highway.
· The Project has a generous site distance from the nearest
sensitive receptors.
Stormwater Management Code Appendix E. Stormwater has been assessed against the
Stormwater Management Code included within Appendix G.
Waste Management Code Assessment against this code has not been undertaken. The
Project will not be generating any post construction waste. All
construction waste will be detailed within post approval
construction management plans.
Water and Sewer Code Assessment against this code has not been undertaken. The
Project will not be serviced by water and sewer.
Works Code Appendix E. Due to the nature of the Project, connection to

utilities is not being proposed. Car parking and access has
been discussed herein and is considered to meet the intent of
the Performance Outcomes.
6.0 Conclusion
This Development Application has been prepared on behalf of Genex Power Limited (‘the Applicant’)
by AECOM for the proposed Bouldercombe Battery Project (the Project). The Project is anticipated to
be Queensland’s first stand-alone, large-scale Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) development.
The applicant is seeking a Development Permit for a Material Change of Use for Electricity
Infrastructure (Battery Storage Facility).
The Project has been assessed against the relevant State and Local assessment criteria, including the
Rockhampton Regional Council Planning Scheme, SPP and other relevant Strategic Plans and
Policies.
The proposed development is considered to be consistent with the intent of these planning
instruments.
Appendix A
Development
Application Form
DA Form 1 – Development application details
Approved form (version 1.3 effective 28 September 2020) made under section 282 of the Planning Act 2016.
This form must be used to make a development application involving code assessment or impact assessment,
except when applying for development involving only building work.
For a development application involving building work only, use DA Form 2 – Building work details.
For a development application involving building work associated with any other type of assessable development
(i.e. material change of use, operational work or reconfiguring a lot), use this form (DA Form 1) and parts 4 to 6 of
DA Form 2 – Building work details.
Unless stated otherwise, all parts of this form must be completed in full and all required supporting information must
accompany the development application.
One or more additional pages may be attached as a schedule to this development application if there is insufficient
space on the form to include all the necessary information.
This form and any other form relevant to the development application must be used to make a development
application relating to strategic port land and Brisbane core port land under the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994,
and airport land under the Airport Assets (Restructuring and Disposal) Act 2008. For the purpose of assessing a
development application relating to strategic port land and Brisbane core port land, any reference to a planning
scheme is taken to mean a land use plan for the strategic port land, Brisbane port land use plan for Brisbane core
port land, or a land use plan for airport land.
Note: All terms used in this form have the meaning given under the Planning Act 2016, the Planning Regulation 2017, or the Development
Assessment Rules (DA Rules).
PART 1 – APPLICANT DETAILS
1) Applicant details
Applicant name(s) (individual or company full name) Genex Power Limited C/o AECOM
Contact name (only applicable for companies) Renee Weightman
Postal address (P.O. Box or street address) PO Box 5423
Suburb Townsville
State QLD
Postcode 4810
Country Australia
Contact number 4720 1713
Email address (non-mandatory) renee.weightman@aecom.com
Mobile number (non-mandatory)
Fax number (non-mandatory)
Applicant’s reference number(s) (if applicable) 60544566
2) Owner’s consent
2.1) Is written consent of the owner required for this development application?
Yes – the written consent of the owner(s) is attached to this development application
No – proceed to 3)
PART 2 – LOCATION DETAILS
3) Location of the premises (complete 3.1) or 3.2), and 3.3) as applicable)

Note: Provide details below and attach a site plan for any or all premises part of the development application. For further information, see DA
Forms Guide: Relevant plans.
3.1) Street address and lot on plan
Street address AND lot on plan (all lots must be listed), or
Street address AND lot on plan for an adjoining or adjacent property of the premises (appropriate for development in
water but adjoining or adjacent to land e.g. jetty, pontoon. All lots must be listed).
Unit No. Street No. Street Name and Type Suburb
52949 Burnett Highway Bouldercombe
a)
Postcode Lot No. Plan Type and Number (e.g. RP, SP) Local Government Area(s)
1 RP610887 Rockhampton Regional Council
Unit No. Street No. Street Name and Type Suburb
52949 Burnett Highway Bouldercombe
b)
Postcode Lot No. Plan Type and Number (e.g. RP, SP) Local Government Area(s)
3 RP611829 Rockhampton Regional Council
3.2) Coordinates of premises (appropriate for development in remote areas, over part of a lot or in water not adjoining or adjacent to land
e.g. channel dredging in Moreton Bay)
Note: Place each set of coordinates in a separate row.
Coordinates of premises by longitude and latitude
Longitude(s) Latitude(s) Datum Local Government Area(s) (if applicable)
WGS84
GDA94
Other:
Coordinates of premises by easting and northing
Easting(s) Northing(s) Zone Ref. Datum Local Government Area(s) (if applicable)
54 WGS84
55 GDA94
56 Other:
3.3) Additional premises
Additional premises are relevant to this development application and the details of these premises have been
attached in a schedule to this development application
Not required
4) Identify any of the following that apply to the premises and provide any relevant details
In or adjacent to a water body or watercourse or in or above an aquifer
Name of water body, watercourse or aquifer:
On strategic port land under the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994
Lot on plan description of strategic port land:
Name of port authority for the lot:
In a tidal area
Name of local government for the tidal area (if applicable):
Name of port authority for tidal area (if applicable):
On airport land under the Airport Assets (Restructuring and Disposal) Act 2008
Name of airport:
Page 2
Version 1.3— 28 September 2020
Listed on the Environmental Management Register (EMR) under the Environmental Protection Act 1994
EMR site identification:
Listed on the Contaminated Land Register (CLR) under the Environmental Protection Act 1994
CLR site identification:
5) Are there any existing easements over the premises?

Note: Easement uses vary throughout Queensland and are to be identified correctly and accurately. For further information on easements and
how they may affect the proposed development, see DA Forms Guide.
Yes – All easement locations, types and dimensions are included in plans submitted with this development
application
No
PART 3 – DEVELOPMENT DETAILS
Section 1 – Aspects of development

6.1) Provide details about the first development aspect
a) What is the type of development? (tick only one box)
Material change of use Reconfiguring a lot Operational work Building work
b) What is the approval type? (tick only one box)
Development permit Preliminary approval Preliminary approval that includes a variation approval
c) What is the level of assessment?
Code assessment Impact assessment (requires public notification)
d) Provide a brief description of the proposal (e.g. 6 unit apartment building defined as multi-unit dwelling, reconfiguration of 1 lot into 3
lots):
Development Permit for a Material Change of Use for Electricity Infrastructure (Battery Storage Facility)
e) Relevant plans
Note: Relevant plans are required to be submitted for all aspects of this development application. For further information, see DA Forms guide:
Relevant plans.
Relevant plans of the proposed development are attached to the development application
6.2) Provide details about the second development aspect
a) What is the type of development? (tick only one box)
Material change of use Reconfiguring a lot Operational work Building work
b) What is the approval type? (tick only one box)
Development permit Preliminary approval Preliminary approval that includes a variation approval
c) What is the level of assessment?
Code assessment Impact assessment (requires public notification)
d) Provide a brief description of the proposal (e.g. 6 unit apartment building defined as multi-unit dwelling, reconfiguration of 1 lot into 3
lots):
e) Relevant plans
Note: Relevant plans are required to be submitted for all aspects of this development application. For further information, see DA Forms Guide:
Relevant plans.
Relevant plans of the proposed development are attached to the development application
6.3) Additional aspects of development
Additional aspects of development are relevant to this development application and the details for these aspects
that would be required under Part 3 Section 1 of this form have been attached to this development application
Not required
Page 3
Section 2 – Further development details
7) Does the proposed development application involve any of the following?
Material change of use Yes – complete division 1 if assessable against a local planning instrument
Reconfiguring a lot Yes – complete division 2
Operational work Yes – complete division 3
Building work Yes – complete DA Form 2 – Building work details
Division 1 – Material change of use

Note: This division is only required to be completed if any part of the development application involves a material change of use assessable against a
local planning instrument.
8.1) Describe the proposed material change of use
Provide a general description of the Provide the planning scheme definition Number of dwelling Gross floor
proposed use (include each definition in a new row) units (if applicable) area (m2)
(if applicable)
Battery Storage Facility Undefined Land Use N/A N/A
8.2) Does the proposed use involve the use of existing buildings on the premises?
Yes
No
Division 2 – Reconfiguring a lot

Note: This division is only required to be completed if any part of the development application involves reconfiguring a lot.
9.1) What is the total number of existing lots making up the premises?
9.2) What is the nature of the lot reconfiguration? (tick all applicable boxes)
Subdivision (complete 10)) Dividing land into parts by agreement (complete 11))
Boundary realignment (complete 12)) Creating or changing an easement giving access to a lot
from a constructed road (complete 13))
10) Subdivision
10.1) For this development, how many lots are being created and what is the intended use of those lots:
Intended use of lots created Residential Commercial Industrial Other, please specify:
Number of lots created

10.2) Will the subdivision be staged?
Yes – provide additional details below
No
How many stages will the works include?
What stage(s) will this development application
apply to?
Page 4
11) Dividing land into parts by agreement – how many parts are being created and what is the intended use of the
parts?
Intended use of parts created Residential Commercial Industrial Other, please specify:
Number of parts created
12) Boundary realignment

12.1) What are the current and proposed areas for each lot comprising the premises?
Current lot Proposed lot
2
Lot on plan description Area (m ) Lot on plan description Area (m2)
12.2) What is the reason for the boundary realignment?
13) What are the dimensions and nature of any existing easements being changed and/or any proposed easement?
(attach schedule if there are more than two easements)
Existing or Width (m) Length (m) Purpose of the easement? (e.g. Identify the land/lot(s)
proposed? pedestrian access) benefitted by the easement
Division 3 – Operational work

Note: This division is only required to be completed if any part of the development application involves operational work.
14.1) What is the nature of the operational work?
Road work Stormwater Water infrastructure
Drainage work Earthworks Sewage infrastructure
Landscaping Signage Clearing vegetation
Other – please specify:
14.2) Is the operational work necessary to facilitate the creation of new lots? (e.g. subdivision)
Yes – specify number of new lots:
No
14.3) What is the monetary value of the proposed operational work? (include GST, materials and labour)
$
PART 4 – ASSESSMENT MANAGER DETAILS
15) Identify the assessment manager(s) who will be assessing this development application
16) Has the local government agreed to apply a superseded planning scheme for this development application?
Yes – a copy of the decision notice is attached to this development application
The local government is taken to have agreed to the superseded planning scheme request – relevant documents
attached
No
Page 5
PART 5 – REFERRAL DETAILS
17) Does this development application include any aspects that have any referral requirements?
Note: A development application will require referral if prescribed by the Planning Regulation 2017.
No, there are no referral requirements relevant to any development aspects identified in this development
application – proceed to Part 6
Matters requiring referral to the Chief Executive of the Planning Act 2016:
Clearing native vegetation
Contaminated land (unexploded ordnance)
Environmentally relevant activities (ERA) (only if the ERA has not been devolved to a local government)
Fisheries – aquaculture
Fisheries – declared fish habitat area
Fisheries – marine plants
Fisheries – waterway barrier works
Hazardous chemical facilities
Heritage places – Queensland heritage place (on or near a Queensland heritage place)
Infrastructure-related referrals – designated premises
Infrastructure-related referrals – state transport infrastructure
Infrastructure-related referrals – State transport corridor and future State transport corridor
Infrastructure-related referrals – State-controlled transport tunnels and future state-controlled transport tunnels
Infrastructure-related referrals – near a state-controlled road intersection
Koala habitat in SEQ region – interfering with koala habitat in koala habitat areas outside koala priority areas
Koala habitat in SEQ region – key resource areas
Ports – Brisbane core port land – near a State transport corridor or future State transport corridor
Ports – Brisbane core port land – environmentally relevant activity (ERA)
Ports – Brisbane core port land – tidal works or work in a coastal management district
Ports – Brisbane core port land – hazardous chemical facility
Ports – Brisbane core port land – taking or interfering with water
Ports – Brisbane core port land – referable dams
Ports – Brisbane core port land – fisheries
Ports – Land within Port of Brisbane’s port limits (below high-water mark)
SEQ development area
SEQ regional landscape and rural production area or SEQ rural living area – tourist activity or sport and
recreation activity
SEQ regional landscape and rural production area or SEQ rural living area – community activity
SEQ regional landscape and rural production area or SEQ rural living area – indoor recreation
SEQ regional landscape and rural production area or SEQ rural living area – urban activity
SEQ regional landscape and rural production area or SEQ rural living area – combined use
Tidal works or works in a coastal management district
Reconfiguring a lot in a coastal management district or for a canal
Erosion prone area in a coastal management district
Urban design
Water-related development – taking or interfering with water
Water-related development – removing quarry material (from a watercourse or lake)
Water-related development – referable dams
Water-related development –levees (category 3 levees only)
Wetland protection area
Matters requiring referral to the local government:
Airport land
Environmentally relevant activities (ERA) (only if the ERA has been devolved to local government)
Page 6
Heritage places – Local heritage places
Matters requiring referral to the Chief Executive of the distribution entity or transmission entity:
Infrastructure-related referrals – Electricity infrastructure
Matters requiring referral to:
· The Chief Executive of the holder of the licence, if not an individual
· The holder of the licence, if the holder of the licence is an individual
Infrastructure-related referrals – Oil and gas infrastructure
Matters requiring referral to the Brisbane City Council:
Ports – Brisbane core port land
Matters requiring referral to the Minister responsible for administering the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994:
Ports – Brisbane core port land (where inconsistent with the Brisbane port LUP for transport reasons)
Ports – Strategic port land
Matters requiring referral to the relevant port operator, if applicant is not port operator:
Ports – Land within Port of Brisbane’s port limits (below high-water mark)
Matters requiring referral to the Chief Executive of the relevant port authority:
Ports – Land within limits of another port (below high-water mark)
Matters requiring referral to the Gold Coast Waterways Authority:
Tidal works or work in a coastal management district (in Gold Coast waters)
Matters requiring referral to the Queensland Fire and Emergency Service:
Tidal works or work in a coastal management district (involving a marina (more than six vessel berths))
18) Has any referral agency provided a referral response for this development application?
Yes – referral response(s) received and listed below are attached to this development application
No
Referral requirement Referral agency Date of referral response
Identify and describe any changes made to the proposed development application that was the subject of the
referral response and this development application, or include details in a schedule to this development application
(if applicable).
PART 6 – INFORMATION REQUEST
19) Information request under Part 3 of the DA Rules

I agree to receive an information request if determined necessary for this development application
I do not agree to accept an information request for this development application
Note: By not agreeing to accept an information request I, the applicant, acknowledge:
· that this development application will be assessed and decided based on the information provided when making this development
application and the assessment manager and any referral agencies relevant to the development application are not obligated under the DA
Rules to accept any additional information provided by the applicant for the development application unless agreed to by the relevant
parties
· Part 3 of the DA Rules will still apply if the application is an application listed under section 11.3 of the DA Rules.
Further advice about information requests is contained in the DA Forms Guide.
Page 7
PART 7 – FURTHER DETAILS
20) Are there any associated development applications or current approvals? (e.g. a preliminary approval)
Yes – provide details below or include details in a schedule to this development application
No
List of approval/development Reference number Date Assessment
application references manager
Approval
Development application
Approval
Development application
21) Has the portable long service leave levy been paid? (only applicable to development applications involving building work or
operational work)
Yes – a copy of the receipted QLeave form is attached to this development application
No – I, the applicant will provide evidence that the portable long service leave levy has been paid before the
assessment manager decides the development application. I acknowledge that the assessment manager may
give a development approval only if I provide evidence that the portable long service leave levy has been paid
Not applicable (e.g. building and construction work is less than $150,000 excluding GST)
Amount paid Date paid (dd/mm/yy) QLeave levy number (A, B or E)
$
22) Is this development application in response to a show cause notice or required as a result of an enforcement
notice?
Yes – show cause or enforcement notice is attached
No
23) Further legislative requirements

Environmentally relevant activities
23.1) Is this development application also taken to be an application for an environmental authority for an
Environmentally Relevant Activity (ERA) under section 115 of the Environmental Protection Act 1994?
Yes – the required attachment (form ESR/2015/1791) for an application for an environmental authority
accompanies this development application, and details are provided in the table below
No
Note: Application for an environmental authority can be found by searching “ESR/2015/1791” as a search term at www.qld.gov.au. An ERA
requires an environmental authority to operate. See www.business.qld.gov.au for further information.
Proposed ERA number: Proposed ERA threshold:
Proposed ERA name:
Multiple ERAs are applicable to this development application and the details have been attached in a schedule to
this development application.
Hazardous chemical facilities
23.2) Is this development application for a hazardous chemical facility?
Yes – Form 69: Notification of a facility exceeding 10% of schedule 15 threshold is attached to this development
application
No
Note: See www.business.qld.gov.au for further information about hazardous chemical notifications.
Page 8
Clearing native vegetation
23.3) Does this development application involve clearing native vegetation that requires written confirmation that
the chief executive of the Vegetation Management Act 1999 is satisfied the clearing is for a relevant purpose under
section 22A of the Vegetation Management Act 1999?
Yes – this development application includes written confirmation from the chief executive of the Vegetation
Management Act 1999 (s22A determination)
No
Note: 1. Where a development application for operational work or material change of use requires a s22A determination and this is not included,
the development application is prohibited development.
2. See https://www.qld.gov.au/environment/land/vegetation/applying for further information on how to obtain a s22A determination.
Environmental offsets
23.4) Is this development application taken to be a prescribed activity that may have a significant residual impact on
a prescribed environmental matter under the Environmental Offsets Act 2014?
Yes – I acknowledge that an environmental offset must be provided for any prescribed activity assessed as
having a significant residual impact on a prescribed environmental matter
No
Note: The environmental offset section of the Queensland Government’s website can be accessed at www.qld.gov.au for further information on
environmental offsets.
Koala habitat in SEQ Region

23.5) Does this development application involve a material change of use, reconfiguring a lot or operational work
which is assessable development under Schedule 10, Part 10 of the Planning Regulation 2017?
Yes – the development application involves premises in the koala habitat area in the koala priority area
Yes – the development application involves premises in the koala habitat area outside the koala priority area
No
Note: If a koala habitat area determination has been obtained for this premises and is current over the land, it should be provided as part of this
development application. See koala habitat area guidance materials at www.des.qld.gov.au for further information.
Water resources
23.6) Does this development application involve taking or interfering with underground water through an
artesian or subartesian bore, taking or interfering with water in a watercourse, lake or spring, or taking
overland flow water under the Water Act 2000?
Yes – the relevant template is completed and attached to this development application and I acknowledge that a
relevant authorisation or licence under the Water Act 2000 may be required prior to commencing development
No
Note: Contact the Department of Natural Resources, Mines and Energy at www.dnrme.qld.gov.au for further information.
DA templates are available from https://planning.dsdmip.qld.gov.au/. If the development application involves:
· Taking or interfering with underground water through an artesian or subartesian bore: complete DA Form 1 Template 1
· Taking or interfering with water in a watercourse, lake or spring: complete DA Form1 Template 2
· Taking overland flow water: complete DA Form 1 Template 3.
Waterway barrier works
23.7) Does this application involve waterway barrier works?
Yes – the relevant template is completed and attached to this development application
No
DA templates are available from https://planning.dsdmip.qld.gov.au/. For a development application involving waterway barrier works, complete
DA Form 1 Template 4.
Marine activities
23.8) Does this development application involve aquaculture, works within a declared fish habitat area or
removal, disturbance or destruction of marine plants?
Yes – an associated resource allocation authority is attached to this development application, if required under
the Fisheries Act 1994
No
Note: See guidance materials at www.daf.qld.gov.au for further information.
Page 9
Quarry materials from a watercourse or lake
23.9) Does this development application involve the removal of quarry materials from a watercourse or lake
under the Water Act 2000?
Yes – I acknowledge that a quarry material allocation notice must be obtained prior to commencing development
No
Note: Contact the Department of Natural Resources, Mines and Energy at www.dnrme.qld.gov.au and www.business.qld.gov.au for further
information.
Quarry materials from land under tidal waters

23.10) Does this development application involve the removal of quarry materials from land under tidal water
under the Coastal Protection and Management Act 1995?
Yes – I acknowledge that a quarry material allocation notice must be obtained prior to commencing development
No
Note: Contact the Department of Environment and Science at www.des.qld.gov.au for further information.
Referable dams
23.11) Does this development application involve a referable dam required to be failure impact assessed under
section 343 of the Water Supply (Safety and Reliability) Act 2008 (the Water Supply Act)?
Yes – the ‘Notice Accepting a Failure Impact Assessment’ from the chief executive administering the Water
Supply Act is attached to this development application
No
Note: See guidance materials at www.dnrme.qld.gov.au for further information.
Tidal work or development within a coastal management district

23.12) Does this development application involve tidal work or development in a coastal management district?
Yes – the following is included with this development application:
Evidence the proposal meets the code for assessable development that is prescribed tidal work (only required
if application involves prescribed tidal work)
A certificate of title
No
Note: See guidance materials at www.des.qld.gov.au for further information.
Queensland and local heritage places
23.13) Does this development application propose development on or adjoining a place entered in the Queensland
heritage register or on a place entered in a local government’s Local Heritage Register?
Yes – details of the heritage place are provided in the table below
No
Note: See guidance materials at www.des.qld.gov.au for information requirements regarding development of Queensland heritage places.
Name of the heritage place: Place ID:

Brothels
23.14) Does this development application involve a material change of use for a brothel?
Yes – this development application demonstrates how the proposal meets the code for a development
application for a brothel under Schedule 3 of the Prostitution Regulation 2014
No
Decision under section 62 of the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994
23.15) Does this development application involve new or changed access to a state-controlled road?
Yes – this application will be taken to be an application for a decision under section 62 of the Transport
Infrastructure Act 1994 (subject to the conditions in section 75 of the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 being
satisfied)
No
Page 10
Walkable neighbourhoods assessment benchmarks under Schedule 12A of the Planning Regulation
23.16) Does this development application involve reconfiguring a lot into 2 or more lots in certain residential zones
(except rural residential zones), where at least one road is created or extended?
Yes – Schedule 12A is applicable to the development application and the assessment benchmarks contained in
schedule 12A have been considered
No
Note: See guidance materials at www.planning.dsdmip.qld.gov.au for further information.
PART 8 – CHECKLIST AND APPLICANT DECLARATION
24) Development application checklist

I have identified the assessment manager in question 15 and all relevant referral
requirement(s) in question 17 Yes
Note: See the Planning Regulation 2017 for referral requirements
If building work is associated with the proposed development, Parts 4 to 6 of DA Form 2 – Yes
Building work details have been completed and attached to this development application Not applicable
Supporting information addressing any applicable assessment benchmarks is with the
development application
Note: This is a mandatory requirement and includes any relevant templates under question 23, a planning report Yes
and any technical reports required by the relevant categorising instruments (e.g. local government planning
schemes, State Planning Policy, State Development Assessment Provisions). For further information, see DA
Forms Guide: Planning Report Template.
Relevant plans of the development are attached to this development application
Note: Relevant plans are required to be submitted for all aspects of this development application. For further Yes
information, see DA Forms Guide: Relevant plans.
The portable long service leave levy for QLeave has been paid, or will be paid before a Yes
development permit is issued (see 21) Not applicable
25) Applicant declaration

By making this development application, I declare that all information in this development application is true and
correct
Where an email address is provided in Part 1 of this form, I consent to receive future electronic communications
from the assessment manager and any referral agency for the development application where written information
is required or permitted pursuant to sections 11 and 12 of the Electronic Transactions Act 2001
Note: It is unlawful to intentionally provide false or misleading information.
Privacy – Personal information collected in this form will be used by the assessment manager and/or chosen
assessment manager, any relevant referral agency and/or building certifier (including any professional advisers
which may be engaged by those entities) while processing, assessing and deciding the development application.
All information relating to this development application may be available for inspection and purchase, and/or
published on the assessment manager’s and/or referral agency’s website.
Personal information will not be disclosed for a purpose unrelated to the Planning Act 2016, Planning
Regulation 2017 and the DA Rules except where:
· such disclosure is in accordance with the provisions about public access to documents contained in the Planning
Act 2016 and the Planning Regulation 2017, and the access rules made under the Planning Act 2016 and
Planning Regulation 2017; or
· required by other legislation (including the Right to Information Act 2009); or
· otherwise required by law.
This information may be stored in relevant databases. The information collected will be retained as required by the
Public Records Act 2002.
Page 11
PART 9 – FOR COMPLETION OF THE ASSESSMENT MANAGER – FOR OFFICE
USE ONLY
Date received: Reference number(s):
Notification of engagement of alternative assessment manager

Prescribed assessment manager
Name of chosen assessment manager
Date chosen assessment manager engaged
Contact number of chosen assessment manager
Relevant licence number(s) of chosen assessment
manager
QLeave notification and payment

Note: For completion by assessment manager if applicable
Description of the work
QLeave project number
Amount paid ($) Date paid (dd/mm/yy)
Date receipted form sighted by assessment manager
Name of officer who sighted the form
Page 12
Appendix B
Owners Consent
Appendix C
Pre-lodgement Notes
PRELODGEMENT
MEETING MINUTES
MEETING DETAILS
Date of Meeting: Tuesday 17 November 2020, 9:30am
Council Attendees: Applicant Attendees:
 Thomas Gardiner – Senior Planning Officer,  Renee Weightman – Senior Planner, AECOM
Development Assessment
 Colette Hayes – Senior Planner, AECOM
 Patricia Farrow – Development Engineer,
 Amy Crowley – Genex
Community Services
 Emma-Leigh Castley – Environmental
Health Officer, Community Services
 Alyce James – Strategic Planner, Corporate
Services
 Kathy McDonald – Planning Assistant,
Development Assessment
PROPOSAL
Address: 52949 Burnett Highway, Bouldercombe
Real Property Description: Lot 1 on RP610887 and Lot 3 on RP611829
Details of Proposal: Electricity Infrastructure (Battery Storage Facility)
Issues identified by the Applicant for discussion:
Special Purpose Zone
Undefined Use Clarification
Steep Land Overlay
Site Layout – Amenity, Car Parking, Fencing, Flood and Access
Supporting information/documentation provided by Applicant:
Overview of Proposal Document
MINUTES
PLANNING ASSESSMENT
Defined Use: Electricity Infrastructure
Planning Area/Zone: Special Purpose Zone
Type of Application Required: Material Change of Use for an undefined use (Electricity Infrastructure)
Level of Assessment: Impact Assessable
DEVELOPMENT ASSESSMENT:
 Council agrees that the proposed development can be captured as an “undefined use”. Council also
accepts the proposed use description, being “Electricity Infrastructure (Battery Storage Facility)”. The
proposed activities are not appropriately captured under the definitions of “Major Electricity
Infrastructure” or “Substation”, as defined under the Rockhampton Region Planning Scheme 2015
(version 2.1) (the planning scheme). Council will include a condition which clearly describes the
definition. The applicant is requested to compose a definition as part of the lodgement for the MCU
application.
 The subject site is located in the Special Purpose Zone. The proposed development will require the
lodgement of a Material Change of Use (MCU) application to Council, and the level of assessment will
be “impact”.
 Council will agree to apply the application fee for “Major Electricity Infrastructure” for this proposed
development. Under the current fees and charges schedule, this fee is $2,828.00.
 Council’s expectation for an impact-assessable MCU application is that a full assessment is provided
against the planning scheme. This must include an assessment against the relevant sections of the
Strategic Framework, in addition to applicable zone, development and overlay codes (where
applicable).
 While the subject site is partially affected by the Steep Land Overlay, an assessment is not required
against this overlay code if the development footprint is outside of this mapped overlay area (refer to
section 8.1 (6) of the planning scheme).
 Referral to the Queensland Treasury (State Assessment and Referral Agency Department) is required
as the subject site is in proximity to a State Transport Infrastructure Corridor (Burnett Highway, and
are premises which are the subject of a designation made by the Minister.
 Referral to Powerlink is also required as the subject site / development footprint are within 100 metres
of a substation.
 Being an Impact Assessable application it will need to be public notified for a minimum of fifteen (15)
business days. If there are no submissions received during the public notification period, a decision
on the application may be made under delegation as the proposed development, is consistent with
the intent of the Special Purpose Zone.
 The proposed development is largely consistent with the intent of the Special Purpose Zone. Council
considers that the proposed activities are ancillary to the main use of the site (Bouldercombe Power
Station), and that the development will not affect the ongoing operation of the existing special purpose
facility currently accommodated on the subject site.
 Information should accompany the MCU application to demonstrate that there will be no impact
caused to the character and amenity of the surrounding rural and rural residential area. In particular,
residences located to the immediate south (e.g. residences on Childs Avenue).
DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERING UNIT:

 A Stormwater Management Plan will need to be submitted that addresses how the additional runoff
from the new structures will be managed including clarification on impervious area – will the
containers be on one consistent pad or individual pads?
 Security fencing around the development must comply with the Queensland Development Code and if
more than 2metres in height will require a Building Works Permit. Plans for the Final boundary line to
be leased/fenced are still in draft.
 Car Parking: provide information on the expected traffic for the development to determine car parking
requirements.
 Flooding: no requirements as the site is not affected by flooding from the surrounding creeks.
PUBLIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH:
The application should address the noise generated from the development and possible mitigation
strategies (if required) taking into account separation distances from sensitive land uses within proximity.
OUTCOME SUMMARY:
The proposed development is ancillary to the existing use on site (Bouldercombe Power Station) and is
consistent with the intent of the Special Purpose Zone. The applicant must demonstrate to Council that
the proposed development will not cause any adverse off-site impacts to surrounding rural and rural
residential area.
ADVISORY NOTES:
These notes have been provided as informal and non-binding comments and are intended for use as a
guide only in providing feedback on the proposal presented to the Unit. These discussions do not bind or
fetter the Council in any way in exercising its statutory responsibilities in assessing any development
application which might be made to the Council.
Infrastructure Charges (not including actual charges)

The Adopted Infrastructure Charges are available to view on Council’s Website. These are located in the
Fees and Charges Section. Please see the link below.
http://www.rockhamptonregion.qld.gov.au/Planning-and-Building/Infrastructure-Charges
Link to DA Forms
https://planning.dsdmip.qld.gov.au/planning/better-development/application-forms-and-templates
Link to Planning Schemes
http://www.rockhamptonregion.qld.gov.au/Planning-and-Building/Planning-Schemes-and-Studies
Link to Development Assessment Fees
http://www.rockhamptonregion.qld.gov.au/About-Council/Finance-Rates-and-Budget/Fees-and-Charges
Development Incentives
http://www.rockhamptonregion.qld.gov.au/Planning-and-Building/Development-Incentives
PA6-L
Our reference: 2011-19619 SPL

Your reference: 60617664
26 November 2020
Genex Power Limited C/o AECOM

PO Box 5423
TOWNSVILLE QLD 4810
renee.weightman@aecom.com
Attention: Renee Weightman
Dear Genex Power Limited C/o AECOM
Pre-lodgement advice
Thank you for your correspondence received on 5 November 2020 in which you sought pre-lodgement
advice from the State Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) regarding the proposed development
described below.
Reference information
SARA role: Referral agency
SARA jurisdiction: Schedule 10, Part 9, div 4, sub 2, table 4 (Planning Regulation 2017)
Development application for a material change of use near a State
transport corridor or that is a future State transport corridor
Location details
Street address: 52949 Burnett Highway, Bouldercombe; 52949 Burnett Highway,
Bouldercombe
Real property description: 1RP610887; 3RP611829
Local government area: Rockhampton Regional Council
Existing use: Substation
Details of proposal
Development type: Material change of use
Development description: Electricity Infrastructure – (100MW Battery Storage facility)
Fitzroy/Central regional office

Level 2, 209 Bolsover Street,
Rockhampton
Page 1 of 3 PO Box 113, Rockhampton QLD 4700
2011-19619 SPL
Supporting information
Drawing/report title Prepared by Date Reference no. Version/issue
Memorandum - Request AECOM 5/11/2020 60617664 -
for Pre-lodgement -
Bouldercombe Battery
Storage Project
RE: 2011-19619 SPL Renee Weightman 16/11/20 - -
Genex Power Limited Pre-
lodgement (Email)
Burnett Highway (Mt Main Roads 11/12/87 L.A. 10780 / A
Morgan-Rockhampton) Department MRD No
Limited Access Map 665023
The SARA has carried out a review of the information provided and the impacts of the proposal. The
following advice outlines the matters of interest to the SARA and matters that should be addressed if you
lodge your development application with the assessment manager.
General
1. SARA will be a referral agency should you require a development application and the following
advice relates to SARA’s requirements. You will be required to submit a completed copy of DA form 1
with your application.
2. The timeframes for obtaining a development approval are set out in the Development Assessment
Rules (DA Rules) and can be calculated on SARA’s website.
3. The fees for lodgement of a development application to SARA must be paid only for those fees
relevant to the application and as set out in Schedule 10 of the Planning Regulation 2017.
State development assessment provisions (SDAP)

4. SARA is required under the Planning Act 2016 to assess assessable development against the latest
version of the relevant SDAP codes. State code response templates are also available to assist in
responding to the relevant state codes.
State-controlled road
5. Demonstrate compliance with the State Development Assessment Provision (SDAP). The following
codes may apply:
 State Code 1 - Development in a state-controlled road environment.
6. Clarify the anticipated traffic generation, peak hour volumes, vehicle types, expected daily usage,
construction duration and any over size / over mass (OSOM) movements and confirm if the existing
access is suitable, in accordance with the Road Planning and Design Manual. Depending on the
outcome, a detailed Traffic Impact Assessment, prepared by a RPEQ in accordance with the Guide
to Traffic Impact Assessment (GTIA) may be required to form part of the application.
7. Clarify and demonstrate the strategy on how stormwater impacts will be mitigated and managed on
site. Please note, the stormwater associated with the proposed development must have no
worsening impacts onto the state-controlled road.
8. Should the stormwater generated by the proposed development impact onto the state-controlled
road, the applicant must provide a Stormwater Management Plan prepared by a RPEQ, in
accordance with the Queensland Urban Drainage Manual (QUDM) and the Department of Transport
and Main Roads Road Drainage Manual.
Limited access road

9. In accordance with the relevant Limited Access Map, only one access, being the existing access into
Lot 1 RP610887, which also provides access into Lot 3 RP611829 is the only permitted access.
State Assessment and Referral Agency Page 2 of 3

2011-19619 SPL
This pre-lodgement advice is valid for a period of 9 months from time of issue, unless a change in
legislation or policy has occurred that would affect the pre-lodgement advice. This pre-lodgement advice
does not constitute an approval or an endorsement that the SARA supports the development proposal.
Additional information may be required to allow the SARA to properly assess the development proposal
when a formal application has been lodged.
For further information please contact Carl Porter, Principal Planning Officer, on 07 4924 2913 or via
email RockhamptonSARA@dsdmip.qld.gov.au who will be pleased to assist.
Yours sincerely
Anthony Walsh
Manager Planning

Appendix D
Development Plans
52
53
53
52
55
52
54
53
56
55
51
56
55
53
52
54
51
52
52
51
50
53
56
51
53
55
54
52
50
49
52
53
52
53 53
56
53
53
52 51
53
52
51
48
54
52
51
50
50 55
50
52
53
51
51
51
49
50
50
49
49
49
50
48
48
49
47
48
47
46
45
46
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONCEPT
Appendix E
Assessment
Benchmarks
Special Purpose Zone Code
Performance Outcomes Acceptable Outcomes Comment

Where involving a new building or expansion to an existing building
Built form
PO1 AO1.1 Complies
Development is of a height and scale that: The height of buildings and The Megapacks have proposed dimensions of:
structures does not exceed:
· Height - 2.5 metres.
1. complements the scale of the locality; · Length – 7.2 metres.
2. maintains the residential amenity in 1. two (2) storeys and 8.5 metres · Depth – 1.7 metres.
adjoining residential zones; above ground level where the
3. minimises overshadowing and overlooking ground has a slope less than The electrical infrastructure is estimated to cover an additional 440m2.
of residential areas; and fifteen (15) per cent; and
4. avoids impacts on the operational airspace 2. two (2) storeys and ten (10) The Projects visual impacts are far less than the height and scale of the
of the Rockhampton Airport. metres above ground existing substation.
level where the ground has a
slope equal to or greater than
of fifteen (15) per cent.
Note—Within the Rockhampton

Airport precinct and sub-precincts,
building heights on the airport
obstacle limitation surface map OM-
2A prevail over building heights
detailed in the zone codes.
AND
AO1.2 The Project has a site coverage of 1,370m2 which does not exceed
Site cover does not exceed sixty (60) 60%.
per cent of the total site area.
PO2 AO2.1 Complies
Building setbacks contribute to an Buildings are set back from street The Project has been setback 20 metres from the Burnett Highway.
attractive streetscape and provide for landscaping frontages:
at the front of the site.
1. within twenty (20) per cent of
the average front setback of
adjoining buildings; or
1 of 29
2. where there are no adjoining
buildings a minimum of six (6)
metres.
PO3 AO3.1 Complies

Development reflects the operational and Except where a wall is built directly The Megapacks have a length of 7.168 metres and reflects the
functional needs of the use and provides design against another wall, all exterior operational and functional needs of the use. The Project is not for the
features when having regard to visibility of walls are: purpose of a building, therefore, articulation is not considered
buildings to street frontages. applicable in this instance.
1. articulated so they do not
exceed a length of fifteen (15)
metres without a change in
plane of at least 0.75 metre
depth; or
2. painted with at least two
colours, each of which covers
at least ten (10) per cent of total
exterior wall area; or
3. covered with at least two (2)
different types of cladding
material, each of which covers
at least ten (10) per cent of total
exterior wall area.
AND
AO3.2
Where applicable, the
ancillary office space and sales
areas of each building are sited on
and oriented towards the primary
street frontage.
Depot Hill Precinct Not Applicable
Airport terminal sub precinct Not Applicable
Streetscape and landscaping
PO6 AO6.1 Not Applicable
Landscaping and streetscaping is provided to: Development includes a minimum The Project is for the purpose of a Battery Storage Facility. The facility
landscaped area of ten (10) per cent has been suitably setback to ensure that the visual amenity from the
1. enhance public streets and spaces;
of the total site area. street has been upheld.
2. create an attractive environment that is
consistent with, and defines, the local
AND It is considered that the Project does not require landscaping or
character of the zone;
streetscaping based on the following considerations:
3. enhance the appearance of the
AO6.2 · It is considered that due to the nature of the existing substation on
development;
Where buildings are set back from site and its height and scale, the proposed Battery Storage Facility
4. screen components of development from
the street, a landscape planting bed scale is minor in comparison.
adjoining sensitive land use(s) and from the
street; and
with a minimum length of one (1) · The Project does not adjoin a sensitive land use.
5. allow shading for pedestrian comfort.
metre is provided along the · The Project has a compact design and has been suitably setback
full frontage of any from the road frontage.
road frontage (excluding vehicle and Therefore, the Project is considered to comply with the Performance
pedestrian access ways). Outcome.
AND
AO6.3
For non-residential uses a two (2)
metre wide vegetated buffer is
provided to any vehicle movement
and parking areas that adjoin
a sensitive land use.
AND
AO6.4
For non-residential uses a 1.8
metres high solid screen fence is
provided along side and rear
property boundaries.
AND
AO6.5
Windows that have direct views into
adjoining residential buildings in
residential zones are provided with
fixed screening that is a maximum of
seventy-five (75) per cent
transparent to obscure views into the
adjoining residential building and
maintain privacy for those residents
Land use – Caretakers Accommodation Not Applicable
Effects of Development
Outdoor lighting maintains the amenity of any Outdoor lighting is designed, No outdoor lighting has been proposed.
adjoining residential zoned premises and does installed and maintained in The Project is not located adjoining a residential or sensitive land use.
not adversely impact the safety of vehicles or compliance with the parameters and
pedestrians on the adjoining streets as a result of requirements of the Australian
light emissions, either directly or by reflection. Standard AS 4282 — Control of the
obtrusive effects of outdoor lighting,
as updated from time to time.
AND
AO8.2
Outdoor lighting is provided in
accordance with Australian Standard
AS 1158.1.1 – Road Lighting –
Vehicular Traffic (Category V)
Lighting – Performance and
Installation Design Requirements, as
updated from time to time.
Development provides for the appropriate Development that involves the The Project does not require the storage, collection, treatment or
storage, collection, treatment and disposal of storage of materials on site that are disposal of liquid or solid wastes.
liquid wastes or sources of contamination such capable of generating air
that off-site releases of contaminants do not contaminants either by wind or when Construction rubbish will be removed off site and will form part of future
occur. All storage areas are screened from disturbed are managed by: construction management plans.
the streetscape and adjoining residential zones.
1. being wholly enclosed in
storage bins; or
2. a watering program so material
can not become airborne.
AND
AO9.2
Roof water is piped away from areas
of potential contamination.
AO9.3
Outdoor storage areas are:
1. located behind the front
building line;
2. screened from view from off-
site public places; and
3. screened from
adjoining sensitive land use(s)
by a 1.8 metre high solid
screen fence.
Built form additional provisions

Buildings which are located in prominent The building’s main entrance faces The Project is for the purpose of a Battery Storage Facility.
positions such as corner sites or with frontages to the public place. Essentially there are no main entrances.
public spaces are designed to express or
emphasise the importance of their location. AND It is noted that the Project has been suitably setback from the road
frontage.
AO10.2
Buildings on corner sites provide
active frontages to both street
frontages and the main entrance
faces the principal street or the
street corner.
PO11 No acceptable outcome is Not Applicable
The design of new buildings: nominated. The Project is for the purpose of a Battery Storage Facility which is not
considered to constitute a building as there are no roof structures,
1. has vertical and horizontal articulation to
articulations, or responses to climatic design.
create shadow and break up the built form,
such as steps, recesses and splays;
2. has a roof form that creates visual interest,
is not flat and can conceal plant equipment;
3. fits responsively into the streetscape;
4. accommodates local climatic conditions;
5. creates an engaging, high quality built
environment; and
6. provide a continuous pedestrian friendly
facade at a human scale.

Development avoids the creation of ‘heat islands’ Hard surface areas are interspersed It is considered that the Project will not create ‘heat islands’ as no
such as large expanses of roofing and parking with spaces between buildings and expanses of roofing or parking areas have been proposed.
areas. car park areas, vegetated or covered
with fabric sails.
PO13 No acceptable outcome is Complies
Development facilitates the security of people and nominated. The Project will be fully fenced and viewable from the Burnett Highway.
property having regard to: Lighting has not been proposed as part of the design.
Editor’s note—Applicants should
1. opportunities for passive surveillance and
have regard to Crime Prevention
sightlines;
Through Environmental Design
2. exterior building design that promotes
Guidelines for Queensland.
safety;
3. adequate lighting;
4. appropriate way finding mechanisms;
5. minimisation of entrapment locations; and
6. building entrances, loading and storage
areas that are well lit and lockable after
hours
Effects of development
Development is located and designed to respond nominated. The Project has been sited to be responsive to the sites constraints
sensitively to on-site and surrounding landscape including:
and topography such that: · 20 metre setback from the Burnett Highway.
1. hazards to people or property are avoided; · Fencing around the Projects footprint.
2. earthworks are minimised; · Earthworks are only proposed to facilitate flat building pads.
3. the retention of natural drainage lines is · Minimal vegetation clearing will be required.
maximised;
4. the retention of existing vegetation is · No damage or disruption to sewer, stormwater or water
maximised; infrastructure as none are located within the site.
5. damage or disruption to sewer, stormwater · No locally significant natural features are located on site.
and water infrastructure is avoided; and
6. there is adequate buffering from locally
significant natural features.
Hours of operation of a non-residential use do not nominated. The Project does not have hours of operation and will run 24 hours.
impact on the amenity or privacy of adjoining The Project site does not adjoin residential or sensitive land uses and
residential zones. therefore it is considered not to impact on the surrounding amenity.
Development minimises impacts on surrounding nominated. Visual amenity:
land and provides for an appropriate level of
The potentially sensitive receptors and considerations for the Project
amenity within the centre, having regard to:
include:
1. noise;
2. hours of operation; · The closest residential sensitive receptors are located at Childs
Avenue. Childs Avenue is located over 500 metres south of the
3. traffic;
4. visual impact; Project site and is located on the opposite side of the Burnett
5. signage; Highway.
6. odour and emissions; · Childs Avenue consists of seventeen (17) residential dwellings,
7. lighting; four (4) of which having have lot boundary to the Burnett Highway
8. access to sunlight; with dwelling setbacks and landscaped screening from the
9. privacy; and Highway. Furthermore, six (6) dwelling houses have lot boundary
10. outlook. to the 500 metre wide Powerlink Electricity Easement containing
transmission lines.
· Dwellings located on Childs Avenue are located approximately
250 metres from the Powerlink Substation.
· There are no sensitive receptors immediately adjoining the Project
site to the north or west.
· The Project will have visibility from the Burnett Highway (State
Controlled Road) and has been setback20 metres from property
boundary.
It is considered that the sensitive receptors (dwelling houses) have an
existing visual amenity impact from the height and scale of the
Powerlink Substation and transmission lines as it is located closer to
the dwellings houses than the Project site.
Noise:
The following provides an overview of the potential noise generation of
the Project, specifically, the noise output of the system is driven by:
· Cooling fans which have been identified as the dominant noise
source. The fans are located at the top of the structure for
improved noise directionally. The noise output is described as a
wide spectrum aerodynamic white noise dominated by the fan tip
speed.
· Thermal bay is located at the bottom of the structure and drives
the cooling loop.
· Inverter switching is described as a low-level noise and is located
at the bottom of the structure.
The Megapack system has a maximum Sound Power Pressure of
75dB(A) at 10m from any direction per Megapack. It is noted that from
10 metres away, it dissipates to 61.3dB(A) per Megapack.
As the Project will have a maximum of 76 Megapacks on site at the
completion of Stage 2..
Streetscape and landscaping

On-site landscaping is provided to: nominated. Due to the nature of the Project, landscaping within the Project footprint
has not been proposed.
1. create an attractive environment that is
Editor’s note—A landscape concept Specifically, the character of the immediate locality constitutes the
consistent with, and defines, the local
plan may be required in accordance adjoining electrical substation, the Burnett Highway is not conducive to
character of the zone;
with SC6.12 — Landscape design encouraging a pedestrian environment.
2. soften and enhance the appearance of the
and street trees planning scheme
development; and
policy
3. provide shade for visitors and adjoining
footpaths.
Rockhampton Airport Precinct Not Applicable
Filling and Excavation Code

Retaining walls
The construction of retaining walls does not Retaining walls are set back at least The Project is not proposing retaining walls.
adversely impact upon the stability of land or half the height of the wall from any
existing structures. boundary of the site.
AND
AO1.2
Retaining walls over 1.5 metres are
stepped 1.5 metres for every 1.5
metres in height, terraced and
landscaped.
Amenity
Excavation or filling or the construction of nominated. The Project is not proposing retaining walls.
retaining walls does not adversely affect the
visual character of the surrounding area and
areas of high scenic amenity and visibility.
PO3 AO3.1
Excavation or filling or the construction of No dust or other air emissions Not Applicable
retaining walls does not adversely affect the extend beyond the boundaries of The Project is not proposing retaining walls.
amenity of adjoining or nearby properties. the site.
AND
AO3.2
The total duration of filling or
excavation operations does not
exceed four (4) weeks.
AND
AO3.3
Filling or excavation operations
occur only between 07:00 to 18:00
Monday to Saturday.
AND
AO3.4
Excavation and filling operations are
undertaken in accordance with
the Capricorn Municipal
Development Guidelines.
Environment
Excavation or filling or the construction of nominated. The Project is not proposing retaining walls.
retaining walls does not adversely affect the
environmental values of the locality.
Excavation or filling of land is carried out in such Excavation or filling does not The Project is not proposing earthworks as part of this application and
a way that it does not materially impede the flow increase, concentrate or divert will be subject to a separate Operational Works application.
of water through the site or worsen the flow of stormwater into an adjoining site.
water external to the site.
AND
Editor's note—Excavation or filling is carried out
in accordance with an approved hydrology and AO5.2
hydraulics report, prepared by a suitably qualified Excavation or filling does not cause
person. The report demonstrates that any or enable the ponding of water on
proposed excavation or filling or structures will the site or on any other adjoining
not adversely affect flows on the site, upstream of land.
the site and downstream of the site.
AND
AO5.3
Excavation and filling is not located:
1. in any waterway corridor;

and
2. in any wetland.
Editor's note—Waterway corridors

and wetlands are shown on
the biodiversity areas overlay maps
OM-3A to OM-3D.
AND
AO5.4
Filling or excavation does not
adversely affect the level or flow of
water in any overland flow path.
Traffic and access
Traffic generated by excavation and filling does Haulage routes used for the The Project is not proposing earthworks as part of this application and
not adversely impact on the amenity of the transportation of fill to or from will be subject to a separate Operational Works application.
surrounding are the site use major streets and only
those minor streets that are
necessary to provide direct access
to the site.
AND
AO6.2
Truck movements generated by
excavation or filling, do not exceed
twenty (20) truck movements per
day.
AND
AO6.3
Truck movements generated by
excavation or filling, do not occur for
longer than four (4) weeks within any
three (3) month period.
Infrastructure
Excavation or filling or the construction of In respect to electricity works, unless The Project is not proposing earthworks as part of this application and
retaining walls is carried out in a manner that will an approval from the owner of the will be subject to a separate Operational Works application.
not: electricity works is granted stating
otherwise, excavation and filling
does not occur within:
1. damage, or result in damage to existing
infrastructure; or
2. compromise the safety of existing 1. twenty (20) metres of any
infrastructure. tower, pole, foundation, ground
anchorage or stay supporting
Editor's note—Development involving excavation electric lines or associated
or filling on land adjacent to electricity equipment; or
infrastructure should be referred to the relevant 2. five (5) metres of
electricity entity to ensure there will be no a substation site boundary; or
electrical hazard created by the proposed 3. two (2) metres of a pad
development, before any application is lodged mount substation; or
with Council. 4. one (1) metre of a pad mount
transformer or an underground
cable.
Erosion and sediment control

Development ensures that all reasonable and Erosion and sediment control plan is The Project is not proposing earthworks as part of this application and
practical measures are taken to manage the to be designed and implemented in will be subject to a separate Operational Works application.
impact of erosion, turbidity and sedimentation, accordance with the Capricorn
both within and external to the Municipal Development Guidelines.
development site from construction activities,
including vegetation clearing, earthworks, to
protect water quality and environmental
Landscape Code

Design
Landscaping is professionally designed and Landscaping is provided in accordance with The Project is for the purpose of a Battery Storage Facility. The
provides a suitably sized area to: requirements in zone codes and SC6.12 — facility has been suitably setback to ensure that the visual
Landscape design and street trees planning amenity from the street has been upheld.
1. create an attractive visual addition to a
scheme policy.
building or place;
It is considered that the Project does not require landscaping or
2. soften the built form;
Note—Where the outcomes vary, the zone streetscaping based on the following considerations:
3. provide a space for on-site recreation; and
code takes precedence. · It is considered that due to the nature of the existing
4. enable landscaping to establish and thrive
substation on site and its height and scale, the proposed
under the local conditions.
Editor’s note—A landscaped plan, prepared Battery Storage Facility scale is minor in comparison.
Editor’s note—Landscaped areas may include
by a competent landscape designer is · The Project does not adjoin a sensitive land use.
natural bushland, planted garden beds,
required to meet this acceptable outcome. · The Project has a compact design and has been suitably
grassed areas, vegetated courtyards and setback from the road frontage.
pedestrian paths. Therefore, the Project is considered to comply with the
Performance Outcome.
PO2 No acceptable outcome is nominated. Not Applicable
Shade trees are provided in the landscaped Refer above
areas to provide shade onto buildings,
recreation areas, seating, car parking areas
and the road verge.
On-site stormwater harvesting is to be Landscape design incorporates the flow of Refer above
maximised with reuse measures and water along overland flow paths, but does not
amelioration of stormwater impacts indicated. impede flow paths and watercourses.
AND
AO3.2
Landscaping maximises opportunities for on-
site infiltration by:
1. minimising impervious surfaces and

incorporating semi-permeable paving
products;
2. falling hard surfaces towards pervious
surfaces such as turf or mulched areas;
3. maximising the opportunity for turf and
planting areas;
4. aligning planting areas parallel to
contours to slow the flow of surface
water; and
5. ensuring the planting palette comprises
canopy tree species.
AND
AO3.3
Provision for drainage is incorporated through
treatments such as subsurface drains,
swales, ponds, infiltration cells.
AND
AO3.4
The landscape design incorporates sediment
and erosion control measures.
Design of pedestrian paths and places The landscape design complies The Project fronts onto the Burnett Highway, pedestrian paths
reinforces the desired character of the area, with Australian Standard AS 1428 parts 1, 2, and places are not encouraged.
and includes features to enhance their use and 3 and 4 — Design for access and mobility.
are of universal design to ensure non-
discriminatory access and use.

Landscaping is designed and maintained to Planting is carried out in accordance with Refer above
minimise the potential for risk to personal crime prevention through environmental
safety and property, through: design principles and incorporates:
1. maximising casual surveillance of public
spaces; 1. plants and trees that do not restrict
2. increasing opportunity for public casual surveillance of paths and
interaction; and landscaped spaces;
3. minimising opportunity for concealment 2. clear sight lines from private to public
and criminal activity through space;
environmental design principles. 3. visually permeable screens and fencing;
4. lighting of landscaped areas;
5. public facilities (toilets, shelters etcetera)
located to promote use;
6. dual access points to public spaces;
7. clearly defined public and private
spaces;
8. measures to protect solid and blank
walls from graffiti;
9. legible universal signage;
10. a selection of species that do not create
nuisance and danger by way of thorns,
toxins or a common source of allergies;
and
11. plant species that do not exacerbate
impacts such as bushfire or flash
flooding.
Species selection
PO6 AO6.1
Not Applicable
Landscaping design includes plant species Plant species are chosen from sources
Refer above
that: recommended in SC6.12 — Landscape
design and street trees planning scheme
1. suit the local climatic conditions;
policy.
2. have low water usage needs or are
provided with water harvested on-site;
AND
3. include locally native species;
4. are of a suitable size and density to
AO6.2
achieve the purposes of this code; and
Plant species do not include undesirable
5. complement the proposed development;
species as listed in SC6.12 — Landscape
6. are not classified as a pest species or a
design and street trees planning scheme
noxious or invasive weed;
policy.
7. preserve existing vegetation where
desirable and protect existing
environmental values of the land; and
AO6.3
At least fifty (50) per cent of all new plantings
8. do not exacerbate bushfire or flood are locally native species.
hazards.
AND
AO6.4
Plant species are compliant with any adopted
planting or landscape design concept/theme
for the local area.
AND
AO6.5
Unless forming part of a landscaping concept
approved by Council, planting is carried out to
create a ‘three-tier’ landscaping treatment at
the following minimum density rates:
1. trees at five (5) metre intervals;

2. shrubs at two (2) metre intervals; and
3. groundcovers at 0.5 metre to one (1)
metre intervals.
AND
AO6.6
Existing vegetation is retained and integrated
into landscaping.
AND
AO6.7
The use of palms is avoided in proximity to
overland flow paths and watercourses.
Character and Streetscaping
Where the development involves the creation Street tree planting is carried out in Refer above
of a new road, street-tree planting is accordance with the requirements of SC6.12
undertaken which takes account of: — Landscape design and street trees
planning scheme policy.
1. the hierarchy and function of the street;
2. the selection of appropriate species;
3. avoidance of conflict between the street
tree and utilities and services within the
road reserve;
4. soil conditions;
5. existing street trees;
6. solar access; and
7. driveway access.
PO8 AO8.1
Vehicle safety is not adversely affected by the Not Applicable
For any site on a corner bounded by two or Refer above
location of landscaped areas and/or landscape more road frontages, landscaping and fences
buffers. higher than 1.2 metres are not located within
the corner truncation illustrated in Figure
9.3.4.3.1a below:
Figure 9.3.4.3.1a — Height restriction for

corner sites
PO9 No acceptable outcome is nominated. Not Applicable
Landscape design is integrated with any Refer above
existing urban design theme within the
surrounding area and coordinates paving,
planting, street furniture, lighting, signage and
other elements to reflect that theme and assist
in the creation of a sense of place
PO10 AO10.1 Complies
Fencing (including walls) and acoustic barriers Combined fencing and retaining walls do not Fencing has been proposed around the Project footprint to
are designed to: exceed three (3) metres in height and require ensure the safety of the Project.
vertical articulation if taller than two (2) metres
1. be compatible with the
in height.
existing streetscape;
2. minimise adverse effects on the amenity
AND
of an adjoining property; and
3. complement, but not dominate, the
AO10.2
development.
Where acoustic fencing is required by the
planning scheme it is designed by an acoustic
engineer and incorporates a minimum three
(3) metre vegetated buffer (unless otherwise
stated by the relevant zone code) with
vegetation having a mature height equal to or
above the height of the acoustic fencing.
Car parking and internal access

Car parks and internal access (both on and off- Shade trees with a minimum height of two (2) Refer above
street) are landscaped to: metres are provided within car parking areas
at the following rate:
1. reduce their visual appearance;
2. provide shade; 1. in single sided, angle or parallel bays —
3. reduce glare; one (1) tree per three (3) car parks; and
4. reduce heat stored in hard surfaces; 2. in double sided, angle or parallel bays —
5. harvest storm water; and one (1) tree per six (6) car parks.
6. be of a design that protects damage from
vehicles, minimises risk of crime and Editor's Note—SC6.12 — Landscape design
contaminated stormwater runoff. and street trees planning scheme policy sets
out guidance on tree species and planting
standards.
AND
AO11.2
Each shade tree is provided with a minimum
planting area of 1.2 square metres with a
minimum topsoil depth of 0.8 metres.
AND
AO11.3
Each shade tree has a clean trunk with a
minimum height of two (2) metres.
AND
AO11.4
Planting bays incorporate ground covers less
than one (1) metre in height that allow
unobstructed surveillance.
AND
AO11.5
Trees within car parking areas are planted
within a deep natural ground/structured soil
garden bed, and are protected by wheel stops
or bollards as required.
AND
AO11.6
Root control barriers are installed where
invasive roots may cause damage to car
parking areas, pedestrian paths and road
carriageways.
Utilities and infrastructure

The function, safety and accessibility of utilities A minimum three (3) metre wide densely Utilities are not proposed as part of this Project. As no
and other infrastructure is not compromised by planted landscaped buffer is provided along landscaping has been proposed, there will be no impacts on the
the location and type of landscaping including: the boundary adjoining the identified major existing overhead powerlines within the site.
electricity transmission corridor, including
provision for advanced trees and shrubs that
1. overhead wires and equipment;
will grow to a minimum height of ten (10)
2. underground pipes and cables; and
metres.
3. inspection chambers, transformers, poles
and drainage infrastructure.
AND
AO12.2
Root control barriers are installed where
invasive roots may cause damage to car
parking areas, pedestrian paths and road
carriageways.
AND
AO12.4
The mature foliage of vegetation is not
located within three (3) metres of an
electrical substation boundary.

Landscape site planning and design must Maintenance access points and clearance Refer above
accommodate for maintenance access points must be provided in accordance
and clearances with the following with Capricorn Municipal Development
considerations: Guidelines and Queensland Urban Drainage
Manual.
1. access by appropriate maintenance or
utility vehicles must be demonstrated with
AND
slope gradients and ground surface
treatments that are stable and usable in
AO13.2
all weather;
Landscape treatments to be constructed in
2. provide an appropriate turn around area
accordance with SC6.12 — Landscape
for vehicles and secure access entrance;
design and street tree planning policy.
and
3. plant species mature height and habit
must not interfere with or compromise
underground or overhead utility assets,
including storm inlet pits.
Works Code

Access driveways
PO1 AO1.1 Complies
Access driveways are located to avoid conflicts New access driveways are not located within: Due to the Project being located fronting a Limited Access State
and designed to operate efficiently and safely, Controlled Road, only one (1) vehicular crossover is accepted by
1. twenty–five (25) metres of a signalised
taking into account: the Department of Transport and Main Roads. Therefore, the
road intersection;
Project will utilise Powerlink’s existing vehicular crossover.
1. the size of the parking area; 2. twenty (20) metres of an un-signalised
2. the volume, frequency and type of vehicle road intersection in an industrial or
Due to the self operating nature of the Project, post construction
traffic; centres zone or ten (10) metres
will require minimal workforce attendance to the site, therefore,
3. the need for some land uses (for example otherwise; and
formalised car parking has not been proposed.
hospitals) to accommodate emergency 3. one (1) metre of any street signage,
vehicle access; power poles, street lights, manholes,
Construction volume, type and frequency has been discussed
4. the type of use and the implications on stormwater gully pits or
within the attached planning report.
parking and circulation for example long- other Council asset.
term or short-term car parking;
5. frontage road function and conditions; and
6. the capacity and function of the adjoining
street system.
PO2 AO2.1
Access driveways do not disrupt existing road New access driveways: Not Applicable
or footpath infrastructure. The Burnett Highway does not have existing pedestrian
1. do not require the modification, footpaths.
relocation or removal of any
infrastructure including street trees, fire
hydrants, water meters and street signs;
2. do not front a traffic island, speed control
device, car parking bay, bus stop or
other infrastructure within the road
carriageway; must be sealed and to
a formed road;
3. are not constructed over an access point
to equipment under the control of a
regulatory authority, including
stormwater pits, water meters, hydrants
and telephone pits; and
4. where an access chamber is to be
incorporated within the driveway, are
raised or lowered to match the surface
level of the driveway are provided with a
trafficable lid.

Access driveways and cross-falls within New access driveways and cross-falls within No changes are proposed to the existing Powerlink vehicular
the verge are designed and constructed so as the verge are constructed in compliance with crossover.
to: the Capricorn Municipal Development
Guidelines.
1. enable safe and functional vehicular
access from the street to the property; and
2. not cause a change in the level of a
footpath.

An access driveway does not allow water to New access driveways have a minimum cross Refer above
pond adjacent to any buildings or cause water fall of one (1) metre (vertical) to 100 metres
to enter a building. (horizontal) away from all adjoining buildings.
Parking Access and Transport
PO5 AO5.1 Alternative Outcome
Provision is made for on-site vehicle parking: AO5.1.1 Due to the self operating nature of the Project, post construction
On-site car parking is provided at the rates will require minimal workforce attendance to the site, therefore,
1. to meet the demand likely to be generated
set out in Table 9.3.1.3.2 of the access, formalised car parking has not been proposed.
by the development; and
2. to avoid on-street parking where that parking and transport code.
It is noted that the size of the Project footprint, there is sufficient
would adversely impact on the safety or
OR room on site to accommodate all construction traffic and any
capacity of the road network or unduly
maintenance traffic post construction.
impact on local amenity.
AO5.1.2
Editor's note—SC6.6 — Car parking Where a change of use of existing premises
contributions planning scheme is proposed and involves not more than minor
policy prescribes circumstances under which building work, the existing number of on-
an applicant can satisfy PO5. site car parks is retained or increased.

Car parking areas are designed to: AO6.1.1 Refer above
1. be clearly defined, marked and signed; The car parking areas are sealed and Not Applicable
2. be convenient and accessible; designed in accordance with Australian Refer above
3. be safe for vehicles, pedestrians and Standard AS 2890, as updated from time to
cyclists; and time.
4. provide spaces which meet the needs of
people with disabilities. OR
AO6.1.2
Where a change of use of existing premises
is proposed and involves not more than minor
building work, the existing standard of on-
site car parks is maintained or improved.
Parking access arrangements are appropriate Parking access is provided in accordance Refer above
for: with Australian Standard AS 2890, as
1. the capacity of the parking area; updated from time to time.
2. the volume, frequency and type of vehicle
usage; and OR
3. the function and characteristics of the
access road and adjoining road network. AO7.1.2
building work, the existing parking access is
maintained or improved.
Landscaping is provided to soften the visual AO8.1.1 Refer above
impact of car parking areas and to provide Shade trees with a minimum height of two (2)
shading. metres are provided within car parking areas
at the following rate:
1. in single sided, angle or parallel bays —
one (1) tree per three (3) car parks; and
2. in double sided, angle or parallel bays —
one (1) tree per six (6) car parks.
Editor's note—SC6.12 — Landscaping design

and street trees planning scheme
policy provides sources for determining
appropriate species and planting standards.
OR
AO8.1.2
building work, the existing standard of
landscaping is maintained or improved.
Provision is made for the on-site loading, AO9.1.1 Refer above
unloading, manoeuvring and access by service New development is designed to ensure
vehicles that: service vehicles do not perform reversing
1. is adequate to meet the demands movements onto public roads.
generated by the development;
2. is designed to accommodate service AND
vehicle requirements;
3. is wholly contained within the site; and AO9.1.2
4. does not unduly impede vehicular, cyclist Access and manoeuvring facilities, loading
and pedestrian safety and convenience facilities and connections to the transport
within the site. network are sealed and designed in
accordance with Australian Standard AS
2890.
OR
AO9.2
building work, the existing provision for
service vehicles is maintained or improved.
Development is located on roads that are AO10.1.1 The Project is located fronting the Burnett Highway. The Project
appropriate for the nature of traffic (including The existing infrastructure fronting the traffic generation is not considered to require any upgrades as
vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists) generated, proposed development is upgraded in traffic will only be generated during construction. Reference is
having regard to the safety and efficiency of the accordance with SC6.15 — Road made to the planning report which details the expected traffic.
transport network. infrastructure and hierarchy planning scheme
policy and Capricorn Municipal Development
Guidelines.
OR
AO10.1.2
building work, the existing infrastructure
fronting the proposed development is
maintained or improved.
Infrastructure
A water supply is provided that is adequate for Where within a water supply planning area, The Project will not be connected to a water supply.
the current and future needs of the the development is connected to Council’s
development. reticulated water supply system in
accordance with SC6.21 — Water supply
infrastructure planning scheme policy and
the Capricorn Municipal Development
Guidelines.
Editor's note—A network analysis may be

required to demonstrate compliance with this
acceptable outcome.
Editor’s note—Where development is located

outside of the water supply planning area to
refer to the requirements under the Plumbing
Code of Australia

Reticulated water supply networks ensure that Where within a water supply planning area, The Project will not be connected to a water supply.
the installation is sustainable and minimises water supply systems and connections are
whole of life cycle costs. designed and constructed in accordance
with SC6.21 — Water supply infrastructure
planning scheme policy and the Capricorn
Municipal Development Guidelines.

acceptable outcome.
AND
AO12.2
Where within a water supply planning area,
staged developments are connected to the
water supply network and operational, prior to
the commencement of the use or
endorsement of the survey plan.

Sewerage treatment and disposal is provided Where within a sewer planning area, the The Project will not be connected to sewerage treatment or
that is appropriate for the level of demand development is connected to Council’s disposal.
generated, protects public health and avoids reticulated waste water system in accordance
environmental harm. with SC6.17 — Sewerage infrastructure
planning scheme policy and the Capricorn
Municipal Development Guidelines.

acceptable outcome.
Editor’s note—Where development is located

outside of the sewer planning area to refer to
the requirements under the Plumbing Code of
Australia.

Reticulated sewer networks ensure that the Where within a sewer planning area, waste The Project will not be connected to sewerage treatment or
installation of infrastructure assets is water systems and connections are designed disposal.
sustainable and minimises whole of life cycle and constructed in accordance with SC6.17
costs. — Sewerage infrastructure planning scheme
policy and the Capricorn Municipal
Development Guidelines.

acceptable outcome.
AND
AO14.2
Where within a sewer planning area, staged
developments are connected to the waste
water network and operational prior to the
commencement of the use or endorsement of
the survey plan.
PO15 AO15.1 Will Comply

Development is located and designed in a The development does not result in an Reference is made to the submitted Stormwater Management
manner that does not result in adverse flood increase in flood level, flood water velocity or Plan within Appendix G.
affects to the site and on adjoining properties. flood duration on upstream, downstream or
adjacent properties.
AND
AO15.2
Roof and surface water is conveyed to the
kerb and channel or an inter-
allotment drainage system in accordance
with Australian Standard AS/NZ 3500.3.2,
and the Queensland Urban Drainage
Manual as updated from time to time.
Waste management
Provision is made for waste management that The development provides a bin container The Project does not require any waste management post
is appropriate to the use, protects the health storage area that has a sealed pad and is construction. During construction, all waste will be removed
and safety of people and the environment. screened to the height of the bins. from site and will form part of a construction management plan.
Editor’s note—Applicants should also be aware AND
that any provision for disposal of any trade
waste is to be made in accordance Council’s AO16.2
Trade Waste Policy supporting the Water Act On sites in an industrial zone that are greater
2000, Water Supply (Safety and Reliability) Act than 2,000 square metres in area, provision is
2008 and the Plumbing and Drainage Act 2002. made for refuse collection vehicles to access
the collection area and to enter and leave
the site in a forward direction without having
to make more than a three-point turn.
Erosion and Sediment Control

Development ensures that all reasonable and AO17.1.1 The Project will ensure that all reasonable and practical
practical measures are taken to manage the Erosion and sediment control plan is to be measures are taken to manage the impact of erosion, turbidity
impact of erosion, turbidity and sedimentation, designed and implemented in accordance and sedimentation. A condition of approval will be accepted to
both within and external to the with the Capricorn Municipal Development ensure compliance.
development site from construction activities, Guidelines.
including vegetation clearing, earthworks, to
protect water quality and environmental values. OR
AO17.1.2
No filling or excavation is occurring on
the site.
Appendix F
SDAP Codes
State code 1: Development in a state-controlled road
environment
Table 1.2.1: Development in a state-controlled road environment
Performance outcomes Acceptable outcomes Response
Buildings and structures
PO1 The location of buildings, structures, AO1.1 Buildings, structures, infrastructure, services Complies
infrastructure, services and utilities does not create a and utilities are not located in a state-controlled The Project is not located within the state controlled
safety hazard in a state-controlled road, or cause road. road.
damage to, or obstruct road transport infrastructure. AND
AO1.2 Buildings, structures, infrastructure, services Complies
and utilities can be maintained without requiring The Project is not located within the state controlled
access to a state-controlled road. road however, access is required from the state
controlled road to the Project.
PO2 The design and construction of buildings and AO2.1 Facades of buildings and structures facing a Will Comply
structures does not create a safety hazard by state-controlled road are made of non-reflective The Project is made of non-reflective materials and
distracting users of a state-controlled road. materials. is suitably setback from the state controlled road.
OR
AO2.2 Facades of buildings and structures do not Will Comply

reflect point light sources into the face of oncoming The Project is made of non-reflective materials and
traffic on a state-controlled road. is suitably setback from the state controlled road.
AND
AO2.3 External lighting of buildings and structures is Will Comply
not directed into the face of oncoming traffic on a The Project is made of non-reflective materials and
state-controlled road and does not involve flashing is suitably setback from the state controlled road.
or laser lights.
AND
State Development Assessment Provisions – version 2.6

State code 1: Development in a state-controlled road environment Page 1 of 19
AO2.4 Advertising devices visible from a state- Will Comply
controlled road are located and designed in The Project is made of non-reflective materials and
accordance with the Roadside Advertising Guide, is suitably setback from the state controlled road.
2nd Edition, Department of Transport and Main
Roads, 2017.
PO3 Road, pedestrian and bikeway bridges over a AO3.1 Road, pedestrian and bikeway bridges over a Not Applicable
state-controlled road are designed and constructed state-controlled road include throw protection The Project is not proposing road, pedestrian or
to prevent projectiles from being thrown onto a state- screens in accordance with section 4.9.3 of the bikeway bridges.
controlled road. Design Criteria for Bridges and Other Structures
Manual, Department of Transport and Main Roads,
2018.
Filling, excavation and retaining structures
PO4 Filling and excavation does not interfere with, No acceptable outcome is prescribed. Will Comply
or result in damage to, infrastructure or services in a Reference is made to Appendix G containing the
state-controlled road. submitted Stormwater Management Plan.
Note: Information on the location of services and public utility
plants in a state-controlled road can be obtained from the Dial
Before You Dig service.
Where development will impact on an existing or future service or
public utility plant in a state-controlled road such that the service
or public utility plant will need to be relocated, the alternative
alignment must comply with the standards and design
specifications of the relevant service or public utility provider, and
any costs of relocation are to be borne by the developer.
Refer to the SDAP Supporting Information: Filling, excavation and
retaining structures in a state-controlled road environment,
Department of Transport and Main Roads, 2017, for further
guidance on how to comply with this performance outcome.
PO5 Filling, excavation, building foundations and No acceptable outcome is prescribed. Will Comply
retaining structures do not undermine, or cause Reference is made to Appendix G containing the
subsidence of, a state-controlled road. submitted Stormwater Management Plan.
Note: To demonstrate compliance with this performance outcome,
it is recommended an RPEQ certified geotechnical assessment,
prepared in accordance with the Road Planning and Design
Manual 2nd Edition: Volume 3, Department of Transport and Main
Roads, 2016, is provided.

guidance on how to comply with this performance outcome and
prepare a geotechnical assessment.
PO6 Filling, excavation, building foundations and No acceptable outcome is prescribed. Will Comply
retaining structures do not cause ground water Reference is made to Appendix G containing the
disturbance in a state-controlled road. submitted Stormwater Management Plan.
prepared in accordance with the Road Planning and Design
manual 2nd Edition: Volume 3, Department of Transport and Main
Roads, 2016, is provided.
PO7 Excavation, boring, piling, blasting or fill No acceptable outcome is prescribed. Will Comply
compaction during construction of a development Reference is made to Appendix G containing the
does not result in ground movement or vibration submitted Stormwater Management Plan.
impacts that would cause damage or nuisance to a
state-controlled road, road transport infrastructure or
road works.
prepared in accordance with Road Planning and Design Manual
2nd Edition: Volume 3, Department of Transport and Main Roads,
2016, is provided.
PO8 Development involving the haulage of fill, AO8.1 Fill, extracted material and spoil material is Not Applicable
extracted material or excavated spoil material not transported to or from the development site on a The Project does not involve the haulage of fill,
exceeding 10,000 tonnes per year does not damage state-controlled road. extracted material or excavated spoil material.
the pavement of a state-controlled road.
Note: It is recommended a pavement impact assessment is
provided.
Department of Transport and Main Roads, 2017, and the Guide to
Traffic Impact Assessment, Department of Transport and Main
Roads, 2017, for further guidance on how to comply with this
performance outcome and prepare a pavement impact
assessment.
PO9 Filling and excavation associated with the No acceptable outcome is prescribed. Will Comply
construction of vehicular access to a development Reference is made to Appendix G containing the
does not compromise the operation or capacity of submitted Stormwater Management Plan.
existing drainage infrastructure for a state-controlled
road.
Note: Refer to the SDAP Supporting Information: Filling,
excavation and retaining structures in a state-controlled road
environment, Department of Transport and Main Roads, 2017, for
further guidance on how to comply with this performance
outcome.
PO10 Fill material used on a development site does AO10.1 Fill material is free of contaminants Will Comply
not result in contamination of a state-controlled road. including acid sulfate content. Reference is made to Appendix G containing the
Note: Refer to the SDAP Supporting Information: Filling, Note: Soils and rocks should be tested in accordance with AS submitted Stormwater Management Plan.
excavation and retaining structures in a state-controlled road 1289.0 – Methods of testing soils for engineering purposes and
environment, Department of Transport and Main Roads, 2017, for AS 4133.0-2005 – Methods of testing rocks for engineering
further guidance on how to comply with this performance purposes.
outcome.
AND
AO10.2 Compaction of fill is carried out in Will Comply
accordance with the requirements of AS 1289.0 Reference is made to Appendix G containing the
2000 – Methods of testing soils for engineering submitted Stormwater Management Plan.
purposes.
PO11 Filling and excavation does not cause wind- AO11.1 Compaction of fill is carried out in Will Comply
blown dust nuisance in a state-controlled road. accordance with the requirements of AS 1289.0 Reference is made to Appendix G containing the
Note: Refer to the SDAP Supporting Information: Filling, 2000 – Methods of testing soils for engineering submitted Stormwater Management Plan.
excavation and retaining structures in a state-controlled road purposes.
environment, Department of Transport and Main Roads, 2017, for
further guidance on how to comply with this performance AND
outcome. AO11.2 Dust suppression measures are used during Will Comply
filling and excavation activities such as wind breaks Reference is made to Appendix G containing the
or barriers and dampening of ground surfaces. submitted Stormwater Management Plan.
Stormwater and drainage

PO12 Development does not result in an actionable No acceptable outcome is prescribed. Will Comply
nuisance, or worsening of, stormwater, flooding or Reference is made to Appendix G containing the
drainage impacts in a state-controlled road. submitted Stormwater Management Plan.
Note: Refer to the SDAP Supporting Information: Stormwater and
drainage in a state-controlled road environment, Department of
Transport and Main Roads, 2017, for further guidance on how to
comply with this performance outcome.
PO13 Run-off from the development site is not AO13.1 Development does not create any new Will Comply
unlawfully discharged to a state-controlled road. points of discharge to a state-controlled road. Reference is made to Appendix G containing the
Note: Refer to the SDAP Supporting Information: Stormwater and AND submitted Stormwater Management Plan.
Transport and Main Roads, 2017, for further guidance on how to AO13.2 Stormwater run-off is discharged to a lawful Will Comply
comply with this performance outcome. point of discharge. Reference is made to Appendix G containing the
Note: Section 3.9 of the Queensland Urban Drainage Manual, submitted Stormwater Management Plan.
Institute of Public Works Engineering Australasia (Queensland
Division) Fourth Edition, 2016, provides further information on
lawful points of discharge.
AND
AO13.3 Development does not worsen the condition Will Comply
of an existing lawful point of discharge to the state- Reference is made to Appendix G containing the
controlled road. submitted Stormwater Management Plan.
PO14 Run-off from the development site during AO14.1 Run-off from the development site during Will Comply
construction does not cause siltation of stormwater construction is not discharged to stormwater Reference is made to Appendix G containing the
infrastructure affecting a state-controlled road. infrastructure for a state-controlled road. submitted Stormwater Management Plan.
Note: Refer to the SDAP Supporting Information: Stormwater and
Transport and Main Roads, 2017, for further guidance on how to
comply with this performance outcome.
Vehicular access to a state-controlled road
PO15 Vehicular access to a state-controlled road AO15.1 Development does not require new or Not Applicable
that is a limited access road is consistent with changed access to a limited access road. The Project does not involve the haulage of fill,
government policy for the management of limited Note: Limited access roads are declared by the transport chief extracted material or excavated spoil material.
access roads. executive under section 54 of the Transport Infrastructure
Act 1994 and are identified in the DA mapping system.
Note: Refer to the SDAP Supporting Information: Vehicular
access to a state-controlled road, Department of Transport and OR

Main Roads, 2017, for further guidance on how to comply with AO15.2 A new or changed access to a limited Not Applicable
this performance outcome.
access road is consistent with the limited access The Project does not involve the construction of a
policy for the state-controlled road. new access from the limited access state controlled
Note: Limited access policies for limited access roads declared road. The Project will utilise the existing Powerlink’s
under the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 can be obtained by
vehicular crossover.
contacting the relevant Department of Transport and Main Roads
regional office.
AND
AO15.3 Where a new or changed access is for a Not Applicable
service centre, access is consistent with the Service Refer above.
centre policy, Department of Transport and Main
Roads, 2013 and the Access policy for roadside
service centre facilities on limited access roads,
Department of Transport and Main Roads, 2013,
and the Service centre strategy for the state-
controlled road.
Note: The Service centre policy, Department of Transport and
Main Roads, 2013, Access policy for roadside service centre
facilities, Department of Transport and Main Roads, 2013 and the
relevant Service centre strategy for a state-controlled road can be
accessed by contacting the relevant Department of Transport and
Main Roads regional office.
PO16 The location and design of vehicular access to AO16.1 Vehicular access is provided from a local Not Applicable
a state-controlled road (including access to a limited road. Refer above.
access road) does not create a safety hazard for
users of a state-controlled road or result in a OR all of the following acceptable outcomes apply: Not Applicable
worsening of operating conditions on a state- Refer above.
controlled road. AO16.2 Vehicular access for the development is
Note: Where a new or changed access between the premises consistent with the function and design of the state-
and a state-controlled road is proposed, the Department of controlled road.
Transport and Main Roads will need to assess the proposal to
determine if the vehicular access for the development is safe. An AND

assessment can be made by Department of Transport and Main AO16.3 Development does not require new or Not Applicable
Roads as part of the development assessment process and a
decision under section 62 of Transport Infrastructure Act 1994
changed access between the premises and the Refer above.
issued. state-controlled road.
Refer to the SDAP Supporting Information: Vehicular access to a Note: A decision under section 62 of the Transport Infrastructure
state-controlled road, Department of Transport and Main Roads, Act 1994 outlines the approved conditions for use of an existing
2017, for further guidance on how to comply with this vehicular access to a state-controlled road. Current section 62
performance outcome. decisions can be obtained from the relevant Department of
Transport and Main Roads regional office.
AND
AO16.4 Use of any existing vehicular access to the Not Applicable
development is consistent with a decision under Refer above.
section 62 of the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994.
Note: The development which is the subject of the application
must be of an equivalent use and intensity for which the section
62 approval was issued and the section 62 approval must have
been granted no more than 5 years prior to the lodgement of the
application.
AND
AO16.5 On-site vehicle circulation is designed to Will comply
give priority to entering vehicles at all times so Internal access driveways will be designed to ensure
vehicles do not queue in a road intersection or on safe traffic movements internally and externally.
the state-controlled road.
Vehicular access to local roads within 100 metres of an intersection with a state-controlled road
PO17 The location and design of vehicular access to AO17.1 Vehicular access is located as far as Not Applicable
a local road within 100 metres of an intersection with possible from the state-controlled road intersection. The Project access is not located within an identified
a state-controlled road does not create a safety AND 100 metres of an intersection with a state controlled
hazard for users of a state-controlled road. road.
AO17.2 Vehicular access is in accordance with Not Applicable
Note: Refer to the SDAP Supporting Information: Vehicular parts, 3, 4 and 4A of the Road Planning and Design
access to a state-controlled road, Department of Transport and The Project access is not located within an identified
Main Roads, 2017, for further guidance on how to comply with
Manual, 2nd Edition: Volume 3, Department of 100 metres of an intersection with a state controlled
this performance outcome. Transport and Main Roads, 2016. road.
AND

AO17.3 On-site vehicle circulation is designed to Not Applicable
give priority to entering vehicles at all times so The Project access is not located within an identified
vehicles do not queue in the intersection or on the 100 metres of an intersection with a state controlled
state-controlled road. road.
Public passenger transport infrastructure on state-controlled roads
PO18 Development does not damage or interfere AO18.1 Vehicular access and associated road Not Applicable
with public passenger transport infrastructure, public access works are not located within 5 metres of The Project will not impact public passenger
passenger services or pedestrian or cycle access to existing public passenger transport infrastructure. transport infrastructure on a state controlled road.
public passenger transport infrastructure and public AND
passenger services.
AO18.2 Development does not necessitate the Not Applicable
relocation of existing public passenger transport The Project will not impact public passenger
Note: Refer to the SDAP Supporting Information: Vehicular infrastructure.
access to a state-controlled road, Department of Transport and transport infrastructure on a state controlled road.
Main Roads, 2017, for further guidance on how to comply with AND
this performance outcome. AO18.3 On-site vehicle circulation is designed to Not Applicable
give priority to entering vehicles at all times so The Project will not impact public passenger
vehicles using a vehicular access do not obstruct transport infrastructure on a state controlled road.
public passenger transport infrastructure and public
passenger services or obstruct pedestrian or cycle
access to public passenger transport infrastructure
and public passenger services.
AND
AO18.4 The normal operation of public passenger Not Applicable
transport infrastructure or public passenger services The Project will not impact public passenger
is not interrupted during construction of the transport infrastructure on a state controlled road.
development.
Planned upgrades

PO19 Development does not impede delivery of AO19.1 Development is not located on land Not Applicable
planned upgrades of state-controlled roads. identified by the Department of Transport and Main The Burnett Highway is not identified for planned
Roads as land required for the planned upgrade of a upgrades.
state-controlled road.
Note: Land required for the planned upgrade of a state-controlled
road is identified in the DA mapping system.
OR
AO19.2 Development is sited and designed so that Not Applicable
permanent buildings, structures, infrastructure, The Burnett Highway is not identified for planned
services or utilities are not located on land identified upgrades.
by the Department of Transport and Main Roads as
land required for the planned upgrade of a state-
controlled road.
OR all of the following acceptable outcomes apply: Not Applicable
The Burnett Highway is not identified for planned
AO19.3 Structures and infrastructure located on upgrades.
land identified by the Department of Transport and
Main Roads as land required for the planned
upgrade of a state-controlled road are able to be
readily relocated or removed without materially
affecting the viability or functionality of the
development.
AND
AO19.4 Vehicular access for the development is Not Applicable
consistent with the function and design of the The Burnett Highway is not identified for planned
planned upgrade of the state-controlled road. upgrades.
AND
AO19.5 Development does not involve filling and Not Applicable
excavation of, or material changes to, land required The Burnett Highway is not identified for planned
for a planned upgrade to a state-controlled road. upgrades.
AND
AO19.6 Land is able to be reinstated to the pre- Not Applicable
development condition at the completion of the use.

The Burnett Highway is not identified for planned
upgrades.
Network impacts
PO20 Development does not result in a worsening No acceptable outcome is prescribed. Not Applicable
of operating conditions on the state-controlled road The Project is not considered to result in network
network. impacts. The Project will only require construction
Note: To demonstrate compliance with this performance outcome, traffic to the site and minimal maintenance traffic
it is recommended that an RPEQ certified traffic impact
post construction. The traffic generated will be
assessment is provided. Please refer to the Guide to Traffic
Impact Assessment, Department of Transport and Main Roads, minimal.
2017, for further guidance on how to comply with this
performance outcome.
PO21 Development does not impose traffic loadings AO21.1 The layout and design of the development Not Applicable
on a state-controlled road which could be directs traffic generated by the development to the The Project is not considered to result in network
accommodated on the local road network. local road network. impacts. The Project will only require construction
traffic to the site and minimal maintenance traffic
post construction. The traffic generated will be
minimal.
PO22 Upgrade works on, or associated with, a AO22.1 Upgrade works required as a result of the Not Applicable
state-controlled road are built in accordance with development are designed and constructed in The Project is not considered to result in network
Queensland road design standards. accordance with the Road Planning and Design Manual, impacts. The Project will only require construction
2nd edition, Department of Transport and Main traffic to the site and minimal maintenance traffic
Roads, 2016. post construction. The traffic generated will be
Note: Road works in a state-controlled road require approval minimal.
under section 33 of the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 before
the works commence.
Table 1.2.2: Environmental emissions

Statutory note: Where a state-controlled road is co-located in the same transport corridor as a railway, the development should instead comply with table 2.2.2:
Environmental emissions in State code 2: Development in a railway environment.
Refer to the SDAP Supporting Information: Environmental emissions in a state-controlled road environment, Department of Transport and Main Roads, 2017, for
further guidance on how to comply with the performance outcomes in Table 1.2.2.
Performance outcomes Acceptable outcomes
Noise
Accommodation activities
PO23 Development involving an accommodation AO23.1 A noise barrier or earth mound is provided Not Applicable
activity or land for a future accommodation activity which is designed, sited and constructed: The Project is not for the purpose of accommodation
minimises noise intrusion from a state-controlled 1. to meet the following external noise criteria at activities.
road or type 1 multi-modal corridor in habitable all facades of the building envelope:
rooms.
a. ≤60 dB(A) L10 (18 hour) façade corrected
(measured L90 (8 hour) free field between
10pm and 6am ≤40 dB(A))
b. ≤63 dB(A) L10 (18 hour) façade corrected
(measured L90 (8 hour) free field between
10pm and 6am > 40 dB(A))
2. in accordance with chapter 7 integrated noise
barrier design of the Transport Noise
Management Code of Practice: Volume 1
(Road Traffic Noise), Department of
Transport and Main Roads, 2013.
Note: To demonstrate compliance with the acceptable outcome, it
is recommended that a RPEQ certified noise assessment report is
provided, prepared in accordance with the SDAP Supporting
Information: Environmental emissions in a state-controlled road
environment, Department of Transport and Main Roads, 2017.
If the building envelope is unknown, the deemed-to-comply setback
distances for buildings stipulated by the local planning instrument
or relevant building regulations should be used.
In some instances, the design of noise barriers and mounds to
achieve the noise criteria above the ground floor may not be
reasonable or practicable. In these instances, any relaxation of the
criteria is at the discretion of the Department of Transport and Main
Roads.
The Project is not for the purpose of accommodation
AO23.2 Buildings which include a habitable room are activities.
setback the maximum distance possible from a state-
controlled road or type 1 multi-modal corridor.
AND

AO23.3 Buildings are designed and oriented so that
habitable rooms are located furthest from a state-
controlled road or type 1 multi-modal corridor.
AND
AO23.4 Buildings (other than a relevant residential Not Applicable
building or relocated building) are designed and The Project is not for the purpose of accommodation
constructed using materials which ensure that activities.
habitable rooms meet the following internal noise
criteria:
1. ≤35 dB(A) Leq (1 hour) (maximum hour over 24
hours).
Note: Noise levels from a state-controlled road or type 1 multi-
modal corridor are to be measured in accordance with AS1055.1–
1997 Acoustics – Description and measurement of environmental
noise.
To demonstrate compliance with the acceptable outcome, it is
recommended that a RPEQ certified noise assessment report is
Information: Environmental emissions in a state controlled road
environment, Department of Transport and Main Roads 2017.
Habitable rooms of relevant residential buildings located within
a transport noise corridor must comply with the Queensland
Development Code MP4.4 Buildings in a transport noise corridor,
Queensland Government, 2015. Transport noise corridors are
mapped on the State Planning Policy interactive mapping system.
PO24 Development involving an accommodation AO24.1 A noise barrier or earth mound is provided Not Applicable
activity or land for a future accommodation activity which is designed, sited and constructed: The Project is not for the purpose of accommodation
minimises noise intrusion from a state-controlled 1. to meet the following external noise criteria in activities.
road or type 1 multi-modal corridor in outdoor outdoor spaces for passive recreation:
spaces for passive recreation.
a. ≤57 dB(A) L10 (18 hour) free field (measured
L90 (18 hour) free field between 6am and 12
midnight ≤45 dB(A))
b. ≤60 dB(A) L10 (18 hour) free field (measured
L90 (18 hour) free field between 6am and 12
midnight > 45 dB(A))
2. in accordance with chapter 7 integrated noise
Management Code of Practice – Volume 1 Road
Traffic Noise, Department of Transport and Main
Roads, 2013.
environment, Department of Transport and Main Roads 2017
OR
AO24.2 Each dwelling has access to an outdoor Not Applicable
space for passive recreation which is shielded from a The Project is not for the purpose of accommodation
state-controlled road or type 1 multi-modal corridor by activities.
a building, solid gap-free fence, or other solid gap-
free structure.
AND
AO24.3 Each dwelling with a balcony directly Not Applicable
exposed to noise from a state-controlled road or type The Project is not for the purpose of accommodation
1 multi-modal corridor has a continuous solid gap-free activities.
balustrade (other than gaps required for drainage
purposes to comply with the Building Code of
Australia).
Childcare centres and educational establishments

PO25 Development involving a: AO25.1 A noise barrier or earth mound is provided Not Applicable
1. childcare centre; or which is designed, sited and constructed: The Project is not for the purpose of childcare centres
2. educational establishment 1. to meet the following external noise criteria at or educational establishments.
all facades of the building envelope:
minimises noise intrusion from a state-controlled
road or type 1 multi-modal corridor in indoor a. ≤58 dB(A) L10 (1 hour) façade corrected
education areas and indoor play areas. (maximum hour during normal opening
hours)
2. in accordance with chapter 7 – Integrated noise
Management Code of Practice: Volume 1 (Road
Traffic Noise), Department of Transport and Main
Roads, 2013.


If the building envelope is unknown, the deemed-to-comply setback
distances for buildings stipulated by the local planning instrument
or relevant building regulations should be used.
The Project is not for the purpose of childcare centres
AO25.2 Buildings which include indoor education or educational establishments.
areas and indoor play areas are setback the
maximum distance possible from a state-controlled
road or type 1 multi-modal corridor.
AND
AO25.3 Buildings are designed and oriented so that Not Applicable
indoor education areas and indoor play areas are The Project is not for the purpose of childcare centres
located furthest from the state-controlled road or type or educational establishments.
1 multi-modal corridor.
AND
AO25.4 Buildings are designed and constructed using Not Applicable

materials which ensure indoor education areas and The Project is not for the purpose of childcare centres
indoor play areas meet the following internal noise or educational establishments.
criteria:
1. ≤35 dB(A) Leq (1 hour) (maximum hour during
opening hours).
noise.

PO26 Development involving a: AO26.1 A noise barrier or earth mound is provided
1. childcare centre; or which is designed, sited and constructed:
2. educational establishment 1. to meet the following external noise criteria in
each outdoor education area or outdoor play
minimises noise intrusion from a state-controlled
area:
road or type 1 multi-modal corridor in outdoor
education areas and outdoor play areas. a. ≤63 dB(A) L10 (12 hour) free field (between
6am and 6pm)
2. in accordance with chapter 7 – Integrated noise
Management Code of Practice: Volume 1 (Road
Traffic Noise), Department of Transport and Main
Roads, 2013.
OR
AO26.2 Each outdoor education area and outdoor Not Applicable
play area is shielded from noise generated from a The Project is not for the purpose of childcare centres
state-controlled road or type 1 multi-modal corridor by or educational establishments.
a building, solid gap-free fence, or other solid gap-
free structure.
Hospitals
PO27 Development involving a hospital minimises AO27.1 Hospitals are designed and constructed Not Applicable
noise intrusion from a state-controlled road or type 1 using materials which ensure patient care areas meet The Project is not for the purpose of a hospital.
multi-modal corridor in patient care areas. the following internal noise criteria:
1. ≤35 dB(A) Leq (1 hour) (maximum hour during
opening hours).
noise.

Vibration
Hospitals
PO28 Development involving a hospital minimises AO28.1 Hospitals are designed and constructed to Not Applicable
vibration impacts from vehicles using a state- ensure vibration in the treatment area of a patient The Project is not for the purpose of a hospital.
controlled road or type 1 multi-modal corridor in care area does not exceed a vibration dose value of
patient care areas. 0.1m/s1.75.
AND
AO28.2 Hospitals are designed and constructed to Not Applicable
ensure vibration in the ward area of a patient care The Project is not for the purpose of a hospital.
area does not exceed a vibration dose value of
0.4m/s1.75.
is recommended that a RPEQ certified vibration assessment report
is provided.
Air and light

PO29 Development involving an accommodation AO29.1 Each dwelling has access to an outdoor Not Applicable
activity minimises air quality impacts from a state- space for passive recreation which is shielded from a The Project is not for the purpose of accommodation
controlled road or type 1 multi-modal corridor in state-controlled road or type 1 multi-modal corridor by activities.
outdoor spaces for passive recreation. a building, solid gap-free fence, or other solid gap-
free structure.
PO30 Development involving a: AO30.1 Each outdoor education area and outdoor Not Applicable
1. childcare centre; or play area is shielded from a state-controlled road or The Project is not for the purpose of accommodation
type 1 multi-modal corridor by a building, solid gap- activities.
2. educational establishment
free fence, or other solid gap-free structure.
minimises air quality impacts from a state-controlled
road or type 1 multi-modal corridor in outdoor
education areas and outdoor play areas.
PO31 Development involving an accommodation AO31.1 Buildings for an accommodation activity or Not Applicable
activity or hospital minimises lighting impacts from a hospital are designed to minimise the number of The Project is not for the purpose of accommodation
state-controlled road or type 1 multi-modal corridor. windows or transparent/translucent panels facing a activities.
state-controlled road or type 1 multi-modal corridor.
OR

AO31.2 Windows facing a state-controlled road or Not Applicable
type 1 multi-modal corridor include treatments to The Project is not for the purpose of accommodation
block light from a state-controlled road or type 1 multi- activities.
modal corridor.
Table 1.2.3: Development in a future state-controlled road environment

PO32 Development does not impede delivery of a AO32.1 Development is not located in a future state- Not Applicable
future state-controlled road. controlled road. The Project is not located within a future state-
OR controlled road environment.
AO32.2 Development is sited and designed so that Not Applicable
permanent buildings, structures, infrastructure, The Project is not located within a future state-
services or utilities are not located in a future state- controlled road environment.
controlled road.
The Project is not located within a future state-
AO32.3 Structures and infrastructure located in a controlled road environment.
future state-controlled road are able to be readily
relocated or removed without materially affecting the
viability or functionality of the development.
AND
AO32.4 Development does not involve filling and Not Applicable
excavation of, or material changes to, a future state- The Project is not located within a future state-
controlled road. controlled road environment.
AND
AO32.5 Land is able to be reinstated to the pre- Not Applicable
development condition at the completion of the use. The Project is not located within a future state-
controlled road environment.
PO33 Vehicular access to a future state-controlled AO33.1 Development does not require new or Not Applicable
road is located and designed to not create a safety changed access between the premises and a future The Project is not located within a future state-
hazard for users of a future state-controlled road or state-controlled road. controlled road environment.
result in a worsening of operating conditions on a
future state-controlled road. AND

AO33.2 Vehicular access for the development is Not Applicable
Note: Where a new or changed access between the consistent with the function and design of the future The Project is not located within a future state-
premises and a future state-controlled road is state-controlled road. controlled road environment.
proposed, the Department of Transport and Main
Roads will need to assess the proposal to determine
if the vehicular access for the development is safe.
An assessment can be made by Department of
Transport and Main Roads as part of the
development assessment process and a decision
under section 62 of Transport Infrastructure Act
1994 issued.
PO34 Filling, excavation, building foundations and No acceptable outcome is prescribed. Not Applicable
retaining structures do not undermine, or cause The Project is not located within a future state-
subsidence of, a future state-controlled road. controlled road environment.
Note: To demonstrate compliance with this
performance outcome, it is recommended that an
RPEQ certified geotechnical assessment is
provided, prepared in accordance with the Road
Planning and Design Manual, 2nd edition: Volume 3,
Department of Transport and Main Roads, 2016.
Refer to the SDAP Supporting Information: Filling,

excavation and retaining structures in a state-
controlled road environment, Department of
Transport and Main Roads, 2017, for further
guidance on how to comply with this performance
outcome and prepare a geotechnical assessment.
PO35 Fill material from a development site does not AO35.1 Fill material is free of contaminants Not Applicable
result in contamination of land for a future state- including acid sulfate content. The Project is not located within a future state-
controlled road. Note: Soil and rocks should be tested in accordance controlled road environment.
with AS1289 – Methods of testing soils for
Note: Refer to the SDAP Supporting Information: engineering purposes and AS4133 2005 – Methods
Filling, excavation and retaining structures in a state- of testing rocks for engineering purposes.
controlled road environment, Department of
Transport and Main Roads, 2017, for further AND

guidance on how to comply with this performance AO35.2 Compaction of fill is carried out in Not Applicable
outcome. accordance with the requirements of AS1289.0 2000 The Project is not located within a future state-
– Methods of testing soils for engineering purposes. controlled road environment.
PO36 Development does not result in an actionable No acceptable outcome is prescribed. Not Applicable
nuisance, or worsening of, stormwater, flooding or The Project is not located within a future state-
drainage impacts in a future state-controlled road. controlled road environment.
Note: Refer to the SDAP Supporting Information:
Stormwater and drainage in a state-controlled road
environment, Department of Transport and Main
Roads, 2017, for further guidance on how to comply
with this performance outcome.
PO37 Run-off from the development site is not AO37.1 Development does not create any new Not Applicable
unlawfully discharged to a future state-controlled points of discharge to a future state-controlled road. The Project is not located within a future state-
road. controlled road environment.
AND
Note: Refer to the SDAP Supporting Information: AO37.2 Stormwater run-off is discharged to a lawful Not Applicable
Stormwater and drainage in a state-controlled road point of discharge.
environment, Department of Transport and Main The Project is not located within a future state-
Note: Section 3.9 of the Queensland Urban controlled road environment.
Roads, 2017, for further guidance on how to comply Drainage Manual, Institute of Public Works
with this performance outcome. Engineering Australasia (Queensland Division),
Fourth Edition, 2016, provides further information on
lawful points of discharge.
AND
AO37.3 Development does not worsen the condition Not Applicable
of an existing lawful point of discharge to the future The Project is not located within a future state-
state-controlled road. controlled road environment.

Appendix G
Stormwater
Management Plan
AECOM Australia Pty Ltd +61 7 4927 5541 tel
Level 1, 130 Victoria Parade +61 7 4927 1333 fax
PO Box 1049 ABN 20 093 846 925
Rockhampton QLD 4700
Australia
www.aecom.com
Technical Memorandum
To Amy Crowley, Wendy Moloney - Genex Power Page 1

CC
Subject Bouldercombe Battery Storage Project (Project Como)

From - AECOM
File/Ref No. 60644664 Date 18-Dec-2020
1.0 Project Overview

The Bouldercombe Battery Project (the Project) is a proposed large-scale battery installation, located
on Lot 1 RP610887 and Lot 3 RP611829 in the Rockhampton region (refer Figure 1). The Project is
anticipated to be Queensland’s first stand-alone, large-scale battery storage development.
The Australian Energy Market Operator (AEMO) 2020 Integrated System Plan (AEMO, 2020)
identified that the National Electricity Market (NEM) requires upgrades to transmission infrastructure to
cope with the inherently variable nature of distributed and large-scale renewable generation of wind
and solar energy. It was identified that new flexible and dispatchable resources, such as large-scale
battery storage, would be a key opportunity to respond to the network challenge.
The Project is co-located with Powerlink Queensland’s (Powerlink) existing Bouldercombe substation,
with a direct connection into Powerlink’s 132 kV network. The Project will take electricity from the grid
during periods of low demand, and feed back into the grid during periods of high demand, as well as
acting to stabilise the grid. The Project will have a storage capacity of up to 100MW, and 200MWh (2
hrs depth).
The Project is proposed to be developed on vacant land within the existing Powerlink site. Due to the
scale of the development, a ‘material change of use’ under the Planning Act 2016, assessable under
the Rockhampton Regional Council (RRC) Planning Scheme 2015 (Planning Scheme) is triggered.
Review of the Planning Scheme and precedence in Queensland, confirmed that the development
would be considered an “Undefined Use”. An Undefined Use triggers an “Impact Assessable”
development application process, requiring assessment against the intent of the whole Planning
Scheme.
The site is accessed from, and has a frontage to, a State Controlled Road (Burnett Highway), owned
and operated by Department of Transport and Main Roads (DTMR). This constraint triggers a referral
to DTMR for assessment of the Development Application, and conditions may be imposed on the
development in relation to access and any potential impacts on the State Controlled Road network.
Therefore, to support the Development Application process, AECOM were engaged in 2020 to
undertake the civil design and flood impact assessment for the project site. This memorandum
documents the scope and findings of these investigations.
Figure 1 Project Site
2.0 Civil Design
2.1 Existing Site Conditions
The site topography generally grades down from the south to the north with an approximate slope of
between 4%. Ground levels on site range from approximately 55 mAHD to 60 mAHD, with the existing
Powerlink Substation located on the highpoint within the site. The site currently consists of
undeveloped land with natural grass cover and sparse trees / shrubs.
The following site conditions were also noted during the site visit undertaken with representatives from
Powerlink and AECOM on the 16 November 2020:
· Existing Site Access: The site is currently accessed via a gravel / unformed track off the Burnett
Highway (Lotplan 1RP610887). Currently there are no turning lanes from the highway, with a
double gate at the entrance to the site (approximately 8 m – 9 m wide) (refer Figure 2). The
property boundary is currently fenced with typical four strand barb wire. Vehicles pass under the
existing HV towers as they enter the site (discussed further below).
· Existing Vehicle Washdown: Located on Lotplan 3RP611829, there is an existing vehicle
washdown facility and dam (refer Figure 3). The dam is currently fenced.
· Existing Maintenance Helicopter Pad: Similarly, located on Lotplan 3RP611829, there is an
existing maintenance helicopter pad (refer Figure 4).
· Existing Bore, Pump and Rising Main: Located within the most north-eastern corner of the
Powerlink site is an existing bore, pump and rising main (refer Figure 5). The location of the rising
main is unknown and recommended to be confirmed during future design and construction
stages.
· Existing HV Towers: Running from the south to the north of the Lotplan 1RP610887
(perpendicular to the Burnett Highway), is the existing HV towers (refer Figure 6). The towers
head west once crossing the boundary to the Powerlink substation (Lotplan 3RP611829). In
addition, the towers cross the existing site access road. The exact location of these shall be
confirmed during survey works undertaken during future design stages.
· Existing LV Ergon Energy Overheads and Poles: In addition to the HV towers across the site,
is a LV overhead and poles running parallel to the Burnett Highway (refer Figure 7). Generally
located on the property boundary and running south to north.
Figure 2 Existing Site Access Figure 3 Existing Vehicle Washdown

Figure 4 Existing Maintenance Helicopter Pad
Figure 5 Existing Bore, Pump and Rising Main
2 of 21
Figure 6 Existing HV Towers (adjacent the existing Burnett Hwy access – left and adjacent the proposed battery
storage pad – right)
Figure 7 Existing LV Ergon Energy Overheads and Poles (Burnett Hwy shown on the left, looking South)
3 of 21
2.2 Data / Design Inputs
A site visit was conducted with representatives from Genex, Powerlink and AECOM on the 16
November 2020. The following key points were noted:
· It was agreed that the battery storage pad would be best located towards the eastern frontage of
the allotment due to the natural topography (i.e. less earthworks) and lesser length of internal site
access road to reach the pad.
· Powerlink noted that the existing washdown facility and helicopter pad could be relocated if
needed.
2.3 Design Criteria
The following design criteria were adopted throughout the progression of the design (refer Table 1).
Table 1 Civil Design Criteria
Parameter Criteria
Topographic Data In the absence of site survey, the concept design has been undertaken
using aerial survey in the form of 2015 LiDAR. Dial Before You Dig data
was also obtained, noting that no service locating has been undertaken to
date.
Width and Length of Project requirements:
Pad · Stage 1: 50 m x 80 m
· Stage 2: 60 m x 90 m
Material (Pad and Gravel surfacing
Access Road)
Existing Washdown To remain, minimum offset 2 m from footprint of battery pad
Facility and Dam
Existing Vegetation To be removed, not of environmental significance
within extents of work
Existing Helipad To be removed and reinstated if required by Powerlink
Burnett Highway A new access track is proposed parallel to the front site boundary between
Intersection Location the Burnett Highway and the existing High Voltage (HV) overhead
infrastructure to minimise the length of interface with Powerlink operations.
Design Vehicle Prime mover and long semi-trailer (25 m)
Overall Length = 25 m
Overall Width = 3 m
Overall Body Height = 4.3 m
Min Body Ground Clearance 0.54 m
Max Track Width = 3 m
Lock-to-lock time = 6s
Curb to curb Turning Radius = 15 m
A conservative estimate for the adopted design vehicle was made during
the Concept Design (25 m Semi-Trailer) however this will be confirmed in
the next design phase. Upgrades to the existing intersection would not be
required if the design vehicle is reduced.
Minimum Offset from RRC Planning Scheme Requirements – 6 m minimum offset
Property Boundary
Offset from Existing To remain, currently offset +10 m from the pad footprint
Bore
4 of 21
Parameter Criteria
Horizontal Clearance Minimum 5 m from pole stays and electrical entity poles (Ergon Energy
11 kV Powerlines and Energex, Electricity Entity Requirements: Working Near Overhead and
Underground Electric Lines).
Horizontal Clearance Generally, a minimum of 20 m from any tower leg however each
132 kV Powerlines application is assessed on a case by case basis (by Powerlink). The toe of
the fill pad is 19.1 m from the existing HV tower stays and this has been
communicated to Powerlink via the Applicant.
Vertical Clearance There must be a minimum of 6.7 m between the trafficable surface and the
132 kV Powerlines overhead 132 kV electrical line (Electrical Safety Standards).
Minimum Slope of 0.5% to ensure the pad freely drains to the north to eliminate ponding
Pad issues. Discussed further in Section 3.0.
Flood Immunity 0.5% Annual Exceedance Probability (AEP) event adopted as the design
event. Discussed further in Section 3.0.
Freeboard 300 mm freeboard adopted, aligns with current industry standards.
Discussed further in Section 3.0
Height of Bund Wall Approx. 400 mm high (due to the shallow depth of water over the site,
(top width) + including 300 mm freeboard). The bund wall is located largely on the
Freeboard southern side of the pad to protect the cut face, tying into existing / natural
surface on the western and eastern side of the pad. Discussed further in
Section 3.0.
2.4 Outcomes
Adopting the above criteria, the pad design was progressed to a concept design and design vehicle
movements assessed for the adopted design vehicle.
A concept design has been completed to support the Development Application process. For additional
information, including type sections and details, reference should be made to the Concept Design
Drawings (refer Appendix A).
2.5 Stageability Considerations
As noted by the Applicant, the Project may be constructed in more than one stage. For the purpose of
the civil design and flooding assessment, the ultimate built out area has been considered.
5 of 21
3.0 Flooding Assessment
3.1 Overview
3.1.1 Catchment Characteristics
The Project site located to the north of the Bouldercombe township along the Burnett Highway, has
ground surface levels around 55 mAHD to 60 mAHD (refer Figure 8). Two creeks traverse to the east
and west of the study area - Gavial Creek and an unnamed tributary of Four Mile Creek, respectively.
Rainfall from the Upper reaches of Bouldercombe Gorge accumulate within the upper reaches of
Gavial Creek and tend south, remaining on the eastern side of the project site. On the western side of
the catchment, flows accumulate within the upper reaches of the catchment, accumulate and tend
south before combining with Four Mile Creek (to the north of the project site). Across the catchment,
several farm dams are fed by various tributaries of the two main creek sub-catchments.
Figure 8 Catchment Overview
3.1.2 Design Criteria

There are two key hydraulic criteria required for the Project:
· The fill pad is to provide 0.5% AEP flood immunity (with provision for freeboard); and
· The Project is not to result in nuisanceable impacts outside of the allotment boundaries.
3.1.3 Limitations and Assumptions
The following limitations apply to the modelling undertaken, for the assessment of flooding impacts:
· Assessment undertaken for catchment / regional flooding only;
· Use of existing XP-RAFTS model (source) for input of flows (from Gavial Gracemere Road Link
Planning Study – AECOM, 2012);
· Only major culverts under the Burnett Highway are represented;
· Only an assessment of the 0.5% AEP Event was undertaken;
· Storm durations from 0.5 hours to 9 hours were modelled to determine the critical storm duration;
· Model calibration and validation was not undertaken in the absence of historical data; and,
· Hydrologic and hydraulic modelling is based on methods and data outlined in Australian Rainfall
and Runoff (ARR) 1987.
6 of 21
3.2 Hydrologic Modelling
An existing XP-RAFTS model (built and adopted for the Gavial Gracemere Road Link Assessment)
was adopted for the hydrologic assessment for the project site. Reference is made to the Yeppen
Floodplain Upgrade Project – Business Case Hydraulic Assessment Report (Preliminary Design)
(AECOM, 2012) for further information regarding the XP-RAFTS model.
Shown in Figure 9, the project site (shown as a red circle) is located within sub-catchment 1 which is
downstream of sub-catchments 10.2.1, 10.2.2 and 10.2.3. The total flow from these catchments was
extracted from the hydrologic model and applied to the hydraulic (TUFLOW) model (refer below for
further discussion regarding the hydraulic assessment).
As noted above, the design flood event was the 0.5% AEP event. To generate the inflows hydrographs
for the 0.5% AEP event, a factor of 1.14 was applied to the 1% AEP rainfall (Australian Rainfall and
Runoff 1987, A Guide to Flood Estimation, Table 8.3.2).
Within the XP-RAFTS model, site specific design rainfall intensities, or Intensity Frequency Duration
(IFD) data, was determined using the design rainfall isopleths from Volume 2 of Australian Rainfall and
Runoff (AR&R, 2001). The IFD input data set was obtained for the catchment (150.5333 E, 23.3667 S)
and are shown in Table 2. Further discussion regarding IFD data used within the hydraulic model is
included within Section 3.3.3
Table 2 Adopted IFD Parameters (XP-RAFTS)
Parameter Value Parameter Value
1 hour, 2 year intensity (mm/hr) 44.9

1 hour, 50 year intensity (mm/hr) 85
Average Regional Skewness 0.22
Geographic Factor, F2 4.22
Geographic Factor, F50 17.7
Standard techniques from ARR 1987 were used to determine rainfall intensities up to the 12-hour
duration for a range of magnitudes including the 1% AEP event. For the purpose of this assessment,
the 1% AEP data and the adopted 0.5% AEP calculated IFD data is shown in Table 3.
Table 3 Intensity Frequency Duration Data (XP-RAFTS)
Intensity (mm/hr)
Duration (hr)
1% AEP 0.5% AEP
0.5 136.5 155.6
0.75 116.1 132.4
1 100.0 114.0
2 65.0 74.1
3 51.0 58.1
6 32.9 37.5
9 25.5 29.1
12 21.3 24.3
7 of 21
Figure 9 XP-RAFTS Catchments (AECOM, 2012)
3.3 Hydraulic Modelling

3.3.1 Overview
Hydraulic modelling was undertaken using the TUFLOW software platform. The modelling approach
adopted is TUFLOW HPC (GPU). Details associated with the model development can be found in the
sections below, with an overview of the model and parameters provided in Table 4.
Table 4 Hydraulic Model Overview
Parameter
Completion Date December 2020
AEP’s Assessed 0.5% AEP Event
Durations Assessed 0.5, 0.75, 1, 2, 3, 4.5, 6 and 9 hour (A ‘Max:Max’ analysis
was undertaken, whereby results from all storm durations
were compared and the maximum flood levels extracted at
each cell within the model domain).
Hydrologic Modelling Direct Rainfall (refer Section 3.3.3) and Inflows (refer
Approach Section 3.3.2)
Hydraulic Model Software TUFLOW HPC (GPU) Version 2020-01-AB-iSP-w64
Grid Size 2m
DEM (year flown) 1 m LiDAR (2015) (Sourced from ELVIS – Elevation and
Depth – Foundation Spatial Data,
https://elevation.fsdf.org.au/)
Roughness Spatially varying values
Eddy viscosity SMAGORINSKY (default)
8 of 21
Parameter
Model Calibration and Nil
Validation
Model boundaries Inflow and Outflow Boundary Conditions (refer Section
3.3.2)
Timesteps 2.5 seconds in the 2D domain; and 1.0 second in the 1D
domain
Wetting and drying depths Cell centre 0.0002 m (default)
Cut-off Depth 75 mm
3.3.2 Catchment Delineation, Inflow and Outflow Locations

Sourced from ELVIS, 1 m LIDAR data, captured in 2015 was used to delineate the catchment
boundary (refer Figure 10). As the XP-RAFTS model was built in 2012 using the available data at the
time, the recent 2015 ELVIS data was used as the most accurate reflection of the existing topography.
The inflow boundary condition was represented as discharge versus time (Q v T) inflow type. The flow
from the hydrologic model was applied at the upstream boundary of the TUFLOW model, as shown in
Figure 10.
The downstream boundaries for the model were digitised as shown in Figure 10. A downstream
boundary condition representing a water level (head) versus flow (Q) (H v Q) was applied.
Figure 10 Catchment Delineation, Inflow and Outflow Locations
3.3.3 Design Rainfall Applied to the 2D model domain

Design rainfall data was sourced from the BoM online IFD tool. IFD parameters required to determine
rainfalls for events were sourced using a single set of parameters, derived at the location (150.4876 E,
23.5351 S).
Standard techniques from ARR 1987 were used to determine rainfall intensities up to the 12-hour
duration for the 1% AEP event. Given that the design flood event was the 0.5% AEP event, to
generate the design rainfall for the 0.5% AEP event, a factor of 1.14 was applied to the 1% AEP
rainfall (Australian Rainfall and Runoff 1987, A Guide to Flood Estimation, Table 8.3.2).
9 of 21
3.3.4 1D Model Network
The 1D model network is based on the site visit undertaken (November 2020). Two box culverts 1200
mm wide by 450 mm high were located under the Burnett Highway directly south-east of the proposed
site. These were included in the hydraulic model.
3.3.5 Roughness
The hydraulic roughness represents the different types of land use and ground cover that exist within
the model extent and thus the variation in flow resistance across the model. Hydraulic roughness has
been represented in the model with a Manning’s ‘n’ value. The roughness categories have been
adopted from similar TUFLOW models. Roughness values for each land use category adopted in the
model also included depth varying roughness.
Table 5 Hydraulic Roughness
Category Adopted Roughness

Open Space – Minimal Vegetation 0.1
Open Space – Moderate Vegetation 0.1
Sealed Road / Car Park / Pavement 0.02
Residential (Lower Density) 0.08
3.4 Hydraulic Modelling Outcomes

3.4.1 Critical Duration
Utilising the range of durations modelled in TUFLOW, it was determined that the critical duration for
the site was the 60-minute event. However, for the purposed of this assessment, the maximum depth
for all durations was calculated and adopted.
3.4.2 Existing Conditions (Baseline)
Following the development of the model, the existing conditions were assessed in TUFLOW. This shows
that the proposed site is not subject to regional flooding during a 0.5% AEP event (refer Figure 11).
10 of 21
Figure 11 Baseline: Peak Flood Depth (0.5% AEP Max:Max Event)
3.4.3 Post Construction Conditions (Developed Case)
The proposed civil works were incorporated into the TUFLOW model and the 0.5% AEP flood event
was simulated to determine if there was any impact on external flooding due to the proposed works.
Figure 12 shows the flood depths for the developed case, with Figure 13 showing the difference in
water levels due to the development. The model results show that there are not predicted to be any
off-site changes to flood levels in the 0.5% AEP event due to the Project.
Figure 12 Developed Case: Peak Flood Depth (0.5% AEP Max:Max Event)
Figure 13 Developed Case minus Baseline: Difference in Peak Water Surface Elevation (0.5% AEP Max:Max Event)
2 of 21
4.0 Concept Stormwater Management Plan
4.1 Overview
In addition to the progression of the civil design and flooding assessment, AECOM has prepared a
concept stormwater management plan (SMP) to support the Development Approval for RRC.
The scope of works for this SMP includes:
· Assessment of the impacts of the development on flooding (as documented in Section 3.0);
· Concept mitigation measures to minimise impacts on local flooding;
· Assessment of the impacts of the proposed development on stormwater quality;
· Appropriate stormwater treatment measures to meet RRC guidelines; and,
· Determination of the effectiveness of stormwater treatment measures.
4.2 Rockhampton Regional Council Planning Scheme
The RRC Planning Scheme (2015), Schedule 6 Planning Scheme Policies, Section 18 Stormwater
Management Planning Scheme Policy is to be considered when assessing applications identified by
the works code and stormwater management code. The purpose of the planning scheme policy is to
provide guidance in relation to the provision of stormwater infrastructure for development in order to
ensure stormwater infrastructure design and construction satisfies RRC’s Desired Standard of Service
(DOS) requirements and environmental and safety expectations.
The stormwater drainage system must:
1. Prevent or minimise adverse social, environmental, and flooding impacts on waterways, overland
flow paths and the constructed drainage network;
2. Ensure that the design of channel works and other stormwater management measures is
integrated with natural catchment features and maximises the use of natural channel design
principles where possible;
3. Achieve acceptable levels of stormwater run-off quality by applying water sensitive urban
design principles as part of catchment based total water cycle management approach; and,
4. Seek to maintain the catchment hydrograph as close as possible to natural conditions to reduce
adverse impacts associated with the reduction of time to peak flows and increased flow volume.
Given the requirement for developments to comply with the DOS, environmental and safety
expectations, as discussed above, the following assessment of the pre- and post-construction
stormwater drainage was undertaken.
It is a requirement of the RRC development guidelines that a development does not cause any
adverse impacts on stormwater runoff quantity or quality. To ensure the proposed development meets
this requirement, a conceptual SMP has been developed, to improve or minimise impacts on
stormwater quantity and quality.
Further details of the SMP are discussed below.
4.3 Site Based Stormwater Management Plan
The site topography generally grades down from the south to the north with an approximate slope of
between 4%. Ground levels on site range from approximately 55 mAHD to 60 mAHD. The site
currently consists of undeveloped land with natural grass cover and sparse trees / shrubs.
As no geotechnical information is available at this early stage of project development, the soil
characteristics for the site are unknown. It is likely that geotechnical investigations will be carried out
during detail design phase. The SMP may change once the results of these investigations are
available.
4.3.1 Existing Site Drainage
In large magnitude flood events, surface runoff flows from south to north on either side of the Burnett
Highway and does not encroach on the project site. Flows cross the Highway from east to west
through two 1200 mm x 450 mm RCBCs, once the capacity of a small farm dam on the eastern side of
the highway is exceeded. The RCBC’s outlet to the south of the proposed site and flow travels towards
a second agricultural dam before combining with runoff from the unnamed tributary of Four Mile Creek.
Figure 14 Existing Site Drainage
4.3.2 Proposed Site Drainage

The proposed site drainage, as shown in the Concept Design Drawings (refer Appendix A) largely
remains similar to the existing site drainage where possible (refer Figure 15). The following key points
are noted:
· Pad Slope: As noted in Section 2.3, to discharge overland flow from the pad itself, a 0.5% slope
has been adopted to direct sheet flow north in a similar direction to existing (i.e. combines with
the existing flow path north of the site which tends east to west from the culvert under the Burnett
Highway).
· Earth Bund: As noted in Section 2.3, to manage overland flow from the small localised sub-
catchment south of the pad, a 400 mm high grassed earth bund is to be constructed to direct flow
around the pad to the south of the site in a similar direction to existing (i.e. combines with the
existing flow path north of the site which tends east to west from the culvert under the Burnett
Highway). The earth bund is to be connected into the access track with a 450 x 375 RCBC culvert
to direct flows underneath the existing access track to the north east. The culvert sizing adopted
during Concept Design is indicative and is recommended to be confirmed during Detailed Design.
· Burnett Highway Drainage: No changes to the existing cross drainage and longitudinal drainage
is required due to the development.
· Site Access: As noted in Section 2.3, a new access track will be constructed from the existing
access to the battery storage pad. Runoff from the small localised sub-catchment to the west of
the new access road will be collected via a nominal table drain and conveyed from south to north
to the new 450 x 375 RCBC.
· Potential for Contaminated Runoff: For the purpose of the concept design, it was assumed that
no contaminated runoff will be created due to the development, however this is recommended to
be confirmed during future design phases.
2 of 21
Figure 15 Proposed Site Drainage (0.5% AEP Regional Catchment Flood Extent shown)
4.3.3 Erosion and Sediment Control
The design of erosion and sediment control measures shall be undertaken during detail design in
accordance with Soil Erosion and Sediment Control: Engineering Guidelines for Queensland
Construction Sites (IEAUST, 1996) the International Erosion Control Association (IECA) Australasia
Guidelines.
4.4 Stormwater Quantity Assessment
As discussed within Section 3.0, a hydrologic and hydraulic assessment was undertaken for the
proposed design. Whereby the assessment of the pre- and post-conditions was undertaken for the
local catchment flooding. Refer Section 3.0 for further discussion regarding the outcomes of the
hydraulic assessment. It is noted that no mitigation works were required to offset changes to external
catchment runoff.
5.0 Stormwater Quality Assessment
It is noted that a Stormwater Quality Assessment has not been undertaken at this stage. It is therefore
recommended that a MUSIC model is developed and used to assess the effectiveness of stormwater
quality measures in the next design phase.
6.0 Conclusions and Recommendations
6.1 Conclusions
Throughout this assessment, the initial design for the Project was progressed to a high-level concept
design, noting that the Project is currently expected to be constructed across stages. A high-level
hydraulic and stormwater assessment was undertaken in addition to the progression of the civil design
for the Project. Given that the design is a high-level assessment, several recommendations have been
made to be carried over to future design and construction stages (refer below).
6.2 Recommendations
The following recommendations were made during the concept design assessment:
· A conservative estimate for the adopted design vehicle was made during the Concept Design
(25m semi-trailer) however this will need to be confirmed.
· Further consideration for works (including potential gate and access widening) is required to be
undertaken during future design phases, once the design vehicle is confirmed.
· A MUSIC model is to be developed and used to assess the effectiveness of stormwater quality
measures. It is expected that the proposed grassed diversion bunds and open swales will be
effective in managing stormwater quality objectives.
7.0 References
AECOM, 2012, Yeppen Floodplain Upgrade Project – Business Case Hydraulic Assessment Report
(Preliminary Design)
Australian Rainfall and Runoff 1987, A Guide to Flood Estimation
ELVIS – Elevation and Depth – Foundation Spatial Data, https://elevation.fsdf.org.au/
Ergon Energy and Energex, Electricity Entity Requirements: Working Near Overhead and
Underground Electric Lines
Rockhampton Regional Council Planning Scheme, 2015, Schedule 6 Planning Scheme Policies,
Section 18 Stormwater Management Planning Scheme Policy
Soil Erosion and Sediment Control: Engineering Guidelines for Queensland Construction Sites
(IEAUST, 1996) the International Erosion Control Association (IECA) Australasia Guidelines
8.0 Closing Remarks
Please feel free to contact the undersigned with any queries.
Ben McMaster, Associate Director
Appendix A – Concept Design Drawings
2 of 21
52
53
53
52
55
52
54
53
56
55
51
56
55
53
52
54
51
52
52
51
50
53
56
51
53
55
54
52
50
49
52
53
52
53 53
56
53
53
52 51
53
52
51
48
54
52
51
50
50 55
50
52
53
51
51
51
49
50
50
49
49
49
50
48
48
49
47
48
47
46
45
46
Appendix H
Infrastructure
Designation
Documentation
Appendix I
Ecological Assessment
Report
Genex Power Limited
14-Dec-2020 DRAFT
Ecological Assessment
Report
P:\606X\60644664\500_Deliverables\580_CLERICAL\Ecological Assessment\Rev 0\report.docx

Prepared for – Genex Power Limited – ABN: 18 152 098 854
Ecological Assessment Report
DRAFT

Client: Genex Power Limited

ABN: 18 152 098 854
Prepared by
Level 1, 130 Victoria Parade, PO Box 1049, Rockhampton QLD 4700, Australia
T +61 7 4927 5541 F +61 7 4927 1333 www.aecom.com
ABN 20 093 846 925
14-Dec-2020
Job No.: 60644664
AECOM in Australia and New Zealand is certified to ISO9001, ISO14001 AS/NZS4801 and OHSAS18001.
© AECOM Australia Pty Ltd (AECOM). All rights reserved.
AECOM has prepared this document for the sole use of the Client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other
party should rely on this document without the prior written consent of AECOM. AECOM undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any
third party who may rely upon or use this document. This document has been prepared based on the Client’s description of its requirements and
AECOM’s experience, having regard to assumptions that AECOM can reasonably be expected to make in accordance with sound professional
principles. AECOM may also have relied upon information provided by the Client and other third parties to prepare this document, some of which
may not have been verified. Subject to the above conditions, this document may be transmitted, reproduced or disseminated only in its entirety.

DRAFT
Quality Information
Document Ecological Assessment Report
Ref 60644664
Date 14-Dec-2020
Prepared by Emma Owbridge
Reviewed by Chris Todd & Sebastian Knight
Revision History
Authorised
Rev Revision Date Details
Name/Position Signature
0 14-Dec-2020 Draft for review

DRAFT
Table of Contents
1.0 Introduction 1
1.1 Project background 1
1.2 Project site 1
1.3 Objectives 1
2.0 Methods 3
2.1 Nomenclature 3
2.2 Desktop Assessment 3
2.3 Field Survey 3
2.3.1 Vegetation community assessment 3
2.3.2 Meander survey 4
2.3.3 Fauna habitat assessments 4
2.3.4 Animal breeding place survey 4
2.4 Likelihood of occurrence assessment 4
2.5 Risk assessment 4
2.6 Limitations 5
2.6.1 Desktop assessment 5
2.6.2 Field survey 5
2.6.3 Data collection and mapping 5
3.0 Results 7
3.1 Flora 7
3.1.1 Regulated vegetation and regional ecosystems 7
3.1.2 Threatened ecological communities 7
3.1.3 Conservation significant flora species 7
3.1.4 Protected plants 7
3.1.5 Essential habitat 7
3.1.6 Introduced flora 7
3.2 Fauna 8
3.2.1 Fauna habitat 8
3.2.2 Animal breeding places 9
3.2.3 Conservation significant fauna 10
3.2.4 Essential habitat 11
3.2.5 Introduced fauna 11
3.2.6 Wetland and watercourses 11
3.2.7 Protected areas 11
3.3 Risk assessment 14
4.0 Conclusion and Recommendations 17
5.0 References 18
Appendix A
Desktop searches A
Appendix B
Risk assessment criteria B
Appendix C
Likelihood of occurrence and impact assessment C

DRAFT
1.0 Introduction
1.1 Project background
The Bouldercombe Battery Project (BBP) is a large-scale battery installation, located in the
Rockhampton region. The Project is co-located with Powerlink Queensland’s existing 275 kV/135 kV
Bouldercombe substation, with a direct connection into Powerlink’s 132 kv network (Point of
Connection).
1.2 Project site

The Project site is described as Lot 3 on RP611829 and is located on the Burnett Highway
approximately 4.5 km north east of the township of Bouldercombe, within Rockhampton Regional
Council in Central Queensland. The Project site totals 6.48 ha as shown in Figure 1 below.
1.3 Objectives
The objective of this ecological assessment was to identify the ecological values at the site to inform
the approvals pathway for the Project. Specifically, this includes:
· Identify and describe the floristic and faunal characteristics, vegetation communities and fauna
habitat
· Verify the presence and extent of Regulated Vegetation and Regional Ecosystems (REs) as
defined by the Queensland Herbarium
· Determine the presence and extent of Threatened Ecological Communities (TECs)
· Assess the presence of conservation significant flora and fauna species
· Identify animal breeding places within the Project site
· Undertake a risk assessment to determine if further impact assessment to identified ecological
values is required.

www.aecom.com
Y
TT HW
BURNE
DATUM GDA 1994, PROJECTION MGA ZONE XX
0 370 740 1,480
Metres
re ek (when printed at A3)
ee C
Teatr
1:30,000
LEGEND
Watercourses
Highways
Project site (Lot 3 on RP611829)
AECOM does not warrant the accuracy or completeness of information displayed in this map and any person using it does so at their own risk. AECOM shall bear no responsibility or liability for any errors, faults, defects, or omissions in the information.
Cadastral
Fo
u rM
ile
Cr
ee
k
Rockhampton
e k
re
C
g ee Gracemere
id
M Kabra
Stanwell
One Mile Creek
Bouldercombe
Data sources:
Service Layer Credits: Includes material @ The State of Queensland @ Planet Labs Netherlands B.V.
2020.
Base Data: (c) Project Data (AECOM 2020), Cadastre, Roads and Watercourses (DNRME 2020)
BOULDERCOMBE BATTERY STORAGE

PROJECT
ek
Bobs Cre
Plu
k
PROJECT SITE
reek
ee
m
Cr
Tr
ial C
ee
BOULDERCOMBE
r
lla
Cr
Pi
Ga v
ee
Figure
nd
e k PROJECT ID 60644664
k
1
re
ka
OwbridgeE
C CREATED BY
o
oc
09-Dec-2020
ng
LAST MODIFIED
Bl
Di
VERSION 1
Filename: O:\TECHNICAL INFORMATION\4. TECHNICAL WORK AREAS\ENVIROMENTAL\Emma Working\Bouldercombe Battery Storage\02_MXDs\60644664_F1_ProjectSite_A3L.mxd

A3 size
DRAFT
2.0 Methods
2.1 Nomenclature
Scientific names for flora are consistent with those used in the Census of the Queensland Flora
(Bostock and Holland, 2019) and botanical binomials currently accepted by the Queensland
Herbarium. An asterisk (*) following a species name indicates a non-native species.
2.2 Desktop Assessment

A desktop assessment was undertaken to characterise and identify potential flora and fauna values
that may be present in the Project Site. The desktop assessment included a review of literature, and
searches of publicly available datasets and online mapping.
The following information sources were reviewed as part of this assessment:
· EPBC Act Online Protected Matters Search Tool (PMST) to identify MNES that may occur within
the Project Site (Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment, [DAWE] 2020a)
· Wildlife Online database to identify flora and fauna species recorded within or surrounding the
Project Site (Department of Environment and Science, [DES] 2020c)
· Atlas of Living Australia (ALA) database to identify locations of previously recorded flora and
fauna species within or surrounding the Project Site (Australian Government, 2020)
· eBird Australia database for bird records within and adjacent to the Project Site (eBird Australia,
2020)
· MSES mapping (DES, 2020a)
· Regulated Vegetation Management Map to determine the extent of category A, category B,
category C and category R vegetation within and surrounding the Project Site (Department of
Natural Resources Mines and Energy [DNRME], 2020b)
· DNRME Vegetation Management REs map including essential habitat, watercourse and wetland
mapping (DNRME, 2020a)
· The Queensland Herbarium REDD for current RE descriptions and geological and land zone
descriptions (Queensland Herbarium, 2019)
· DES map of Queensland wetland environmental values to identify high ecological significance
wetlands and general ecological significance wetlands (Department of Environment and Science
[DES], 2020b)
· DES Protected Plants Flora Survey Trigger Map to identify the high-risk areas for protected plants
and determine whether a targeted flora survey and a clearing permit is required (DES, 2020b)
· Species distribution maps from various current field guides.
Information collected as part of the desktop assessment was reviewed and used in the preparation of
the field survey, to determine appropriate survey techniques to employ.
A 10 km search radius was applied for the PMST and Wildlife Online databases, using the central co-
ordinates of the Project site (-23.5379, 150.487).
2.3 Field Survey

A field survey of the Project site was undertaken by a suitably qualified AECOM ecologist on 16
November 2020.
2.3.1 Vegetation community assessment
The extent, classification and condition of ground-truthed vegetation communities within the Project
Site was validated in accordance with the Methodology for surveying and mapping regional ecosystem
and vegetation communities in Queensland (Neldner et al., 2020). Vegetation was sampled at two

DRAFT
quaternary level sites across the Project site, as shown in Figure 3 below. At each quaternary site, the
dominant species were recorded including a vegetation structural description of the dominant
overstorey species. This information was used to determine regulated vegetation and RE status in
accordance with the Queensland Herbarium methodology.
2.3.2 Meander survey
A meander survey for conservation significant flora species was undertaken throughout the Project
site. This involved systematically traversing the Project site to allow identification of any conservation
significant flora species which may be present.
2.3.3 Fauna habitat assessments
Habitat assessments were undertaken to characterise the fauna habitat values within the Project Site.
These assessments provide an indication of likely fauna utilisation, and suitability for fauna species,
including conservation significant fauna.
Included in the habitat assessments were searches for signs of animal activity, including tracks, scats,
scratches, bones, fur, feathers, nests, foraging holes and diggings.
At all fauna habitat assessment locations, active searches, incidental observations and visual and
auditory survey of birds were conducted. A total of two fauna habitat assessments were undertaken
across the Project Site. Survey sites are depicted in Figure 3 below.
2.3.4 Animal breeding place survey
A non-invasive assessment of animal breeding places of animals listed under the NC Act was
conducted. This was completed by a suitably qualified ecologist and was conducted as per the
guidelines (Department of Environment and Science, 2016), by identifying animal breeding places
within the Project Site, with a focus on those belonging to birds and mammals.
2.4 Likelihood of occurrence assessment

A likelihood of occurrence assessment for conservation significant species identified during the
desktop review was undertaken. The assessment considered known habitat and ecological
requirements of the species against the vegetation and habitat types identified in the field survey. The
full likelihood of occurrence assessment is presented in Appendix C.
Each species was assessed against the categories defined below.
· Known: Species was positively identified and recorded in the Project Site during the field
assessment; or previous, reliable records occur within the Project Site.
· Likely: Species was not recorded during the field survey or previously, however there are known
records within the nearby surrounding area and suitable habitat exists in the Project Site.
· Potential: Species was not recorded during the field survey or previously, however known
records occur in the surrounding area and/or habitat in the Project Site is marginal or degraded.
· Unlikely: Habitat in the Project Site might be suitable or marginal; however, species was not
recorded during the field survey, and no known records of the species exist within the surrounding
area.
· No: No suitable habitat within the Project Site and no records of the species in the surrounding
area, or species distribution does not overlap site. This is usually applied to marine species or
seabirds for terrestrial sites.
This process is to be used as a guide and is not to be used as indicating species presence or absence
other than where observed presence is indicated.
2.5 Risk assessment

Conservation significant species known, likely or having potential to occur within the Project site were
subject to a two-step process to assess the potential for significant impacts, as outlined in Figure 2
below. The first step was a risk assessment, which involved reviewing the nature and magnitude, as

DRAFT
well as likely consequences of potential Project impacts. The findings of the risk assessment indicated
vulnerability to potential impacts, and whether further assessment at a State or Commonwealth level
was necessary to determine potential impacts.
Figure 2 Impact assessment process for potential, likely or known ecological matters.
2.6 Limitations
2.6.1 Desktop assessment
Information gained from online databases have caveats to be considered regarding the robustness or
completeness of the information. Data is based on a combination of records (from various sources)
combined with modelled distributions of species according to their ecological characteristics. The
presence or absence of species identified from these databases is an indication of potential presence
only, and may not be not a definitive identification. The absence of any specimen record for a
particular species from an area also does not imply that the species does not occur in the area.
2.6.2 Field survey
A flora field survey has inherent limitations associated with the variability of vegetation communities
across a survey location, and changes to the detectability and presence of species over time. The
seasonal conditions during which the survey was undertaken was conducive to a relatively high
degree of detectable floral diversity. However, it is recognised that a single field study cannot always
account for 100% of potential floral diversity present across a survey location.
The species directly observed during this survey are opportunistic sightings only and not considered
exhaustive. Although detailed targeted surveys were not within scope for this assessment, habitat
assessment has been undertaken to identify the potential species within the Project Site, and active
searches were also targeted at locating signs of utilisation by conservation significant species.
2.6.3 Data collection and mapping
Field survey data collection to inform vegetation mapping was conducted using a hand-held iPad unit
with aerial imagery. The accuracy of the iPad is generally <6 m and is not intended to be relied upon
for design purposes.

www.aecom.com
´
0 37.5 75 150
Metres
1:3,000 (when printed at A3)
LEGEND
Quaternary site
Fauna habitat assessment
Highways
Project site
WY
ETT H
BURN
Rockhampton
Gracemere
Kabra
Stanwell
Bouldercombe
Data sources:
2020.
Base Data: (c) Project Data (AECOM 2020), Cadastre (DNRME 2020)

PROJECT
FIELD SURVEY SITES
PROJECT ID 60644664
Figure
3
CREATED BY OwbridgeE
LAST MODIFIED 09-Dec-2020
VERSION 1
Filename: O:\TECHNICAL INFORMATION\4. TECHNICAL WORK AREAS\ENVIROMENTAL\Emma Working\Bouldercombe Battery Storage\02_MXDs\60644664_F3_FieldSurveyLocations_A3L.mxd

A3 size
DRAFT
3.0 Results
3.1 Flora
3.1.1 Regulated vegetation and regional ecosystems
The DNRME Regulated Vegetation Management Map identified Category X vegetation under the
Vegetation Management Act 1994 as occurring within the entire Project Site (Figure 4). The field
survey confirmed the presence of Category X vegetation across the Project site as outlined in Table 1
below and depicted in Figure 5. The non-remnant vegetation was described as Corymbia dallachiana
(ghost gum) patchy open woodland to 8 m with understorey of Grevillea striata (beefwood).
Table 1 Regulated vegetation ground-truthed within the Project site
Regulated vegetation Description Survey site Area (ha)

Category X Non-remnant vegetation Q1, Q2 6.48
There is no regulated vegetation within a defined distance to a watercourse or within 100 m of a

wetland within the Project site.
3.1.2 Threatened ecological communities
Three TECs managed under the EPBC Act were identified as potentially occurring within the Project
site, using the Protected Matters Search Tool (PMST). The field survey confirmed that no TECs are
present within the Project site. Refer to Appendix C for the full likelihood of occurrence assessment.
3.1.3 Conservation significant flora species
The desktop assessment identified 13 conservation significant flora species (EPBC Act and NC Act)
as having potential to occur within 10 km of the Project site. No conservation significant species were
identified in the Project site during the field survey. It was found that all 13 species identified in the
desktop assessment were unlikely to occur based on the lack of suitable habitat present. Refer to
Appendix C for the full likelihood of occurrence assessment.
3.1.4 Protected plants
The Project site was not mapped as a ‘high risk area’ on the Protected Plants Flora Survey Trigger
Map (Appendix A). Therefore, a flora survey in accordance with the Flora Survey Guideline
(Department of Environment and Science, 2019) was not required to be undertaken.
3.1.5 Essential habitat
No essential habitat for conservation significant flora species is mapped within the Project site.
3.1.6 Introduced flora
A total of 23 introduced flora species were identified within the Project site, including three WONS and
four species listed under the Biosecurity Act 2014, as shown in Table 2 below.
Table 2 Introduced weed species listed as WONS and under the Biosecurity Act 2014.
Common name Scientific name WONS B Act Status*

Creeping lantana Lantana montevidensis - Restricted Category 3
Lantana Lantana camara WONS Restricted Category 3
Rubber vine Cryptostegia grandiflora WONS Restricted Category 3
Velvety tree pear Opuntia tomentosa WONS Restricted Category 3
* Biosecurity Act 2014.

DRAFT
3.2 Fauna
3.2.1 Fauna habitat
The Project site is comprised of non-remnant eucalypt open woodland to grassland on alluvium.
Fauna habitat that persists within the Project site has been subject to clearing, weed invasion and
other edge effects. However, some habitat features are present within the Project site, which provide
marginal habitat opportunities for least concern, conservation significant and migratory species.
One distinct habitat type was recorded within and adjacent to the Project site, Eucalyptus low open
woodland and grassland on alluvium (refer to Plate 1 and Figure 5). A description of this community
and the key fauna habitat values are provided below.
1. Eucalyptus low open woodland and grassland on alluvium
This habitat type comprised of patches of mid-dense regrowth ghost gum, Eucalyptus crebra (narrow-
leaved ironbark) and beefwood amongst areas dominated by exotic grasses. The sparse low tree layer
and shrub layer comprised of Acacia salicina (sally wattle), Vachellia bidwillii (corkwood wattle),
Psydrax attenuata (psydrax) and Codonocarpus attenuatus (medicine bush). The ground cover was
dominated by tall exotic grasses including Megathyrsus maximus (Guinea grass), Hyparrhenia rufa
(thatch grass) and Cenchrus ciliaris (buffel grass). Other introduced species significantly increased the
cover in the understorey including Stylosanthes scabra (stylo), Stachytarpheta jamaicensis
(snakeweed), Cryptostegia grandiflora (rubber vine), Lantana camara (lantana), Lantana
montevidensis (creeping lantana), Bidens pilosa (cobbler’s peg) and Clitoria ternata (butterfly pea).
The cleared grassland areas are unlikely to provide many fauna habitat opportunities, other than
foraging grasses for birds and mammals. The regrowth tree provided some opportunities for shade,
however there was an absence of tree hollows, due to the age of the regrowth. Leaf litter, decorticating
bark and fallen logs were largely absent. The dense ground layer may provide some sheltering
opportunities for small mammals. A permanent (fenced) dam exists within the Project site, utilised for
vehicle wash downs, which may be utilised by aerial bird species. Two larger dams exist immediately
adjacent to the Project site which were dry at the time of survey, however may provide watering
opportunities for fauna during the wet season. No rocks or boulders were recorded in the Project site.
This habitat type also presents opportunities for medium and large bodied mammals, such as
macropods, short-beaked echidna (Tachyglossus aculeatus), and some introduced taxa. Agile wallaby
(Macropus agilis) was observed moving through the Project site. Three birds species were observed
within the Project site. Red-backed fairy wrens (Malurus melanocephalus) were common where tall
grass was present and in low tree within the Project Site. Black-faced cuckoo shrikes (Coracina
novaehollandiae) and torresian crows (Corvus orru) were also observed moving throughout the Project
site.

DRAFT
Plate 1 Eucalyptus low open woodland and grassland on alluvium
3.2.2 Animal breeding places

Two animal breeding places were identified during the field survey (Plate 2 below). Two stick nests
were identified in the canopy limbs of Tamarindus indica (tamarind tree) (refer to Plate 2 below).

DRAFT
Plate 2 Two stick nests observed in a tamarind tree within the Project site
3.2.3 Conservation significant fauna

The desktop assessment identified 27 conservation significant fauna species (EPBC Act and/or NC
Act listed) within the Project site and surrounds, including six reptiles. A further 13 migratory species
(EPBC Act) were also identified. There species were subject to the likelihood of occurrence
assessment which considered the known habitat and ecological requirements of the species against
the vegetation and habitat identified during the field survey and availability of records in the area. The
likelihood of occurrence assessment is detailed in Appendix C and summarised below in Table 3.
Results of the likelihood of occurrence assessment found that six conservation significant species are
considered potential to occur within the Project site, including four migratory species. Two of these
species have been assessed as potential flyovers (Fork-tailed swift and White-throated needletail).
These species may utilise the airspace above the Project site for foraging or dispersal but are unlikely
to roost, breed, forage or otherwise depend on the habitat within the Project site.
Table 3 Potential occurrence of conservation significant fauna species within the Project site
Status
Species
EPBC Act NC Act
Potential
Fork-tailed swift Migratory Special least concern
(Apus pacificus)
Koala Vulnerable Vulnerable
(Phascolarctos cinereus)
Satin flycatcher Migratory Special least concern
(Myiagra cyanoleuca)
Spectacled monarch (Monarcha Migratory Special least concern
trivirgatus)

DRAFT
Status
Species
EPBC Act NC Act
Squatter pigeon (southern) Vulnerable Vulnerable
(Geophaps scripta scripta)
White-throated needletail Vulnerable, Migratory Special least concern
(Hirundapus caudacutus)
3.2.4 Essential habitat

No essential habitat for conservation significant fauna species is mapped within the Project site.
3.2.5 Introduced fauna
No introduced fauna species were identified within the Project site. However a number of introduced
fauna species are likely to occur within the Project site and may include feral pig (Sus scrofa), feral cat
(Felis catus), dog (Canis lupus familiaris/dingo), rabbit, (Oryctologaus cuniculus), European fox
(Vulpes vulpes), cane toad (Rhinella marina) and house mouse (Mus musculus).
3.2.6 Wetland and watercourses
No wetlands or watercourses are mapped within or in close proximity to the Project site.
3.2.7 Protected areas
Bouldercombe Gorge Resources Reserve is the nearest protected area, located 5.9 km south of the
Project site. It is bounded by Bouldercombe Conservation Park and Belgamba Nature Refuge in the
south.

www.aecom.com
´
0 62.5 125 250
Metres
LEGEND
Project site
Regulated vegetation
Category A area
Category B area
Category C area
Category R area
Category X area
WY
Water
ETT H
Area not categorised
Highways
BURN
Rockhampton
Gracemere
Kabra
Stanwell
Bouldercombe
Data sources:
2020.

PROJECT
DESKTOP ASSESSMENT
PROJECT ID 60644664
Figure
4
VERSION 1
Filename: O:\TECHNICAL INFORMATION\4. TECHNICAL WORK AREAS\ENVIROMENTAL\Emma Working\Bouldercombe Battery Storage\02_MXDs\60644664_F4_DesktopAssessment_A3L.mxd

A3 size
www.aecom.com
´
0 62.5 125 250
Metres
LEGEND
Animal breeding place
Regulated vegetation
Category X
Highways
Project site
WY
ETT H
BURN
Rockhampton
Gracemere
Kabra
Stanwell
Bouldercombe
Data sources:
2020.

PROJECT
FIELD SURVEY RESULTS
PROJECT ID 60644664
Figure
5
VERSION 1
Filename: O:\TECHNICAL INFORMATION\4. TECHNICAL WORK AREAS\ENVIROMENTAL\Emma Working\Bouldercombe Battery Storage\02_MXDs\60644664_F5_FieldSurveyResults_A3L.mxd

A3 size
DRAFT
3.3 Risk assessment

As detailed in Section 3.2.3, conservation significant fauna species have the potential to occur within
the Project site and therefore may be directly or indirectly impacted by the development of the Project.
However, the overall risk to ecological values associated with Project impacts will differ, based on a
combination of factors including the community or species’ ecological characteristics and the likely
consequence of impacts. As such, an initial risk assessment was undertaken, detailed in Section 2.5,
to identify ecological values that are at risk to Project impacts and may require further assessment.
The following species were subjected to the risk assessment:
· Koala
· Satin flycatcher
· Spectacled monarch
· Squatter pigeon.
Fork-tailed swift and White-throated needletail were not further considered for risk assessment as the
species may only utilise the airspace above the site and are unlikely to roost, breed, forage or
otherwise depend on the habitat within the Project site.
Findings of the risk assessment determined that no conservation significant fauna require further
impact assessment. The details of the risk assessment are provided in Table 4 below.

DRAFT
Table 4 Risk assessment
Status (EPBC Likelihood of Impact Risk

Species Nature and extent of potential impacts
Act, NC Act) occurrence severity rating
Squatter pigeon Vulnerable, This species is considered a potential occurrence within the Project site due the Potential 2 Low
(southern) Vulnerable presence of marginal habitat and two water sources within 1 km. The geology was
(Geophaps scripta unsuitable for breeding and the Project site provides marginal foraging habitat only.
scripta) Any individuals occurring within the Project site would not be considered part of an
important population, as defined in the Significant Impact Guidelines 1.1 – Matters of
National Environmental Significance (DotE, 2013), and no impacts to the species
habitat extent and habitat quality are expected. There is not expected to be an
increase in threatening processes or impact to the recovery of the species.
Koala Vulnerable, This species is considered a potential occurrence within the Project site due to the Potential 2 Low
(Phascolarctos Vulnerable presence of marginal habitat comprised of non-juvenile koala habitat trees. The
cinereus) habitat may provide refuge for dispersing koalas, with the nearest record 23 km north
the Project site. The koala habitat assessment tool was utilised to determine if the
Project site contained habitat critical to the survival of the koala, in accordance with
the EPBC Act referral guidelines for the vulnerable koala (Department of the
Environment, 2014). The results are presented below for the coastal Project site.
Attribute Score Justification
Koala 0 None of the above.
occurrence
Vegetation 0 None of the above.
composition
Habitat 0 None of the above.
connectivity
Key existing 1 Areas which score 0 for koala occurrence and are
threats likely to have some degree of dog or vehicle threat
present.
Recovery 0 Habitat is unlikely to be important for achieving the
value interim recovery objectives for the relevant
context.
Total score 1 Habitat not critical to the survival of the koala.
Since the Project site does not contain habitat critical to the survival of the koala,
there is a low risk of resulting in a significant impact.

DRAFT
Status (EPBC Likelihood of Impact Risk

Species Nature and extent of potential impacts
Act, NC Act) occurrence severity rating
Spectacled Migratory, This species is considered a potential occurrence within the Project site due to the Potential 1 Low
monarch Special least close proximity of a nearby record 5 km from the Project site. Although no suitable
(Monarcha concern habitat is present within the Project site, the species may move through the Project
trivirgatus) site. The Project site does not contain ‘important habitat’ for the species, as defined in
EPBC Act Policy Statement 3.21 – Industry guidelines for avoiding, assessing and
mitigating impacts on EPBC Act listed migratory shorebird species (Department of the
Environment and Energy, 2017) and no impacts to migratory species habitat extent
and habitat quality are expected. There is not expected to be an increase in
threatening processes or impact to the recovery of the species.
Satin flycatcher Migratory, This species is considered a potential occurrence within the Project site due to the Potential 1 Low
(Myiagra Special least presence of marginal habitat being Eucalypt low open woodland and grassland on
cyanoleuca) concern alluvium. A record exists 25 km east of the Project site. The Project site does not
contain ‘important habitat’ for the species, as defined in EPBC Act Policy Statement
3.21 – Industry guidelines for avoiding, assessing and mitigating impacts on EPBC
Act listed migratory shorebird species (Department of the Environment and Energy,
2017) and no impacts to migratory species habitat extent and habitat quality are
expected. There is not expected to be an increase in threatening processes or impact
to the recovery of the species.

DRAFT
4.0 Conclusion and Recommendations

AECOM undertook an ecological assessment of the Project site at Lot 3 on RP611829. A summary of
outcomes of the assessment are provided below.
· The entire Project site contains Category X non-remnant vegetation (6.48 ha)
· Six conservation significant fauna species are considered potential to occur within the Project
site:
- Fork- tailed swift (Apus pacificus) – Migratory, EPBC Act; Special least concern, NC Act
- Koala (Phascolarctos cinereus) – Vulnerable, EPBC Act; Vulnerable, NC Act
- Satin flycatcher (Myiagra cyanoleuca) – Migratory, EPBC Act; Special least concern, NC Act
- Spectacled monarch (Monarcha trivirgatus) – Migratory, EPBC Act; Special least concern,
NC Act
- Squatter pigeon (southern) (Geophaps scripta scripta) – Vulnerable, EPBC Act; Vulnerable,
NC Act
- White-throated needletail (Hirundapus caudacutus) – Vulnerable, Migratory, EPBC Act;
Special least concern, NC Act
· Two animal breeding places were identified in the Project site, which were two stick nests in a
tamarind tree. It is recommended that a spotter catcher is engaged prior to and during clearing
activities.
· The risk assessment determined that all species were at a low risk of impact and no further
impact assessment under State or Commonwealth legislation was required.
· The Construction Environmental Management Plan should consider the following measures to
manage impacts to ecological values:
- Erosion and sediment control measures
- Weed management measures
- Vegetation clearance procedures.

DRAFT
5.0 References
Australian Government (2020) Atlas of Living Australia, Atlas of Living Australia. Available at:
http://www.ala.org.au/about-the-atlas/.
Bostock, P. D. P. and Holland, A. E. A. (2019) Census of the Queensland Flora 2019. Brisbane:
Queensland Department of Environment and Science. Available at:
http://www.qld.gov.au/environment/assets/documents/plants-animals/herbarium/queensland-flora-
2013-census.pdf?_sm_au_=iVVVFWjD7TDrZ63j.
Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment (2020a) Protected Matters Search Tool.
Available at: http://www.environment.gov.au/epbc/protected-matters-search-tool.
Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment (2020b) Species Profile and Threats Database.
Canberra. Available at: http://www.environment.gov.au/cgi-bin/sprat/public/sprat.pl.
Department of Environment and Science (2016) Information Sheet - Species Management Program
Requirements for tampering with a protected animal breeding place in Queensland.
Department of Environment and Science (2019) Flora Survey Guidelines: Protected Plants. Brisbane,
QLD: Queensland Government. Available at:
https://www.qld.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0028/99901/gl-wl-pp-flora-survey.pdf (Accessed: 14
June 2019).
Department of Environment and Science (2020a) Environmental Reports - Matters of State
Environmnetal Significance. Queensland Government.
Department of Environment and Science (2020b) Map of Queensland wetland environmental values.
Queensland Government.
Department of Environment and Science (2020c) Protected plants flora survey trigger map. Available
at: https://environment.des.qld.gov.au/licences-permits/plants-animals/protected-plants/clearing/flora-
survey-trigger-map/index.php.
Department of Environment and Science (2020d) Species profile - Cossinia australiana, Queensland
Wildlife Database. Available at: https://apps.des.qld.gov.au/species-search/details/?id=13684
(Accessed: 25 August 2020).
Department of Environment and Science (2020e) Wildlife Online Species List, Wildlife Online Dataset.
Department of Natural Resources Mines and Energy (2020a) Essential Habitat Mapping. Department
of Natural Resources, mines and Energy, Queensland Goverment.
Department of Natural Resources Mines and Energy (2020b) Regulated vegetation managment map.
Department of Natural Resources, Mines and Energy. Queensland Government. Available at:
https://www.dnrm.qld.gov.au/qld/environment/land/vegetation/vegetation-maprequest-%0Aform.
Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (2011) Draft Referral
guidelines for the nationally listed Brigalow Belt reptiles. Available at: www.environment.gov.au/epbc/.
Department of the Environment (2008) Commonwealth Conservation Advice on Weeping Myall
Woodlands. Canberra.
Department of the Environment (2011) Commonwealth Conservation Advice on Coolibah - Black Box
Woodlands of the Darling Riverine Plains and the Brigalow Belt South Bioregions. Canberra.
Department of the Environment (2014) EPBC Act Referral Guidelines for the Vulnerable Koala.
Commonwealth of Australia.
Department of the Environment and Energy (2017) EPBC Act Policy Statement 3.21: Industry
guidelines for avoiding, assessing and mitigating impacts on EPBC Act listed migratory shorebird
species. Commonwealth of Australia. Available at:
http://www.environment.gov.au/system/files/resources/67d7eab4-95a5-4c13-a35e-
e74cca47c376/files/bio4190517-shorebirds-guidelines.pdf.

DRAFT
Department of the Environment and Energy (2019a) Conservation Advice (including listing advice) for
the Poplar Box Grassy Woodland on Alluvial Plains. In effect under the EPBC Act from 04-Jul-2019.
Available at: http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/communities/pubs/141pb-
conservation-advice.pdf.
Department of the Environment and Energy (2019b) Consultation Document on Listing Eligibility and
Conservation Actions Falco hypoleucos (Grey Falcon). Available at:
http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/nominations.html.
Department of the Environment Water Heritage and the Arts (2008) Approved conservation advice for
Cossinia australiana (Cossinia). Available at:
http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/species/pubs/3066-conservation-advice.pdf
(Accessed: 25 August 2020).
DotE (2013) Significant Impact Guidelines 1.1: Matters of National Environmental Significance.
Available at: http://www.environment.gov.au/system/files/resources/42f84df4-720b-4dcf-b262-
48679a3aba58/files/nes-guidelines_1.pdf.
DotEE (2019) Pandion cristatus - Eastern Osprey, Species Profile and Threats Database.
eBird Australia (2020) eBird Australia. Available at: https://ebird.org/australia/.
Ferguson, D. and Mathieson, M. (2014) Yakka skink, Egernia rugosa. Targeted species survey
guidelines. Brisbane: Department of Environment and Science.
Neldner, V. et al. (2020) Methodology for survey and mapping of regional ecosystems and vegetation
communities in Queensland Version 5.1. Queensland Department of Environment and Science,
Brisbane.
Queensland Herbarium (2019) Regional Ecosystem Description Database (REDD) Version 11.1 April
2019. Brisbane, QLD: Queensland Herbarium, State of Queensland Department of Primary Industries.
Threatened Species Scientific Committee (2009) Commonwealth Listing Advice on Weeping Myall
Woodlands. Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts. Available at:
http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/communities/pubs/98-listing-advice.pdf.
Threatened Species Scientific Committee (2011) Approved Conservation Advice for Coolibah – Black
Box Woodlands of the Darling Riverine Plains and the Brigalow Belt South Bioregions ecological
community. Available at: http://www.environment.gov.au/cgi-
bin/sprat/public/publiclookupcommunities.pl. (Accessed: 12 December 2019).

DRAFT
Appendix A
Desktop searches

EPBC Act Protected Matters Report
This report provides general guidance on matters of national environmental significance and other matters
protected by the EPBC Act in the area you have selected.
Information on the coverage of this report and qualifications on data supporting this report are contained in the
caveat at the end of the report.
Information is available about Environment Assessments and the EPBC Act including significance guidelines,
forms and application process details.
Report created: 26/11/20 14:51:08
Summary
Details
Matters of NES
Other Matters Protected by the EPBC Act
Extra Information
Caveat
Acknowledgements
This map may contain data which are

©Commonwealth of Australia
(Geoscience Australia), ©PSMA 2015
Coordinates
Buffer: 10.0Km
Summary
Matters of National Environmental Significance
This part of the report summarises the matters of national environmental significance that may occur in, or may
relate to, the area you nominated. Further information is available in the detail part of the report, which can be
accessed by scrolling or following the links below. If you are proposing to undertake an activity that may have a
significant impact on one or more matters of national environmental significance then you should consider the
Administrative Guidelines on Significance.
World Heritage Properties: None

National Heritage Places: None
Wetlands of International Importance: None
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park: None
Commonwealth Marine Area: None
Listed Threatened Ecological Communities: 3
Listed Threatened Species: 35
Listed Migratory Species: 16
This part of the report summarises other matters protected under the Act that may relate to the area you nominated.
Approval may be required for a proposed activity that significantly affects the environment on Commonwealth land,
when the action is outside the Commonwealth land, or the environment anywhere when the action is taken on
Commonwealth land. Approval may also be required for the Commonwealth or Commonwealth agencies proposing to
take an action that is likely to have a significant impact on the environment anywhere.
The EPBC Act protects the environment on Commonwealth land, the environment from the actions taken on
Commonwealth land, and the environment from actions taken by Commonwealth agencies. As heritage values of a
place are part of the 'environment', these aspects of the EPBC Act protect the Commonwealth Heritage values of a
Commonwealth Heritage place. Information on the new heritage laws can be found at
http://www.environment.gov.au/heritage
A permit may be required for activities in or on a Commonwealth area that may affect a member of a listed threatened
species or ecological community, a member of a listed migratory species, whales and other cetaceans, or a member of
a listed marine species.
Commonwealth Land: None

Commonwealth Heritage Places: None
Listed Marine Species: 22
Whales and Other Cetaceans: None
Critical Habitats: None
Commonwealth Reserves Terrestrial: None
Australian Marine Parks: None
Extra Information
This part of the report provides information that may also be relevant to the area you have nominated.
State and Territory Reserves: 3

Regional Forest Agreements: None
Invasive Species: 38
Nationally Important Wetlands: None
Key Ecological Features (Marine) None
Details
Matters of National Environmental Significance
Listed Threatened Ecological Communities [ Resource Information ]

For threatened ecological communities where the distribution is well known, maps are derived from recovery
plans, State vegetation maps, remote sensing imagery and other sources. Where threatened ecological
community distributions are less well known, existing vegetation maps and point location data are used to
produce indicative distribution maps.
Name Status Type of Presence
Coolibah - Black Box Woodlands of the Darling Endangered Community may occur
Riverine Plains and the Brigalow Belt South Bioregions within area
Poplar Box Grassy Woodland on Alluvial Plains Endangered Community likely to occur
within area
Weeping Myall Woodlands Endangered Community likely to occur
within area
Listed Threatened Species [ Resource Information ]

Birds
Botaurus poiciloptilus
Australasian Bittern [1001] Endangered Species or species habitat
may occur within area
Calidris ferruginea
Curlew Sandpiper [856] Critically Endangered Species or species habitat
likely to occur within area
Epthianura crocea macgregori

Capricorn Yellow Chat, Yellow Chat (Dawson) [67090] Critically Endangered Species or species habitat
Erythrotriorchis radiatus
Red Goshawk [942] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Falco hypoleucos
Grey Falcon [929] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Geophaps scripta scripta

Squatter Pigeon (southern) [64440] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
known to occur within area
Hirundapus caudacutus
White-throated Needletail [682] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Neochmia ruficauda ruficauda

Star Finch (eastern), Star Finch (southern) [26027] Endangered Species or species habitat
Numenius madagascariensis
Eastern Curlew, Far Eastern Curlew [847] Critically Endangered Species or species habitat
Poephila cincta cincta

Southern Black-throated Finch [64447] Endangered Species or species
habitat may occur within
area
Rostratula australis
Australian Painted Snipe [77037] Endangered Species or species habitat
Turnix melanogaster
Black-breasted Button-quail [923] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Mammals
Chalinolobus dwyeri
Large-eared Pied Bat, Large Pied Bat [183] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Dasyurus hallucatus
Northern Quoll, Digul [Gogo-Yimidir], Wijingadda Endangered Species or species habitat
[Dambimangari], Wiminji [Martu] [331] known to occur within area
Macroderma gigas
Ghost Bat [174] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Nyctophilus corbeni
Corben's Long-eared Bat, South-eastern Long-eared Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Bat [83395] may occur within area
Petauroides volans
Greater Glider [254] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Phascolarctos cinereus (combined populations of Qld, NSW and the ACT)

Koala (combined populations of Queensland, New Vulnerable Species or species habitat
South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory) may occur within area
[85104]
Pteropus poliocephalus
Grey-headed Flying-fox [186] Vulnerable Foraging, feeding or related
behaviour may occur within
area
Plants
Bulbophyllum globuliforme
Miniature Moss-orchid, Hoop Pine Orchid [6649] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Cossinia australiana
Cossinia [3066] Endangered Species or species habitat
Cupaniopsis shirleyana
Wedge-leaf Tuckeroo [3205] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Cycas megacarpa
[55794] Endangered Species or species habitat
Cycas ophiolitica
Decaspermum struckoilicum
Dichanthium setosum
bluegrass [14159] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Eucalyptus raveretiana
Black Ironbox [16344] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Marsdenia brevifolia
[64585] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Phaius australis
Lesser Swamp-orchid [5872] Endangered Species or species habitat
Samadera bidwillii
Quassia [29708] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Reptiles
Delma torquata
Adorned Delma, Collared Delma [1656] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Denisonia maculata
Ornamental Snake [1193] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Egernia rugosa
Yakka Skink [1420] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Furina dunmalli
Dunmall's Snake [59254] Vulnerable Species or species habitat
Rheodytes leukops
Fitzroy River Turtle, Fitzroy Tortoise, Fitzroy Turtle, Vulnerable Species or species habitat
White-eyed River Diver [1761] may occur within area
Listed Migratory Species [ Resource Information ]

* Species is listed under a different scientific name on the EPBC Act - Threatened Species list.
Name Threatened Type of Presence
Migratory Marine Birds
Apus pacificus
Fork-tailed Swift [678] Species or species habitat
Migratory Marine Species

Crocodylus porosus
Salt-water Crocodile, Estuarine Crocodile [1774] Species or species habitat
Migratory Terrestrial Species

Cuculus optatus
Oriental Cuckoo, Horsfield's Cuckoo [86651] Species or species habitat
Monarcha melanopsis
Black-faced Monarch [609] Species or species habitat
Monarcha trivirgatus
Spectacled Monarch [610] Species or species habitat
Myiagra cyanoleuca
Satin Flycatcher [612] Species or species habitat
Rhipidura rufifrons
Rufous Fantail [592] Species or species habitat
Migratory Wetlands Species
Actitis hypoleucos
Common Sandpiper [59309] Species or species habitat
Calidris acuminata
Sharp-tailed Sandpiper [874] Species or species habitat
Calidris ferruginea
Calidris melanotos
Pectoral Sandpiper [858] Species or species habitat
Gallinago hardwickii
Latham's Snipe, Japanese Snipe [863] Species or species habitat
Pandion haliaetus
Osprey [952] Species or species habitat
Tringa nebularia
Common Greenshank, Greenshank [832] Species or species habitat

Listed Marine Species [ Resource Information ]
* Species is listed under a different scientific name on the EPBC Act - Threatened Species list.
Birds
Actitis hypoleucos
Common Sandpiper [59309] Species or species habitat
Anseranas semipalmata
Magpie Goose [978] Species or species habitat
Apus pacificus
Fork-tailed Swift [678] Species or species habitat
Ardea alba
Great Egret, White Egret [59541] Species or species habitat
Ardea ibis
Cattle Egret [59542] Species or species habitat
Calidris acuminata
Sharp-tailed Sandpiper [874] Species or species habitat
Calidris ferruginea
Calidris melanotos
Pectoral Sandpiper [858] Species or species habitat
Chrysococcyx osculans
Black-eared Cuckoo [705] Species or species habitat
Gallinago hardwickii
Latham's Snipe, Japanese Snipe [863] Species or species habitat
Haliaeetus leucogaster
White-bellied Sea-Eagle [943] Species or species habitat
Merops ornatus
Rainbow Bee-eater [670] Species or species habitat
Monarcha melanopsis
Black-faced Monarch [609] Species or species habitat
Monarcha trivirgatus
Spectacled Monarch [610] Species or species habitat
Myiagra cyanoleuca
Satin Flycatcher [612] Species or species habitat
Pandion haliaetus
Osprey [952] Species or species habitat
Rhipidura rufifrons
Rufous Fantail [592] Species or species habitat
Rostratula benghalensis (sensu lato)

Painted Snipe [889] Endangered* Species or species habitat
Tringa nebularia
Common Greenshank, Greenshank [832] Species or species habitat
Reptiles
Crocodylus porosus
Salt-water Crocodile, Estuarine Crocodile [1774] Species or species habitat
Extra Information
State and Territory Reserves [ Resource Information ]
Name State
Belgamba QLD
Bouldercombe Gorge QLD
Bouldercombe Gorge QLD
Invasive Species [ Resource Information ]

Weeds reported here are the 20 species of national significance (WoNS), along with other introduced plants
that are considered by the States and Territories to pose a particularly significant threat to biodiversity. The
following feral animals are reported: Goat, Red Fox, Cat, Rabbit, Pig, Water Buffalo and Cane Toad. Maps from
Landscape Health Project, National Land and Water Resouces Audit, 2001.

Birds
Acridotheres tristis
Common Myna, Indian Myna [387] Species or species habitat
Anas platyrhynchos
Mallard [974] Species or species habitat
Columba livia
Rock Pigeon, Rock Dove, Domestic Pigeon [803] Species or species habitat
Lonchura punctulata
Nutmeg Mannikin [399] Species or species habitat
Passer domesticus
House Sparrow [405] Species or species habitat
Streptopelia chinensis
Spotted Turtle-Dove [780] Species or species habitat
Sturnus vulgaris
Common Starling [389] Species or species habitat
Frogs
Rhinella marina
Cane Toad [83218] Species or species habitat
Mammals
Bos taurus
Domestic Cattle [16] Species or species habitat
Canis lupus familiaris

Domestic Dog [82654] Species or species habitat
Capra hircus
Goat [2] Species or species habitat
Felis catus
Cat, House Cat, Domestic Cat [19] Species or species habitat
Feral deer
Feral deer species in Australia [85733] Species or species habitat
Lepus capensis
Brown Hare [127] Species or species habitat
Mus musculus
House Mouse [120] Species or species habitat
Oryctolagus cuniculus
Rabbit, European Rabbit [128] Species or species habitat
Rattus rattus
Black Rat, Ship Rat [84] Species or species habitat
Sus scrofa
Pig [6] Species or species habitat
Vulpes vulpes
Red Fox, Fox [18] Species or species habitat
Plants
Acacia nilotica subsp. indica
Prickly Acacia [6196] Species or species habitat
Andropogon gayanus
Gamba Grass [66895] Species or species habitat
Anredera cordifolia
Madeira Vine, Jalap, Lamb's-tail, Mignonette Vine, Species or species habitat
Anredera, Gulf Madeiravine, Heartleaf Madeiravine, likely to occur within area
Potato Vine [2643]
Asparagus africanus
Climbing Asparagus, Climbing Asparagus Fern Species or species habitat
[66907] likely to occur within area
Cryptostegia grandiflora
Rubber Vine, Rubbervine, India Rubber Vine, India Species or species habitat
Rubbervine, Palay Rubbervine, Purple Allamanda likely to occur within area
[18913]
Dolichandra unguis-cati
Cat's Claw Vine, Yellow Trumpet Vine, Cat's Claw Species or species habitat
Creeper, Funnel Creeper [85119] likely to occur within area
Eichhornia crassipes
Water Hyacinth, Water Orchid, Nile Lily [13466] Species or species habitat
Hymenachne amplexicaulis
Hymenachne, Olive Hymenachne, Water Stargrass, Species or species habitat
West Indian Grass, West Indian Marsh Grass [31754] likely to occur within area
Jatropha gossypifolia
Cotton-leaved Physic-Nut, Bellyache Bush, Cotton-leaf Species or species habitat
Physic Nut, Cotton-leaf Jatropha, Black Physic Nut likely to occur within area
[7507]
Lantana camara
Lantana, Common Lantana, Kamara Lantana, Large- Species or species habitat
leaf Lantana, Pink Flowered Lantana, Red Flowered likely to occur within area
Lantana, Red-Flowered Sage, White Sage, Wild Sage
[10892]
Opuntia spp.
Prickly Pears [82753] Species or species habitat
Parkinsonia aculeata
Parkinsonia, Jerusalem Thorn, Jelly Bean Tree, Horse Species or species habitat
Bean [12301] likely to occur
within area
Parthenium hysterophorus
Parthenium Weed, Bitter Weed, Carrot Grass, False Species or species habitat
Ragweed [19566] likely to occur within area
Prosopis spp.
Mesquite, Algaroba [68407] Species or species habitat
Salix spp. except S.babylonica, S.x calodendron & S.x reichardtii

Willows except Weeping Willow, Pussy Willow and Species or species habitat
Sterile Pussy Willow [68497] likely to occur within area
Salvinia molesta
Salvinia, Giant Salvinia, Aquarium Watermoss, Kariba Species or species habitat
Weed [13665] likely to occur within area
Vachellia nilotica
Prickly Acacia, Blackthorn, Prickly Mimosa, Black Species or species habitat
Piquant, Babul [84351] likely to occur within area
Reptiles
Hemidactylus frenatus
Asian House Gecko [1708] Species or species habitat
Ramphotyphlops braminus
Flowerpot Blind Snake, Brahminy Blind Snake, Cacing Species or species habitat
Besi [1258] may occur within area
Caveat
The information presented in this report has been provided by a range of data sources as acknowledged at the end of the report.
This report is designed to assist in identifying the locations of places which may be relevant in determining obligations under the Environment
Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. It holds mapped locations of World and National Heritage properties, Wetlands of International
and National Importance, Commonwealth and State/Territory reserves, listed threatened, migratory and marine species and listed threatened
ecological communities. Mapping of Commonwealth land is not complete at this stage. Maps have been collated from a range of sources at various
resolutions.
Not all species listed under the EPBC Act have been mapped (see below) and therefore a report is a general guide only. Where available data
supports mapping, the type of presence that can be determined from the data is indicated in general terms. People using this information in making
a referral may need to consider the qualifications below and may need to seek and consider other information sources.
For threatened ecological communities where the distribution is well known, maps are derived from recovery plans, State vegetation maps, remote
sensing imagery and other sources. Where threatened ecological community distributions are less well known, existing vegetation maps and point
location data are used to produce indicative distribution maps.
Threatened, migratory and marine species distributions have been derived through a variety of methods. Where distributions are well known and if
time permits, maps are derived using either thematic spatial data (i.e. vegetation, soils, geology, elevation, aspect, terrain, etc) together with point
locations and described habitat; or environmental modelling (MAXENT or BIOCLIM habitat modelling) using point locations and environmental data
layers.
Where very little information is available for species or large number of maps are required in a short time-frame, maps are derived either from 0.04
or 0.02 decimal degree cells; by an automated process using polygon capture techniques (static two kilometre grid cells, alpha-hull and convex hull);
or captured manually or by using topographic features (national park boundaries, islands, etc). In the early stages of the distribution mapping
process (1999-early 2000s) distributions were defined by degree blocks, 100K or 250K map sheets to rapidly create distribution maps. More reliable
distribution mapping methods are used to update these distributions as time permits.
Only selected species covered by the following provisions of the EPBC Act have been mapped:
- migratory and
- marine
The following species and ecological communities have not been mapped and do not appear in reports produced from this database:
- threatened species listed as extinct or considered as vagrants

- some species and ecological communities that have only recently been listed
- some terrestrial species that overfly the Commonwealth marine area
- migratory species that are very widespread, vagrant, or only occur in small numbers
The following groups have been mapped, but may not cover the complete distribution of the species:
- non-threatened seabirds which have only been mapped for recorded breeding sites
- seals which have only been mapped for breeding sites near the Australian continent
Such breeding sites may be important for the protection of the Commonwealth Marine environment.
Coordinates
-23.5379 150.487
Acknowledgements
This database has been compiled from a range of data sources. The department acknowledges the following
custodians who have contributed valuable data and advice:
-Office of Environment and Heritage, New South Wales
-Department of Environment and Primary Industries, Victoria
-Department of Primary Industries, Parks, Water and Environment, Tasmania
-Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, South Australia
-Department of Land and Resource Management, Northern Territory
-Department of Environmental and Heritage Protection, Queensland
-Department of Parks and Wildlife, Western Australia
-Environment and Planning Directorate, ACT
-Birdlife Australia
-Australian Bird and Bat Banding Scheme
-Australian National Wildlife Collection
-Natural history museums of Australia
-Museum Victoria
-Australian Museum
-South Australian Museum
-Queensland Museum
-Online Zoological Collections of Australian Museums
-Queensland Herbarium
-National Herbarium of NSW
-Royal Botanic Gardens and National Herbarium of Victoria
-Tasmanian Herbarium
-State Herbarium of South Australia
-Northern Territory Herbarium
-Western Australian Herbarium
-Australian National Herbarium, Canberra
-University of New England
-Ocean Biogeographic Information System
-Australian Government, Department of Defence
Forestry Corporation, NSW
-Geoscience Australia
-CSIRO
-Australian Tropical Herbarium, Cairns
-eBird Australia
-Australian Government – Australian Antarctic Data Centre
-Museum and Art Gallery of the Northern Territory
-Australian Government National Environmental Science Program
-Australian Institute of Marine Science
-Reef Life Survey Australia
-American Museum of Natural History
-Queen Victoria Museum and Art Gallery, Inveresk, Tasmania
-Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart, Tasmania
-Other groups and individuals
The Department is extremely grateful to the many organisations and individuals who provided expert advice
and information on numerous draft distributions.
Please feel free to provide feedback via the Contact Us page.
© Commonwealth of Australia
Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment
GPO Box 858
Canberra City ACT 2601 Australia
+61 2 6274 1111
For Lot: 3 Plan: RP611829
Current as at 24/11/2020
This publication has been compiled by Operations Support, Department of Natural Resources, Mines and Energy.
© State of Queensland, (2020)
The Queensland Government supports and encourages the dissemination and exchange of its information. The copyright in
this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons - Attribution 4.0 International (CC BY) licence.
Under this licence you are free, without having to seek our permission, to use this publication in accordance with the licence
terms.
You must keep intact the copyright notice and attribute the State of Queensland as the source of the publication.
Note: Some content in this publication may have different licence terms as indicated.
For more information on this licence, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The Queensland Government shall not be liable for
technical or other errors or omissions contained herein. The reader/user accepts all risks and responsibility for losses,
damages, costs and other consequences resulting directly or indirectly from using this information.
Vegetation management report, Department of Natural Resources, Mines and Energy, 2020 Page 2
Recent changes
Updated mapping
Updated vegetation mapping was released on 6 April 2020 and includes the most recent Queensland Herbarium scientific
updates to the Regulated Vegetation Management Map, regional ecosystems, wetland, high-value regrowth and essential
habitat mapping.
Improvements to the format of the report were made in July 2020 to more clearly delineate the three regulatory frameworks of
vegetation management, protected plants and koala habitat protection. The Vegetation Management Pre-clear Regional
Ecosystem map was also removed from the Vegetation Management Report but can still be requested as a separate map.
Overview
Based on the lot on plan details you have supplied, this report provides the following detailed information:
Property details - information about the specified Lot on Plan, lot size, local government area, bioregion(s), subregion(s) and
catchment(s);
Vegetation management framework - an explanation of the application of the framework and contact details for the
Department of Natural Resources Mines and Energy who administer the framework;
Vegetation management framework details for the specified Lot on Plan including:
• the vegetation management categories on the property;
• the vegetation management regional ecosystems on the property;
• vegetation management watercourses or drainage features on the property;
• vegetation management wetlands on the property;
• vegetation management essential habitat on the property;
• whether any area management plans are associated with the property;
• whether the property is coastal or non-coastal; and
• whether the property is mapped as Agricultural Land Class A or B;
Protected plant framework - an explanation of the application of the framework and contact details for the Department of
Environment and Science who administer the framework, including:
• high risk areas on the protected plant flora survey trigger map for the property;
Koala protection framework - an explanation of the application of the framework and contact details for the Department of
Environment and Science who administer the framework; and
Koala protection framework details for the specified Lot on Plan including:
• the koala district the property is located in;
• koala priority areas on the property;
• core and locally refined koala habitat areas on the property;
• whether the lot is located in an identified koala broad-hectare area; and
• koala habitat regional ecosystems on the property for core koala habitat areas.
This information will assist you to determine your options for managing vegetation under:
- the vegetation management framework, which may include:
• exempt clearing work;
• accepted development vegetation clearing code;
• an area management plan;
• a development approval;
- the protected plant framework, which may include:

• the need to undertake a flora survey;
• exempt clearing;
• a protected plant clearing permit;
- the koala protection framework, which may include:

• exempted development;
• a development approval;
• the need to undertake clearing sequentially and in the presence of a koala spotter.
Other laws
The clearing of native vegetation is regulated by both Queensland and Australian legislation, and some local governments
also regulate native vegetation clearing. You may need to obtain an approval or permit under another Act, such as the
Commonwealth Government's Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act). Section 9 of this
guide provides contact details of other agencies you should confirm requirements with, before commencing vegetation
clearing.
1. Property details
Table of Contents
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
1.1 Tenure and title area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2 Property location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2. Vegetation management framework (administered by the Department of Natural Resources, Mines and Energy (DNRME)) . . . . 7
2.1 Exempt clearing work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.2 Accepted development vegetation clearing codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
2.3 Area management plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4 Development approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.5. Contact information for DNRME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
3. Vegetation management framework for Lot: 3 Plan: RP611829 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.1 Vegetation categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2 Regional ecosystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.3 Watercourses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.4 Wetlands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.5 Essential habitat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.6 Area Management Plan(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.7 Coastal or non-coastal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.8 Agricultural Land Class A or B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4. Vegetation management framework maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4.1 Regulated vegetation management map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4.2 Vegetation management supporting map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.3 Coastal/non-coastal map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.4 Agricultural Land Class A or B map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5. Protected plants framework (administered by the Department of Environment and Science (DES)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
5.1 Clearing in high risk areas on the flora survey trigger map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
5.2 Clearing outside high risk areas on the flora survey trigger map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
5.3 Exemptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
5.4 Contact information for DES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
5.5 Protected plants flora survey trigger map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6. Koala protection framework (administered by the Department of Environment and Science (DES)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
6.1 Koala mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
6.2 Koala habitat planning controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6.3 Koala Conservation Plan clearing requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6.4 Contact information for DES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
7. Koala protection framework details for Lot: 3 Plan: RP611829 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
7.1 Koala districts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
7.2 Koala priority area, koala habitat area and identified koala broad-hectare area map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
7.3 Koala habitat regional ecosystems for core koala habitat areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
8. Other relevant legislation contacts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
1. Property details
1.1 Tenure and title area
All of the lot, plan, tenure and title area information associated with property Lot: 3 Plan: RP611829, including links to relevant
Smart Maps, are listed in Table 1. The tenure of the property (whether it is freehold, leasehold, or other) may be viewed by
clicking on the Smart Map link(s) provided.
Table 1: Lot, plan, tenure and title area information for the property
Lot Plan Tenure Link to property on SmartMap Property title area (sq metres)
3 RP611829 Freehold https://apps.information.qld.gov.au/data/cadastre/GenerateSmart 64,760

Map?q=3\RP611829
The tenure of the land may affect whether clearing is considered exempt clearing work or may be carried out under an
accepted development vegetation clearing code.
1.2 Property location

Table 2 provides a summary of the locations for property Lot: 3 Plan: RP611829, in relation to natural and administrative
boundaries.
Table 2: Property location details
Local Government(s)
Rockhampton Regional
Bioregion(s) Subregion(s)
Brigalow Belt Mount Morgan
Ranges
Catchment(s)
Fitzroy
2. Vegetation management framework (administered by the Department
of Natural Resources, Mines and Energy (DNRME))
The Vegetation Management Act 1999 (VMA), the Vegetation Management Regulation 2012, the Planning Act 2016 and the
Planning Regulation 2017, in conjunction with associated policies and codes, form the Vegetation Management Framework.
The VMA does not apply to all land tenures or vegetation types. State forests, national parks, forest reserves and some
tenures under the Forestry Act 1959 and Nature Conservation Act 1992 are not regulated by the VMA. Managing or clearing
vegetation on these tenures may require approvals under these laws.
The following native vegetation is not regulated under the VMA but may require permit(s) under other laws:
• grass or non-woody herbage;
• a plant within a grassland regional ecosystem prescribed under Schedule 5 of the Vegetation Management
Regulation 2012; and
• a mangrove.
2.1 Exempt clearing work

Exempt clearing work is an activity for which you do not need to notify DNRME or obtain an approval under the vegetation
management framework. Exempt clearing work was previously known as exemptions.
In areas that are mapped as Category X (white in colour) on the regulated vegetation management map (see section 4.1),
and where the land tenure is freehold, indigenous land and leasehold land for agriculture and grazing purposes, the clearing
of vegetation is considered exempt clearing work and does not require notification or development approval under the
vegetation management framework. For all other land tenures, contact DNRME before commencing clearing to ensure that
the proposed activity is exempt clearing work.
A range of routine property management activities are considered exempt clearing work. A list of exempt clearing work is
available at
https://www.qld.gov.au/environment/land/vegetation/exemptions/.
Exempt clearing work may be affected if the proposed clearing area is subject to development approval conditions, a
covenant, an environmental offset, an exchange area, a restoration notice, or an area mapped as Category A. Exempt
clearing work may require approval under other Commonwealth, State or Local Government laws, or local government
planning schemes. Contact DNRME prior to clearing in any of these areas.
2.2 Accepted development vegetation clearing codes

Some clearing activities can be undertaken under an accepted development vegetation clearing code. The codes can be
downloaded at
https://www.qld.gov.au/environment/land/vegetation/codes/
If you intend to clear vegetation under an accepted development vegetation clearing code, you must notify DNRME before
commencing. The information in this report will assist you to complete the online notification form.
You can complete the online form at

https://apps.dnrm.qld.gov.au/vegetation/
2.3 Area management plans
Area Management Plans (AMP) provide an alternative approval system for vegetation clearing under the vegetation
management framework. They list the purposes and clearing conditions that have been approved for the areas covered by
the plan. It is not necessary to use an AMP, even when an AMP applies to your property.
On 8 March 2020, AMPs ended for fodder harvesting, managing thickened vegetation and managing encroachment. New
notifications cannot be made for these AMPs. You will need to consider options for fodder harvesting, managing thickened
vegetation or encroachment under a relevant accepted development vegetation clearing code or apply for a development
approval.
New notifications can be made for all other AMPs. These will continue to apply until their nominated end date.
If an Area Management Plan applies to your property for which you can make a new notification, it will be listed in Section 3.6
of this report. Before clearing under one of these AMPs, you must first notify the DNRME and then follow the conditions and
requirements listed in the AMP.
https://www.qld.gov.au/environment/land/vegetation/area-plans/
2.4 Development approvals

If under the vegetation management framework your proposed clearing is not exempt clearing work, or is not permitted under
an accepted development vegetation clearing code, or an AMP, you may be able to apply for a development approval.
Information on how to apply for a development approval is available at
https://www.qld.gov.au/environment/land/management/vegetation/development
2.5. Contact information for DNRME

For further information on the vegetation management framework:
Phone 135VEG (135 834)
Email vegetation@dnrme.qld.gov.au
Visit https://www.dnrme.qld.gov.au/?contact=vegetation to submit an online enquiry.
3. Vegetation management framework for Lot: 3 Plan: RP611829
3.1 Vegetation categories
The vegetation categories on your property are shown on the regulated vegetation management map in section 4.1 of this
report. A summary of vegetation categories on the subject lot are listed in Table 3. Descriptions for these categories are
shown in Table 4.
Table 3: Vegetation categories for subject property. Total area: 6.48ha
Vegetation category Area (ha)

Category X 6.5
Table 4: Description of vegetation categories

Category Colour on Map Description Requirements / options under the
vegetation management
framework
A red Compliance areas, environmental Special conditions apply to Category
offset areas and voluntary A areas. Before clearing, contact
declaration areas DNRME to confirm any
requirements in a Category A area.
B dark blue Remnant vegetation areas Exempt clearing work, or notification
and compliance with accepted
development vegetation clearing
codes, area management plans or
development approval.
C light blue High-value regrowth areas Exempt clearing work, or notification
and compliance with managing
Category C regrowth vegetation
accepted development vegetation
clearing code.
R yellow Regrowth within 50m of a Exempt clearing work, or notification
watercourse or drainage feature in and compliance with managing
the Great Barrier Reef catchment Category R regrowth accepted
areas development vegetation clearing
code or area management plans.
X white Clearing on freehold land, No permit or notification required on
indigenous land and leasehold land freehold land, indigenous land and
for agriculture and grazing purposes leasehold land for agriculture and
is considered exempt clearing work grazing. A development approval
under the vegetation management may be required for some State land
framework. Contact DNRME to tenures.
clarify whether a development
approval is required for other State
land tenures.
Property Map of Assessable Vegetation (PMAV)
The following Property Map of Assessable Vegetation (PMAVs) may be present on this property:
Reference number
2006/012993
3.2 Regional ecosystems
The endangered, of concern and least concern regional ecosystems on your property are shown on the vegetation
management supporting map in section 4.2 and are listed in Table 5.
A description of regional ecosystems can be accessed online at

https://www.qld.gov.au/environment/plants-animals/plants/ecosystems/descriptions/
Table 5: Regional ecosystems present on subject property
Regional Ecosystem VMA Status Category Area (Ha) Short Description Structure Category
non-rem None X 6.48 None None
Please note:
1. All area and area derived figures included in this table have been calculated via reprojecting relevant spatial features to Albers equal-area conic projection
(central meridian = 146, datum Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994). As a result, area figures may differ slightly if calculated for the same features using a
different co-ordinate system.
2. If Table 5 contains a Category 'plant', please be aware that this refers to 'plantations' such as forestry, and these areas are considered non-remnant under
the VMA.
The VMA status of the regional ecosystem (whether it is endangered, of concern or least concern) also determines if any of
the following are applicable:
• exempt clearing work;
• accepted development vegetation clearing codes;
• performance outcomes in State Code 16 of the State Development Assessment Provisions (SDAP).
3.3 Watercourses
Vegetation management watercourses and drainage features for this property are shown on the vegetation management
supporting map in section 4.2.
3.4 Wetlands
There are no vegetation management wetlands present on this property.
3.5 Essential habitat

Under the VMA, essential habitat for protected wildlife is native wildlife prescribed under the Nature Conservation Act 1992
(NCA) as critically endangered, endangered, vulnerable or near-threatened wildlife.
Essential habitat for protected wildlife includes suitable habitat on the lot, or where a species has been known to occur up to
1.1 kilometres from a lot on which there is assessable vegetation. These important habitat areas are protected under the
VMA.
Any essential habitat on this property will be shown as blue hatching on the vegetation supporting map in section 4.2.
If essential habitat is identified on the lot, information about the protected wildlife species is provided in Table 6 below. The
numeric labels on the vegetation management supporting map can be cross referenced with Table 6 to outline the essential
habitat factors for that particular species. There may be essential habitat for more than one species on each lot, and areas of
Category A, Category B and Category C can be mapped as Essential Habitat.
Essential habitat is compiled from a combination of species habitat models and buffered species records. Regional
ecosystem is a mandatory essential habitat factor, unless otherwise stated. Essential habitat, for protected wildlife, means an
area of vegetation shown on the Regulated Vegetation Management Map -
1) that has at least 3 essential habitat factors for the protected wildlife that must include any essential habitat factors
that are stated as mandatory for the protected wildlife in the essential habitat database. Essential habitat factors are
comprised of - regional ecosystem (mandatory for most species), vegetation community, altitude, soils, position in
landscape; or
2) in which the protected wildlife, at any stage of its life cycle, is located.
If there is no essential habitat mapping shown on the vegetation management supporting map for this lot, and there is no
table in the sections below, it confirms that there is no essential habitat on the lot.
Category A and/or Category B and/or Category C
Table 6: Essential habitat in Category A and/or Category B and/or Category C
No records
3.6 Area Management Plan(s)
Nil
3.7 Coastal or non-coastal

For the purposes of the accepted development vegetation clearing codes and State Code 16 of the State
Development Assessment Provisions (SDAP), this property is regarded as*
Non Coastal
*See also Map 4.3
3.8 Agricultural Land Class A or B

The following can be used to identify Agricultural Land Class A or B areas under the "Managing regulated regrowth
vegetation" accepted development vegetation clearing code:
Does this lot contain land that is mapped as Agricultural Land Class A or B in the State Planning Interactive Mapping
System?
No Class A
No Class B
Note - This confirms Agricultural Land Classes as per the State Planning Interactive Mapping System only. This response
does not include Agricultural Land Classes identified under local government planning schemes. For further information,
check the Planning Scheme for your local government area.
See Map 4.4 to identify the location and extent of Class A and/or Class B Agricultural land on Lot: 3 Plan: RP611829.
4. Vegetation management framework maps
Vegetation management maps included in this report may also be requested individually at:
https://www.dnrme.qld.gov.au/qld/environment/land/vegetation/vegetation-map-request-form
Regulated vegetation management map

The regulated vegetation management map shows vegetation categories needed to determine clearing requirements. These
maps are updated monthly to show new property maps of assessable vegetation (PMAV).
Vegetation management supporting map

The vegetation management supporting map provides information on regional ecosystems, wetlands, watercourses and
essential habitat.
Coastal/non-coastal map
The coastal/non-coastal map confirms whether the lot, or which parts of the lot, are considered coastal or non-coastal for the
purposes of the accepted development vegetation clearing codes and State Code 16 of the State Development Assessment
Provisions (SDAP).
Agricultural Land Class A or B

The Agricultural Land Class map confirms the location and extent of land mapped as Agricultural Land Classes A or B as
identified on the State Planning Interactive Mapping System. Please note that this map does not include areas identified as
Agricultural Land Class A or B in local government planning schemes. This map can be used to identify Agricultural Land
Class A or B areas under the "Managing regulated regrowth vegetation" accepted development vegetation clearing code.
4.1 Regulated vegetation management map
4.2 Vegetation management supporting map
4.3 Coastal/non-coastal map
4.4 Agricultural Land Class A or B map
5. Protected plants framework (administered by the Department of
Environment and Science (DES))
In Queensland, all plants that are native to Australia are protected plants under the Nature Conservation Act 1992 (NCA). The
NCA regulates the clearing of protected plants 'in the wild' (see Operational policy: When a protected plant in Queensland is
considered to be 'in the wild') that are listed as critically endangered, endangered, vulnerable or near threatened under the
Act.
Please note that the protected plant clearing framework applies irrespective of the classification of the vegetation under the
Vegetation Management Act 1999 and any approval or exemptions given under another Act, for example, the Vegetation
Management Act 1999 or Planning Regulation 2017.
5.1 Clearing in high risk areas on the flora survey trigger map
The flora survey trigger map identifies high-risk areas for endangered, vulnerable or near threatened (EVNT) plants. These
are areas where EVNT plants are known to exist or are likely to exist based on the habitat present. The flora survey trigger
map for this property is provided in section 5.5.
If you are proposing to clear an area shown as high risk on the flora survey trigger map, a flora survey of the clearing impact
area must be undertaken by a suitably qualified person in accordance with the Flora survey guidelines. The main objective of
a flora survey is to locate any EVNT plants that may be present in the clearing impact area.
If the flora survey identifies that EVNT plants are not present within the clearing impact area or clearing within 100m of EVNT
plants can be avoided, the clearing activity is exempt from a permit. An exempt clearing notification form must be submitted to
the Department of Environment and Science, with a copy of the flora survey report, at least one week prior to clearing.
If the flora survey identifies that EVNT plants are present in, or within 100m of, the area to be cleared, a clearing permit is
required before any clearing is undertaken. The flora survey report, as well as an impact management report, must be
submitted with the application form clearing permit.
5.2 Clearing outside high risk areas on the flora survey trigger map
In an area other than a high risk area, a clearing permit is only required where a person is, or becomes aware that EVNT
plants are present in, or within 100m of, the area to be cleared. You must keep a copy of the flora survey trigger map for the
area subject to clearing for five years from the day the clearing starts. If you do not clear within the 12 month period that the
flora survey trigger map was printed, you need to print and check a new flora survey trigger map.
5.3 Exemptions
Many activities are 'exempt' under the protected plant clearing framework, which means that clearing of native plants that are
in the wild can be undertaken for these activities with no need for a flora survey or a protected plant clearing permit. The
Information sheet - General exemptions for the take of protected plants provides some of these exemptions.
Some exemptions under the NCA are the same as exempt clearing work (formerly known as exemptions) under the
Vegetation Management Act 1999 (i.e. listed in Schedule 21 of the Planning Regulations 2017) while some are different.
5.4 Contact information for DES

For further information on the protected plants framework:
Phone 1300 130 372 (and select option four)
Email palm@des.qld.gov.au
Visit https://www.qld.gov.au/environment/plants-animals/plants/protected-plants
5.5 Protected plants flora survey trigger map
This map included may also be requested individually at: https://apps.des.qld.gov.au/map-request/flora-survey-trigger/.
Updates to the data informing the flora survey trigger map

The flora survey trigger map will be reviewed, and updated if necessary, at least every 12 months to ensure the map reflects
the most up-to-date and accurate data available.
Species information
Please note that flora survey trigger maps do not identify species associated with 'high risk areas'. While some species
information may be publicly available, for example via the Queensland Spatial Catalogue, the Department of Environment
and Science does not provide species information on request. Regardless of whether species information is available for a
particular high risk area, clearing plants in a high risk area may require a flora survey and/or clearing permit. Please see the
Department of Environment and Science webpage on the clearing of protected plants for more information.
6. Koala protection framework (administered by the Department of
Environment and Science (DES))
The koala (Phascolarctos cinereus) is listed in Queensland as vulnerable by the Queensland Government under Nature
Conservation Act 1992 and by the Australian Government under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation
Act 1999.
The Queensland Government's koala protection framework is comprised of the Nature Conservation Act 1992, the Nature
Conservation (Animals) Regulation 2020, the Nature Conservation (Koala) Conservation Plan 2017, the Planning Act 2016
and the Planning Regulation 2017.
6.1 Koala mapping

6.1.1 Koala districts
The parts of Queensland where koalas are known to occur has been divided into three koala districts - koala district A, koala
district B and koala district C. Each koala district is made up of areas with comparable koala populations (e.g. density, extent
and significance of threatening processes affecting the population) which require similar management regimes.
Section 7.1 identifies which koala district your property is located in.
6.1.2 Koala habitat areas

Koala habitat areas are areas of vegetation that have been determined to contain koala habitat that is essential for the
conservation of a viable koala population in the wild based on the combination of habitat suitability and biophysical variables
with known relationships to koala habitat (e.g. landcover, soil, terrain, climate and ground water). In order to protect this
important koala habitat, clearing controls have been introduced into the Planning Regulation 2017 for development in koala
habitat areas.
Please note that koala habitat areas only exist in koala district A which is the South East Queensland "Shaping SEQ"
Regional Plan area. These areas include the local government areas of Brisbane, Gold Coast, Logan, Lockyer Valley,
Ipswich, Moreton Bay, Noosa, Redland, Scenic Rim, Somerset, Sunshine Coast and Toowoomba (urban extent).
There are two different categories of koala habitat area (core koala habitat area and locally refined koala habitat), which have
been determined using two different methodologies. These methodologies are described in the document Spatial modelling in
South East Queensland.
Section 7.2 shows any koala habitat area that exists on your property.
Under the Nature Conservation (Koala) Conservation Plan 2017, an owner of land (or a person acting on the owner's behalf
with written consent) can request to make, amend or revoke a koala habitat area determination if they believe, on reasonable
grounds, that the existing determination for all or part of their property is incorrect.
More information on requests to make, amend or revoke a koala habitat area determination can be found in the document
Guideline - Requests to make, amend or revoke a koala habitat area determination.
The koala habitat area map will be updated at least annually to include any koala habitat areas that have been made,
amended or revoked.
Changes to the koala habitat area map which occur between annual updates because of a request to make, amend or revoke
a koala habitat area determination can be viewed on the register of approved requests to make, amend or revoke a koala
habitat area available at: https://environment.des.qld.gov.au/wildlife/animals/living-with/koalas/mapping/koalamaps. The
register includes the lot on plan for the change, the date the decision was made and the map issued to the landholder that
shows areas determined to be koala habitat areas.
6.1.3 Koala priority areas

Koala priority areas are large, connected areas that have been determined to have the highest likelihood of achieving
conservation outcomes for koalas based on the combination of habitat suitability, biophysical variables with known
relationships to koala habitat (e.g. landcover, soil, terrain, climate and ground water) and a koala conservation cost benefit
analysis.
Conservation efforts will be prioritised in these areas to ensure the conservation of viable koala populations in the wild
including a focus on management (e.g. habitat protection, habitat restoration and threat mitigation) and monitoring. This
includes a prohibition on clearing in koala habitat areas that are in koala priority areas under the Planning Regulation 2017
(subject to some exemptions).
Please note that koala priority areas only exist in koala district A which is the South East Queensland "Shaping SEQ"
Regional Plan area. These areas include the local government areas of Brisbane, Gold Coast, Logan, Lockyer Valley,
Ipswich, Moreton Bay, Noosa, Redland, Scenic Rim, Somerset, Sunshine Coast and Toowoomba (urban extent).
Section 7.2 identifies if your property is in a koala priority area.
6.1.4 Identified koala broad-hectare areas

There are seven identified koala broad-hectare areas in SEQ. These are areas of koala habitat that are located in areas
committed to meet development targets in the SEQ Regional Plan to accommodate SEQ's growing population including
bring-forward Greenfield sites under the Queensland Housing Affordability Strategy and declared master planned areas
under the repealed Sustainable Planning Act 2009 and the repealed Integrated Planning Act 1997.
Specific assessment benchmarks apply to development applications for development proposed in identified koala
broad-hectare areas to ensure koala conservation measures are incorporated into the proposed development.
Section 7.2 identifies if your property is in an identified koala broad-hectare area.
6.2 Koala habitat planning controls

On 7 February 2020, the Queensland Government introduced new planning controls to the Planning Regulation 2017 to
strengthen the protection of koala habitat in South East Queensland (i.e. koala district A).
More information on these planning controls can be found here:

https://environment.des.qld.gov.au/wildlife/animals/living-with/koalas/mapping/legislation-policy.
As a high-level summary, the koala habitat planning controls make:

• development that involves interfering with koala habitat (defined below) in an area that is both a koala priority area
and a koala habitat area, prohibited development (i.e. development for which a development application cannot be
made);
• development that involves interfering with koala habitat (defined below) in an area that is a koala habitat area but is
not a koala priority area, assessable development (i.e. development for which development approval is required); and
• development that is for extractive industries where the development involves interfering with koala habitat (defined
below) in an area that is both a koala habitat area and a key resource area, assessable development (i.e. development
for which development approval is required).
Interfering with koala habitat means:

1) Removing, cutting down, ringbarking, pushing over, poisoning or destroying in anyway, including by burning,
flooding or draining native vegetation in a koala habitat area; but
2) Does not include destroying standing vegetation stock or lopping a tree.
However, these planning controls do not apply if the development is exempted development as defined in Schedule 24 of the
Planning Regulation 2017. More information on exempted development can be found here:
https://environment.des.qld.gov.au/wildlife/animals/living-with/koalas/mapping/legislation-policy.
There are also assessment benchmarks that apply to development applications for:
- building works, operational works, material change of use or reconfiguration of a lot where:
• the local government planning scheme makes the development assessable;
• the premises includes an area that is both a koala priority area and a koala habitat area; and
• the development does not involve interfering with koala habitat (defined above); and
- development in identified koala broad-hectare areas.
The Guideline - Assessment Benchmarks in relation to Koala Habitat in South East Queensland assessment benchmarks
outlines these assessment benchmarks, the intent of these assessment benchmarks and advice on how proposed
development may meet these assessment benchmarks.
6.3 Koala Conservation Plan clearing requirements
Section 10 and 11 of the Nature Conservation (Koala) Conservation Plan 2017 prescribes requirements that must be met
when clearing koala habitat in koala district A and koala district B.
These clearing requirements are independent to the koala habitat planning controls introduced into the Planning Regulation
2017, which means they must be complied with irrespective of any approvals or exemptions offered under other legislation.
Unlike the clearing controls prescribed in the Planning Regulation 2017 that are to protect koala habitat, the clearing
requirements prescribed in the Nature Conservation (Koala) Conservation Plan 2017 are in place to prevent the injury or
death of koalas when koala habitat is being cleared.
6.4 Contact information for DES

For further information on the koala protection framework:
Phone 13 QGOV (13 74 68)
Email koala.assessment@des.qld.gov.au
Visit https://environment.des.qld.gov.au/wildlife/animals/living-with/koalas/mapping
7. Koala protection framework details for Lot: 3 Plan: RP611829

7.1 Koala districts
Koala District C
7.2 Koala priority area, koala habitat area and identified koala broad-hectare
area map
7.3 Koala habitat regional ecosystems for core koala habitat areas
8. Other relevant legislation contacts list
Activity Legislation Agency Contact details
• Interference with overland flow Water Act 2000 Department of Natural Resources, Ph: 13 QGOV (13 74 68)
• Earthworks, significant Soil Conservation Act 1986 Mines and Energy www.dnrme.qld.gov.au
disturbance (Queensland Government)
• Indigenous Cultural Heritage Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Act Department of Aboriginal and Ph: 13 QGOV (13 74 68)
2003 Torres Strait Islander Partnerships www.datsip.qld.gov.au
Torres Strait Islander Cultural (Queensland Government)
Heritage Act 2003
• Mining and environmentally Environmental Protection Act 1994 Department of Environment and Ph: 13 QGOV (13 74 68)
relevant activities Coastal Protection and Science www.des.qld.gov.au
• Infrastructure development Management Act 1995 (Queensland Government)
(coastal) Queensland Heritage Act 1992
• Heritage issues Nature Conservation Act 1992
• Protected areas
• Interference with fish passage in a Fisheries Act 1994 Department of Agriculture and Ph: 13 QGOV (13 74 68)
watercourse, mangroves Forestry Act 1959 Fisheries www.daf.qld.gov.au
• Forestry activities on State land (Queensland Government)
tenures
• Matters of National Environmental Environment Protection and Department of the Environment Ph: 1800 803 772
Significance including listed Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Australian Government) www.environment.gov.au
threatened species and ecological
communities
• Development and planning Planning Act 2016 Queensland Treasury Ph: 13 QGOV (13 74 68)
processes State Development and Public Department of State Development, www.dsdmip.qld.gov.au
Works Organisation Act 1971 Tourism and Innovation www.statedevelopment.qld.gov.au
(Queensland Government)
• Local government requirements Local Government Act 2009 Department of Local Government, Ph: 13 QGOV (13 74 68)
Planning Act 2016 Racing and Multicultural Affairs Your relevant local government
(Queensland Government) office
Wildlife Online Extract
Search Criteria: Species List for a Specified Point

Species: All
Type: All
Status: All
Records: All
Date: All
Latitude: -23.5379
Longitude: 150.487
Distance: 10
Email: emma.owbridge@aecom.com
Date submitted: Thursday 26 Nov 2020 13:56:56
Date extracted: Thursday 26 Nov 2020 14:00:02
The number of records retrieved = 606
Disclaimer
As the DSITIA is still in a process of collating and vetting data, it is possible the information given is not complete. The information provided should only be used
for the project for which it was requested and it should be appropriately acknowledged as being derived from Wildlife Online when it is used.
The State of Queensland does not invite reliance upon, nor accept responsibility for this information. Persons should satisfy themselves through independent
means as to the accuracy and completeness of this information.
No statements, representations or warranties are made about the accuracy or completeness of this information. The State of Queensland disclaims all
responsibility for this information and all liability (including without limitation, liability in negligence) for all expenses, losses, damages
and costs you may incur as a result of the information being inaccurate or incomplete in any way for any reason.
Kingdom Class Family Scientific Name Common Name I Q A Records
animals amphibians Bufonidae Rhinella marina cane toad Y 6

animals amphibians Hylidae Litoria fallax eastern sedgefrog C 3
animals amphibians Hylidae Litoria rubella ruddy treefrog C 3
animals amphibians Hylidae Litoria caerulea common green treefrog C 3/ 2
animals amphibians Hylidae Cyclorana brevipes superb collared frog C 6/ 5
animals amphibians Hylidae Litoria gracilenta graceful treefrog C 1
animals amphibians Hylidae Cyclorana alboguttata greenstripe frog C 6/ 3
animals amphibians Hylidae Litoria sp. C 1
animals amphibians Hylidae Litoria latopalmata broad palmed rocketfrog C 3/ 3
animals amphibians Limnodynastidae Limnodynastes salmini salmon striped frog C 1
animals amphibians Limnodynastidae Platyplectrum ornatum ornate burrowing frog C 1/ 1
animals amphibians Limnodynastidae Limnodynastes tasmaniensis spotted grassfrog C 3
animals amphibians Myobatrachidae Uperoleia rugosa chubby gungan C 3/ 3
animals amphibians Myobatrachidae Crinia deserticola chirping froglet C 1
animals birds Acanthizidae Smicrornis brevirostris weebill C 2
animals birds Acanthizidae Gerygone olivacea white-throated gerygone C 3
animals birds Acanthizidae Sericornis frontalis white-browed scrubwren C 1
animals birds Accipitridae Elanus axillaris black-shouldered kite C 2
animals birds Accipitridae Hieraaetus morphnoides little eagle C 1
animals birds Accipitridae Aquila audax wedge-tailed eagle C 1
animals birds Accipitridae Milvus migrans black kite C 4
animals birds Accipitridae Circus approximans swamp harrier C 1
animals birds Accipitridae Accipiter fasciatus brown goshawk C 1
animals birds Accipitridae Aviceda subcristata Pacific baza C 1
animals birds Accipitridae Haliastur sphenurus whistling kite C 17
animals birds Accipitridae Haliaeetus leucogaster white-bellied sea-eagle C 1
animals birds Acrocephalidae Acrocephalus australis Australian reed-warbler C 2
animals birds Aegothelidae Aegotheles cristatus Australian owlet-nightjar C 1
animals birds Anatidae Anas superciliosa Pacific black duck C 13
animals birds Anatidae Nettapus coromandelianus cotton pygmy-goose C 5
animals birds Anatidae Stictonetta naevosa freckled duck C 1
animals birds Anatidae Dendrocygna arcuata wandering whistling-duck C 11
animals birds Anatidae Spatula rhynchotis Australasian shoveler C 4
animals birds Anatidae Dendrocygna eytoni plumed whistling-duck C 2
animals birds Anatidae Chenonetta jubata Australian wood duck C 12
animals birds Anatidae Aythya australis hardhead C 7
animals birds Anatidae Cygnus atratus black swan C 3
animals birds Anatidae Anas gracilis grey teal C 15
animals birds Anhingidae Anhinga novaehollandiae Australasian darter C 10/ 1
animals birds Anseranatidae Anseranas semipalmata magpie goose C 7
animals birds Ardeidae Nycticorax caledonicus nankeen night-heron C 2
animals birds Ardeidae Egretta novaehollandiae white-faced heron C 13
animals birds Ardeidae Ardea alba modesta eastern great egret C 9
animals birds Ardeidae Egretta garzetta little egret C 3
animals birds Ardeidae Ardea intermedia intermediate egret C 16
animals birds Ardeidae Ardea pacifica white-necked heron C 7
Page 1 of 14
Queensland Government Wildlife Online - Extract Date 26/11/2020 at 14:00:02
animals birds Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis cattle egret C 6

animals birds Artamidae Artamus leucorynchus white-breasted woodswallow C 1
animals birds Artamidae Strepera graculina pied currawong C 5
animals birds Artamidae Gymnorhina tibicen Australian magpie C 10
animals birds Artamidae Cracticus nigrogularis pied butcherbird C 8
animals birds Artamidae Artamus superciliosus white-browed woodswallow C 1
animals birds Burhinidae Burhinus grallarius bush stone-curlew C 4
animals birds Cacatuidae Eolophus roseicapilla galah C 1
animals birds Cacatuidae Cacatua sanguinea little corella C 2
animals birds Cacatuidae Calyptorhynchus lathami erebus glossy black-cockatoo (northern) V 1
animals birds Cacatuidae Calyptorhynchus banksii red-tailed black-cockatoo C 3
animals birds Cacatuidae Nymphicus hollandicus cockatiel C 1
animals birds Cacatuidae Cacatua galerita sulphur-crested cockatoo C 9
animals birds Campephagidae Coracina papuensis white-bellied cuckoo-shrike C 1
animals birds Campephagidae Coracina tenuirostris cicadabird C 1
animals birds Campephagidae Coracina novaehollandiae black-faced cuckoo-shrike C 6
animals birds Campephagidae Coracina maxima ground cuckoo-shrike C 1
animals birds Campephagidae Lalage tricolor white-winged triller C 2
animals birds Campephagidae Lalage leucomela varied triller C 1
animals birds Charadriidae Elseyornis melanops black-fronted dotterel C 5
animals birds Charadriidae Vanellus miles novaehollandiae masked lapwing (southern subspecies) C 13
animals birds Charadriidae Charadrius ruficapillus red-capped plover C 1
animals birds Ciconiidae Ephippiorhynchus asiaticus black-necked stork C 3
animals birds Cisticolidae Cisticola exilis golden-headed cisticola C 4
animals birds Cisticolidae Cisticola juncidis laveryi zitting cisticola C 1
animals birds Climacteridae Cormobates leucophaea metastasis white-throated treecreeper (southern) C 1
animals birds Columbidae Phaps chalcoptera common bronzewing C 1
animals birds Columbidae Geopelia humeralis bar-shouldered dove C 3
animals birds Columbidae Ocyphaps lophotes crested pigeon C 5
animals birds Columbidae Lopholaimus antarcticus topknot pigeon C 4
animals birds Columbidae Geopelia striata peaceful dove C 6
animals birds Columbidae Geophaps scripta scripta squatter pigeon (southern subspecies) V V 1
animals birds Coraciidae Eurystomus orientalis dollarbird C 3
animals birds Corcoracidae Corcorax melanorhamphos white-winged chough C 3
animals birds Corcoracidae Struthidea cinerea apostlebird C 2
animals birds Corvidae Corvus orru Torresian crow C 6
animals birds Corvidae Corvus coronoides Australian raven C 2
animals birds Cuculidae Eudynamys orientalis eastern koel C 1
animals birds Cuculidae Centropus phasianinus pheasant coucal C 3
animals birds Cuculidae Scythrops novaehollandiae channel-billed cuckoo C 2
animals birds Dicruridae Dicrurus bracteatus spangled drongo C 1
animals birds Estrildidae Lonchura castaneothorax chestnut-breasted mannikin C 1
animals birds Estrildidae Neochmia temporalis red-browed finch C 2
animals birds Estrildidae Taeniopygia bichenovii double-barred finch C 4
animals birds Falconidae Falco cenchroides nankeen kestrel C 2
animals birds Gruidae Antigone rubicunda brolga C 4
Page 2 of 14
animals birds Halcyonidae Todiramphus macleayii forest kingfisher C 4

animals birds Halcyonidae Todiramphus sanctus sacred kingfisher C 2
animals birds Halcyonidae Dacelo novaeguineae laughing kookaburra C 9
animals birds Halcyonidae Dacelo leachii blue-winged kookaburra C 2
animals birds Halcyonidae Todiramphus pyrrhopygius red-backed kingfisher C 1
animals birds Hirundinidae Hirundo neoxena welcome swallow C 1
animals birds Hirundinidae Petrochelidon nigricans tree martin C 1
animals birds Jacanidae Irediparra gallinacea comb-crested jacana C 3
animals birds Laridae Chlidonias hybrida whiskered tern C 4/ 1
animals birds Maluridae Malurus melanocephalus red-backed fairy-wren C 3
animals birds Meliphagidae Melithreptus albogularis white-throated honeyeater C 6
animals birds Meliphagidae Philemon corniculatus noisy friarbird C 5
animals birds Meliphagidae Melithreptus lunatus white-naped honeyeater C 1
animals birds Meliphagidae Ramsayornis fasciatus bar-breasted honeyeater C 1
animals birds Meliphagidae Myzomela sanguinolenta scarlet honeyeater C 3
animals birds Meliphagidae Entomyzon cyanotis blue-faced honeyeater C 8
animals birds Meliphagidae Meliphaga lewinii Lewin's honeyeater C 4
animals birds Meliphagidae Myzomela obscura dusky honeyeater C 1
animals birds Meliphagidae Manorina melanocephala noisy miner C 7
animals birds Meliphagidae Philemon citreogularis little friarbird C 7
animals birds Meliphagidae Lichmera indistincta brown honeyeater C 5
animals birds Meropidae Merops ornatus rainbow bee-eater C 3
animals birds Monarchidae Myiagra rubecula leaden flycatcher C 1
animals birds Monarchidae Grallina cyanoleuca magpie-lark C 6
animals birds Nectariniidae Dicaeum hirundinaceum mistletoebird C 4
animals birds Oriolidae Sphecotheres vieilloti Australasian figbird C 3
animals birds Pachycephalidae Pachycephala pectoralis golden whistler C 1
animals birds Pachycephalidae Pachycephala rufiventris rufous whistler C 3
animals birds Pardalotidae Pardalotus striatus striated pardalote C 7
animals birds Pardalotidae Pardalotus punctatus spotted pardalote C 1
animals birds Pelecanidae Pelecanus conspicillatus Australian pelican C 7
animals birds Phalacrocoracidae Phalacrocorax sulcirostris little black cormorant C 14
animals birds Phalacrocoracidae Microcarbo melanoleucos little pied cormorant C 9
animals birds Phalacrocoracidae Phalacrocorax carbo great cormorant C 1
animals birds Phalacrocoracidae Phalacrocorax varius pied cormorant C 2
animals birds Podargidae Podargus strigoides tawny frogmouth C 2
animals birds Podicipedidae Tachybaptus novaehollandiae Australasian grebe C 10
animals birds Psittacidae Platycercus adscitus pale-headed rosella C 8
animals birds Psittacidae Alisterus scapularis Australian king-parrot C 2
animals birds Psittacidae Trichoglossus chlorolepidotus scaly-breasted lorikeet C 6
animals birds Psittacidae Trichoglossus haematodus moluccanus rainbow lorikeet C 9
animals birds Psittacidae Aprosmictus erythropterus red-winged parrot C 1
animals birds Rallidae Gallinula tenebrosa dusky moorhen C 4
animals birds Rallidae Porphyrio melanotus purple swamphen C 3
animals birds Rallidae Fulica atra Eurasian coot C 5
animals birds Recurvirostridae Recurvirostra novaehollandiae red-necked avocet C 4
Page 3 of 14
animals birds Recurvirostridae Himantopus himantopus black-winged stilt C 9

animals birds Rhipiduridae Rhipidura leucophrys willie wagtail C 7
animals birds Rhipiduridae Rhipidura albiscapa grey fantail C 8
animals birds Scolopacidae Numenius minutus little curlew SL 1
animals birds Scolopacidae Calidris ferruginea curlew sandpiper CR CE 2
animals birds Scolopacidae Calidris acuminata sharp-tailed sandpiper SL 4
animals birds Scolopacidae Gallinago hardwickii Latham's snipe SL 3
animals birds Scolopacidae Tringa stagnatilis marsh sandpiper SL 6
animals birds Scolopacidae Limosa lapponica baueri Western Alaskan bar-tailed godwit V V 1
animals birds Strigidae Ninox boobook southern boobook C 2
animals birds Strigidae Ninox connivens barking owl C 1
animals birds Threskiornithidae Threskiornis spinicollis straw-necked ibis C 9
animals birds Threskiornithidae Platalea flavipes yellow-billed spoonbill C 8
animals birds Threskiornithidae Platalea regia royal spoonbill C 7
animals birds Threskiornithidae Threskiornis molucca Australian white ibis C 10
animals birds Threskiornithidae Plegadis falcinellus glossy ibis SL 6
animals birds Timaliidae Zosterops lateralis silvereye C 2
animals birds Turnicidae Turnix melanogaster black-breasted button-quail V V 1
animals mammals Dasyuridae Dasyurus hallucatus northern quoll C E 2
animals mammals Macropodidae Macropus giganteus eastern grey kangaroo C 1
animals mammals Macropodidae Notamacropus parryi whiptail wallaby C 1
animals mammals Macropodidae Wallabia bicolor swamp wallaby C 1
animals mammals Molossidae Tadarida australis white-striped freetail bat C 1
animals mammals Peramelidae Perameles nasuta long-nosed bandicoot C 1
animals mammals Petauridae Petaurus norfolcensis squirrel glider C 1
animals mammals Phalangeridae Trichosurus vulpecula common brushtail possum C 4
animals mammals Pteropodidae Pteropus alecto black flying-fox C 1
animals mammals Tachyglossidae Tachyglossus aculeatus short-beaked echidna SL 1
animals mammals Vespertilionidae Scotorepens greyii little broad-nosed bat C 1
animals ray-finned fishes Ambassidae Ambassis agassizii Agassiz's glassfish 4
animals ray-finned fishes Anguillidae Anguilla obscura Pacific shortfin eel 1
animals ray-finned fishes Anguillidae Anguilla reinhardtii longfin eel 5
animals ray-finned fishes Atherinidae Craterocephalus stercusmuscarum flyspecked hardyhead 7
animals ray-finned fishes Centropomidae Lates calcarifer barramundi 1
animals ray-finned fishes Cichlidae Oreochromis mossambica Mozambique mouthbrooder Y 2
animals ray-finned fishes Clupeidae Nematalosa erebi bony bream 2
animals ray-finned fishes Eleotridae Hypseleotris compressa empire gudgeon 5
animals ray-finned fishes Eleotridae Hypseleotris galii firetail gudgeon 6
animals ray-finned fishes Eleotridae Mogurnda adspersa southern purplespotted gudgeon 2
animals ray-finned fishes Melanotaeniidae Melanotaenia splendida splendida eastern rainbowfish 4
animals ray-finned fishes Mugilidae Mugil cephalus sea mullet 1
animals ray-finned fishes Plotosidae Neosilurus hyrtlii Hyrtl's catfish 1
animals ray-finned fishes Poeciliidae Gambusia holbrooki mosquitofish Y 5
animals ray-finned fishes Terapontidae Leiopotherapon unicolor spangled perch 3
animals ray-finned fishes Terapontidae Amniataba percoides barred grunter 2
animals reptiles Agamidae Intellagama lesueurii eastern water dragon C 1
Page 4 of 14
animals reptiles Boidae Morelia spilota carpet python C 1

animals reptiles Boidae Antaresia maculosa spotted python C 1
animals reptiles Chelidae Emydura macquarii krefftii Krefft's river turtle C 3
animals reptiles Chelidae Chelodina expansa broad-shelled river turtle C 2
animals reptiles Colubridae Tropidonophis mairii freshwater snake C 2
animals reptiles Diplodactylidae Amalosia rhombifer zig-zag gecko C 1
animals reptiles Elapidae Demansia sp. C 1
animals reptiles Elapidae Furina diadema red-naped snake C 1
animals reptiles Elapidae Pseudonaja textilis eastern brown snake C 2
animals reptiles Elapidae Pseudechis porphyriacus red-bellied black snake C 1
animals reptiles Gekkonidae Gehyra dubia dubious dtella C 1
animals reptiles Pygopodidae Delma tincta excitable delma C 6
animals reptiles Scincidae Eulamprus quoyii eastern water skink C 1
animals reptiles Scincidae Cryptoblepharus virgatus sensu lato C 1/ 1
animals reptiles Scincidae Cryptoblepharus pulcher pulcher elegant snake-eyed skink C 3
animals reptiles Scincidae Carlia pectoralis sensu lato C 1/ 1
plants land plants Acanthaceae Pseuderanthemum variabile pastel flower C 1
plants land plants Acanthaceae Hypoestes floribunda var. pubescens C 1/ 1
plants land plants Acanthaceae Hypoestes floribunda C 1
plants land plants Acanthaceae Graptophyllum excelsum NT 2/ 1
plants land plants Acanthaceae Rostellularia adscendens C 1
plants land plants Agavaceae Agave attenuata Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Agavaceae Agave vivipara var. vivipara Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Aizoaceae Trianthema portulacastrum black pigweed Y 2/ 2
plants land plants Amaranthaceae Deeringia amaranthoides redberry C 2/ 1
plants land plants Amaranthaceae Gomphrena celosioides gomphrena weed Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Amaranthaceae Alternanthera pungens khaki weed Y 2/ 2
plants land plants Amaranthaceae Achyranthes aspera C 1
plants land plants Amaranthaceae Amaranthus viridis green amaranth Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Amaryllidaceae Zephyranthes drummondii Y 2/ 2
plants land plants Anacardiaceae Schinus terebinthifolius Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Anacardiaceae Pleiogynium timorense Burdekin plum C 3
plants land plants Anacardiaceae Mangifera indica mango Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Annonaceae Melodorum leichhardtii C 6
plants land plants Apocynaceae Cynanchum viminale subsp. australe C 1
plants land plants Apocynaceae Gomphocarpus physocarpus balloon cottonbush Y 2/ 1
plants land plants Apocynaceae Cryptostegia grandiflora rubber vine Y 8/ 4
plants land plants Apocynaceae Asclepias curassavica red-head cottonbush Y 3
plants land plants Apocynaceae Marsdenia pleiadenia C 1
plants land plants Apocynaceae Marsdenia micradenia gymnema C 1
plants land plants Apocynaceae Catharanthus roseus pink periwinkle Y 2/ 2
plants land plants Apocynaceae Alstonia constricta bitterbark C 4
plants land plants Apocynaceae Secamone elliptica C 4
plants land plants Apocynaceae Parsonsia velutina hairy silkpod C 2
plants land plants Apocynaceae Alyxia ruscifolia C 8
plants land plants Apocynaceae Parsonsia rotata veinless silkpod C 1
Page 5 of 14
plants land plants Apocynaceae Carissa ovata currantbush C 6

plants land plants Araceae Gymnostachys anceps settler's flax C 1
plants land plants Araliaceae Polyscias elegans celery wood C 14
plants land plants Araliaceae Schefflera actinophylla umbrella tree C 2
plants land plants Arecaceae Livistona decora C 8
plants land plants Aristolochiaceae Aristolochia elegans calico-flower Y 4/ 4
plants land plants Asparagaceae Asparagus africanus ornamental asparagus Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Asteraceae Ageratum houstonianum blue billygoat weed Y 1
plants land plants Asteraceae Soliva anthemifolia dwarf jo jo weed Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Asteraceae Praxelis clematidea Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Asteraceae Tridax procumbens tridax daisy Y 2/ 2
plants land plants Asteraceae Bidens pilosa Y 1
plants land plants Asteraceae Centratherum 1
plants land plants Asteraceae Cyanthillium cinereum C 1
plants land plants Asteraceae Tithonia diversifolia Japanese sunflower Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Asteraceae Olearia 1
plants land plants Asteraceae Parthenium hysterophorus parthenium weed Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Asteraceae Ageratum conyzoides subsp. conyzoides Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Asteraceae Verbesina encelioides var. encelioides Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Asteraceae Verbesina encelioides crownbeard Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Basellaceae Anredera cordifolia Madeira vine Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Bignoniaceae Tecoma stans var. stans Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Bignoniaceae Dolichandra unguis-cati cat's claw creeper Y 2/ 2
plants land plants Bignoniaceae Pandorea pandorana wonga vine C 1
plants land plants Boraginaceae Ehretia membranifolia weeping koda C 1
plants land plants Boraginaceae Trichodesma zeylanicum var. zeylanicum C 1/ 1
plants land plants Brassicaceae Lepidium bonariense Argentine peppercress Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Brassicaceae Rapistrum rugosum Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Byttneriaceae Hannafordia shanesii C 1/ 1
plants land plants Cactaceae Opuntia tomentosa velvety tree pear Y 3/ 1
plants land plants Caesalpiniaceae Barklya syringifolia golden shower tree C 1
plants land plants Caesalpiniaceae Senna occidentalis coffee senna Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Caesalpiniaceae Mezoneuron brachycarpum C 3
plants land plants Caesalpiniaceae Cassia 1
plants land plants Caesalpiniaceae Senna septemtrionalis Y 2/ 1
plants land plants Caesalpiniaceae Bauhinia variegata Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Capparaceae Capparis canescens C 1
plants land plants Capparaceae Capparis arborea brush caper berry C 3
plants land plants Casuarinaceae Casuarina cunninghamiana subsp. cunninghamiana C 1/ 1
plants land plants Casuarinaceae Casuarina cunninghamiana C 3
plants land plants Casuarinaceae Allocasuarina torulosa C 7
plants land plants Celastraceae Denhamia pittosporoides subsp. pittosporoides C 5/ 5
plants land plants Celastraceae Denhamia cunninghamii C 1/ 1
plants land plants Celastraceae Elaeodendron melanocarpum C 2
plants land plants Celastraceae Siphonodon australis ivorywood C 3
plants land plants Celastraceae Denhamia bilocularis C 1
Page 6 of 14
plants land plants Celastraceae Denhamia disperma C 5

plants land plants Ceratophyllaceae Ceratophyllum demersum hornwort C 1
plants land plants Combretaceae Macropteranthes fitzalanii C 1
plants land plants Combretaceae Combretum paniculatum Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Combretaceae Terminalia porphyrocarpa C 6
plants land plants Convolvulaceae Distimake quinquefolius Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Convolvulaceae Polymeria sp. (Rockhampton E.R.Anderson 3944) C 1/ 1
plants land plants Convolvulaceae Distimake dissectus Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Cornaceae Alangium polyosmoides subsp. tomentosum C 1
plants land plants Crassulaceae Bryophyllum delagoense Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Cucurbitaceae Diplocyclos palmatus C 2
plants land plants Cycadaceae Cycas megacarpa E E 19/ 14
plants land plants Cyperaceae Gahnia aspera C 8
plants land plants Cyperaceae Cyperus 2
plants land plants Cyperaceae Scleria sphacelata C 1/ 1
plants land plants Dennstaedtiaceae Pteridium esculentum common bracken C 2
plants land plants Dioscoreaceae Dioscorea transversa native yam C 6
plants land plants Dracaenaceae Sansevieria trifasciata var. trifasciata Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Ebenaceae Diospyros pentamera myrtle ebony C 1
plants land plants Ebenaceae Diospyros australis black plum C 3/ 2
plants land plants Ebenaceae Diospyros geminata scaly ebony C 11
plants land plants Ebenaceae Diospyros fasciculosa grey ebony C 1
plants land plants Elaeocarpaceae Elaeocarpus obovatus blueberry ash C 5
plants land plants Erythroxylaceae Erythroxylum australe cocaine tree C 2
plants land plants Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia cyathophora dwarf poinsettia Y 2/ 1
plants land plants Euphorbiaceae Homalanthus populifolius C 2
plants land plants Euphorbiaceae Excoecaria dallachyana scrub poison tree C 1
plants land plants Euphorbiaceae Claoxylon tenerifolium Queensland brittlewood C 1
plants land plants Euphorbiaceae Mallotus philippensis red kamala C 13
plants land plants Euphorbiaceae Croton acronychioides thick-leaved croton C 3
plants land plants Euphorbiaceae Alchornea ilicifolia native holly C 6/ 1
plants land plants Euphorbiaceae Macaranga tanarius macaranga C 2
plants land plants Euphorbiaceae Baloghia inophylla scrub bloodwood C 5/ 2
plants land plants Euphorbiaceae Acalypha eremorum soft acalypha C 1
plants land plants Euphorbiaceae Ricinus communis castor oil bush Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Euphorbiaceae Croton insularis Queensland cascarilla C 1
plants land plants Fabaceae Canavalia papuana wild jack bean C 1
plants land plants Fabaceae Tephrosia astragaloides C 1/ 1
plants land plants Fabaceae Indigofera hirsuta hairy indigo C 1/ 1
plants land plants Fabaceae Jacksonia scoparia C 2
plants land plants Fabaceae Desmodium tortuosum Florida beggar-weed Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Fabaceae Hardenbergia violacea C 2
plants land plants Fabaceae Stylosanthes hamata Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Fabaceae Flemingia parviflora flemingia C 2
plants land plants Fabaceae Crotalaria verrucosa C 1/ 1
plants land plants Fabaceae Stylosanthes scabra Y 1/ 1
Page 7 of 14
plants land plants Fabaceae Tephrosia filipes C 1/ 1

plants land plants Fabaceae Desmodium rhytidophyllum C 1
plants land plants Fabaceae Rhynchosia acuminatissima C 3/ 1
plants land plants Fabaceae Macroptilium atropurpureum siratro Y 2/ 1
plants land plants Fabaceae Crotalaria incana subsp. incana Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Fabaceae Macrotyloma axillare var. axillare Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Fabaceae Crotalaria lanceolata subsp. lanceolata Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Fabaceae Austrosteenisia blackii bloodvine C 4
plants land plants Fabaceae Erythrina vespertilio C 2
plants land plants Fabaceae Crotalaria trichotoma Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Fabaceae Lotus australis Australian trefoil C 1/ 1
plants land plants Fabaceae Glycine 1
plants land plants Flagellariaceae Flagellaria indica whip vine C 1
plants land plants Goodeniaceae Velleia spathulata wild pansies C 1/ 1
plants land plants Goodeniaceae Goodenia rotundifolia C 2
plants land plants Hemerocallidaceae Geitonoplesium cymosum scrambling lily C 6
plants land plants Hemerocallidaceae Dianella caerulea C 6
plants land plants Hemerocallidaceae Dianella 3
plants land plants Hernandiaceae Gyrocarpus americanus C 1
plants land plants Hernandiaceae Hernandia bivalvis cudgerie NT 5/ 1
plants land plants Lamiaceae Plectranthus 1
plants land plants Lamiaceae Ajuga australis Australian bugle C 1
plants land plants Lamiaceae Salvia coccinea red salvia Y 2/ 2
plants land plants Lamiaceae Vitex acuminata C 4
plants land plants Lamiaceae Vitex melicopea C 3/ 3
plants land plants Lamiaceae Teucrium junceum C 1
plants land plants Lamiaceae Coleus graveolens C 2
plants land plants Lamiaceae Ocimum americanum Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Lamiaceae Leonotis nepetifolia Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Lamiaceae Glossocarya hemiderma C 1
plants land plants Lamiaceae Leucas lavandulifolia Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Lamiaceae Callicarpa pedunculata velvet leaf C 1
plants land plants Lamiaceae Clerodendrum floribundum C 1
plants land plants Lauraceae Neolitsea brassii C 5
plants land plants Lauraceae Litsea reticulata C 1
plants land plants Lauraceae Cassytha 1
plants land plants Lauraceae Cryptocarya bidwillii yellow laurel C 3/ 1
plants land plants Lauraceae Cryptocarya triplinervis C 9
plants land plants Lauraceae Cryptocarya hypospodia north Queensland purple laurel C 1
plants land plants Lauraceae Litsea fawcettiana C 1
plants land plants Lauraceae Cryptocarya sclerophylla totempole C 1
plants land plants Laxmanniaceae Lomandra multiflora subsp. multiflora C 2
plants land plants Laxmanniaceae Eustrephus latifolius wombat berry C 9
plants land plants Laxmanniaceae Lomandra longifolia C 1
plants land plants Laxmanniaceae Cordyline 1
plants land plants Laxmanniaceae Lomandra 1
Page 8 of 14
plants land plants Laxmanniaceae Cordyline murchisoniae C 3

plants land plants Lecythidaceae Planchonia careya cockatoo apple C 2/ 1
plants land plants Loganiaceae Strychnos psilosperma strychnine tree C 2/ 1
plants land plants Loranthaceae Amyema biniflora C 1/ 1
plants land plants Loranthaceae Amyema bifurcata C 1/ 1
plants land plants Malvaceae Sida hackettiana C 1/ 1
plants land plants Malvaceae Sida 4
plants land plants Malvaceae Sida cordifolia Y 2
plants land plants Malvaceae Malvastrum americanum var. americanum Y 1
plants land plants Malvaceae Hibiscus divaricatus C 1/ 1
plants land plants Malvaceae Hibiscus heterophyllus C 11/ 1
plants land plants Martyniaceae Proboscidea lutea Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Meliaceae Melia azedarach white cedar C 8
plants land plants Meliaceae Turraea pubescens native honeysuckle C 7/ 1
plants land plants Menispermaceae Pleogyne australis wiry grape C 2
plants land plants Menispermaceae Stephania japonica C 3
plants land plants Menispermaceae Stephania japonica var. discolor C 1/ 1
plants land plants Mimosaceae Acacia fimbriata Brisbane golden wattle C 2/ 2
plants land plants Mimosaceae Albizia lebbeck Indian siris C 3/ 3
plants land plants Mimosaceae Acacia maidenii Maiden's wattle C 12/ 2
plants land plants Mimosaceae Acacia falcata sickle wattle C 1/ 1
plants land plants Mimosaceae Acacia decora pretty wattle C 2
plants land plants Mimosaceae Prosopis mesquite 1/ 1
plants land plants Mimosaceae Albizia 1
plants land plants Mimosaceae Acacia polifolia C 1/ 1
plants land plants Mimosaceae Archidendropsis thozetiana C 3
plants land plants Mimosaceae Albizia canescens C 1/ 1
plants land plants Mimosaceae Acacia leptocarpa north coast wattle C 1
plants land plants Mimosaceae Pararchidendron pruinosum C 4
plants land plants Mimosaceae Desmanthus pernambucanus Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Mimosaceae Acacia podalyriifolia Queensland silver wattle C 1
plants land plants Mimosaceae Vachellia farnesiana Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Mimosaceae Acacia fasciculifera scaly bark C 4
plants land plants Mimosaceae Vachellia bidwillii C 2/ 1
plants land plants Mimosaceae Acacia aulacocarpa C 12
plants land plants Mimosaceae Acacia disparrima subsp. disparrima C 1/ 1
plants land plants Mimosaceae Leucaena leucocephala subsp. glabrata Y 2/ 2
plants land plants Mimosaceae Leucaena leucocephala subsp. leucocephala Y 3/ 3
plants land plants Moraceae Ficus opposita C 10
plants land plants Moraceae Ficus virens C 1
plants land plants Moraceae Ficus obliqua C 4
plants land plants Moraceae Ficus coronata creek sandpaper fig C 1
plants land plants Moraceae Trophis scandens subsp. scandens C 4
plants land plants Moraceae Streblus brunonianus whalebone tree C 1
plants land plants Moraceae Maclura cochinchinensis cockspur thorn C 1
plants land plants Moraceae Ficus virens var. virens C 1
Page 9 of 14
plants land plants Moraceae Ficus racemosa var. racemosa C 1

plants land plants Myrsinaceae Myrsine variabilis C 8
plants land plants Myrtaceae Decaspermum struckoilicum Mount Morgan myrtle CR E 8/ 4
plants land plants Myrtaceae Eucalyptus longirostrata C 1
plants land plants Myrtaceae Eucalyptus tereticornis C 6
plants land plants Myrtaceae Eucalyptus melanophloia C 2
plants land plants Myrtaceae Melaleuca linariifolia snow-in summer C 1
plants land plants Myrtaceae Lophostemon suaveolens swamp box C 4
plants land plants Myrtaceae Leptospermum neglectum C 1/ 1
plants land plants Myrtaceae Eucalyptus raveretiana black ironbox C V 1/ 1
plants land plants Myrtaceae Eucalyptus platyphylla poplar gum C 2/ 2
plants land plants Myrtaceae Corymbia erythrophloia variable-barked bloodwood C 2/ 1
plants land plants Myrtaceae Backhousia subargentea C 3/ 2
plants land plants Myrtaceae Lophostemon confertus brush box C 12
plants land plants Myrtaceae Eucalyptus acmenoides C 9
plants land plants Myrtaceae Corymbia trachyphloia C 2
plants land plants Myrtaceae Eucalyptus moluccana gum-topped box C 2
plants land plants Myrtaceae Corymbia tessellaris Moreton Bay ash C 2
plants land plants Myrtaceae Corymbia intermedia pink bloodwood C 8
plants land plants Myrtaceae Corymbia citriodora spotted gum C 5
plants land plants Myrtaceae Rhodamnia argentea white myrtle C 2/ 2
plants land plants Myrtaceae Eucalyptus exserta Queensland peppermint C 2
plants land plants Myrtaceae Decaspermum humile silky myrtle C 1
plants land plants Myrtaceae Syzygium australe scrub cherry C 5/ 1
plants land plants Myrtaceae Eucalyptus crebra narrow-leaved red ironbark C 5/ 1
plants land plants Myrtaceae Gossia bidwillii C 8/ 1
plants land plants Myrtaceae Eucalyptus melanophloia subsp. melanophloia C 1/ 1
plants land plants Myrtaceae Melaleuca 1
plants land plants Myrtaceae Backhousia 1/ 1
plants land plants Nyctaginaceae Bougainvillea glabra Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Nyctaginaceae Boerhavia 1
plants land plants Oleaceae Olea paniculata C 3
plants land plants Oleaceae Jasminum didymum C 1
plants land plants Oleaceae Chionanthus ramiflorus northern olive C 4/ 1
plants land plants Oleaceae Jasminum didymum subsp. didymum C 1
plants land plants Oleaceae Jasminum didymum subsp. racemosum C 3
plants land plants Oleaceae Jasminum simplicifolium subsp. australiense C 2
plants land plants Orchidaceae Cymbidium canaliculatum C 1
plants land plants Orthotrichaceae Macromitrium ligulaefolium C 1/ 1
plants land plants Oxalidaceae Oxalis radicosa C 1/ 1
plants land plants Oxalidaceae Oxalis corniculata Y 1
plants land plants Oxalidaceae Oxalis debilis var. corymbosa pink shamrock Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Papaveraceae Argemone ochroleuca subsp. ochroleuca Mexican poppy Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Passifloraceae Passiflora edulis Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Passifloraceae Passiflora foetida Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Passifloraceae Passiflora suberosa corky passion flower Y 10
Page 10 of 14
plants land plants Passifloraceae Passiflora subpeltata white passion flower Y 1/ 1

plants land plants Petiveriaceae Rivina humilis Y 6/ 3
plants land plants Petiveriaceae Monococcus echinophorus burr bush C 1/ 1
plants land plants Phyllanthaceae Actephila mooreana C 1/ 1
plants land plants Phyllanthaceae Breynia oblongifolia C 9
plants land plants Phyllanthaceae Phyllanthus microcladus C 1
plants land plants Phyllanthaceae Actephila sessilifolia C 1
plants land plants Phyllanthaceae Bridelia leichhardtii C 5/ 1
plants land plants Phyllanthaceae Glochidion ferdinandi C 1
plants land plants Phyllanthaceae Glochidion lobocarpum C 6
plants land plants Piperaceae Peperomia blanda var. floribunda C 2/ 1
plants land plants Pittosporaceae Pittosporum spinescens C 6
plants land plants Pittosporaceae Auranticarpa rhombifolia C 1
plants land plants Poaceae Panicum effusum C 3
plants land plants Poaceae Sorghum nitidum C 1
plants land plants Poaceae Themeda triandra kangaroo grass C 3
plants land plants Poaceae Cenchrus ciliaris Y 1
plants land plants Poaceae Cenchrus setaceus Y 4/ 4
plants land plants Poaceae Elionurus citreus lemon-scented grass C 1
plants land plants Poaceae Entolasia stricta wiry panic C 2
plants land plants Poaceae Aristida lazaridis C 1/ 1
plants land plants Poaceae Aristida personata C 1/ 1
plants land plants Poaceae Chrysopogon fallax C 2
plants land plants Poaceae Eragrostis curvula Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Poaceae Digitaria ramularis C 1/ 1
plants land plants Poaceae Imperata cylindrica blady grass C 3
plants land plants Poaceae Megathyrsus maximus Y 1
plants land plants Poaceae Cymbopogon refractus barbed-wire grass C 4
plants land plants Poaceae Digitaria parviflora C 1
plants land plants Poaceae Vacoparis laxiflorum C 1/ 1
plants land plants Poaceae Dichanthium aristatum angleton grass Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Poaceae Heteropogon contortus black speargrass C 3
plants land plants Poaceae Arundinella nepalensis reedgrass C 2
plants land plants Poaceae Ancistrachne uncinulata hooky grass C 1
plants land plants Poaceae Cenchrus pennisetiformis Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Poaceae Dactyloctenium aegyptium coast button grass Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Poaceae Hyparrhenia rufa subsp. rufa Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Poaceae Aristida calycina var. calycina C 1/ 1
plants land plants Poaceae Megathyrsus maximus var. maximus Y 2
plants land plants Poaceae Megathyrsus maximus var. pubiglumis Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Poaceae Panicum 1
plants land plants Poaceae Aristida 4
plants land plants Poaceae Cenchrus 1
plants land plants Poaceae Eragrostis 2
plants land plants Poaceae Oplismenus 1
plants land plants Poaceae Arundo donax Y 1/ 1
Page 11 of 14
plants land plants Polygalaceae Comesperma 1

plants land plants Polypodiaceae Drynaria rigidula C 5
plants land plants Polypodiaceae Pyrrosia confluens C 2
plants land plants Polypodiaceae Drynaria sparsisora C 1
plants land plants Polypodiaceae Microsorum punctatum C 3
plants land plants Polypodiaceae Pyrrosia confluens var. dielsii C 1
plants land plants Pontederiaceae Monochoria cyanea C 1/ 1
plants land plants Pteridaceae Paraceterach muelleri C 1/ 1
plants land plants Pteridaceae Pityrogramma calomelanos var. austroamericana Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Pteridaceae Cheilanthes 1
plants land plants Pteridaceae Pellaea nana C 1/ 1
plants land plants Pteridaceae Pellaea falcata C 1
plants land plants Pteridaceae Adiantum hispidulum C 5
plants land plants Pteridaceae Adiantum aethiopicum C 2
plants land plants Ptychomitriaceae Ptychomitrium australe C 1/ 1
plants land plants Putranjivaceae Drypetes deplanchei grey boxwood C 10
plants land plants Ranunculaceae Clematis glycinoides C 1
plants land plants Rhamnaceae Ziziphus mauritiana Indian jujube Y 3/ 3
plants land plants Rhamnaceae Alphitonia excelsa soap tree C 12
plants land plants Rosaceae Rubus probus C 2
plants land plants Rosaceae Rubus parvifolius pink-flowered native raspberry C 2
plants land plants Rosaceae Prunus persica var. persica Y 2/ 2
plants land plants Rubiaceae Timonius timon var. timon C 2
plants land plants Rubiaceae Oldenlandia corymbosa var. corymbosa Y 1/ 1
plants land plants Rubiaceae Cyclophyllum coprosmoides C 2
plants land plants Rubiaceae Gynochthodes jasminoides C 1
plants land plants Rubiaceae Coelospermum reticulatum C 1
plants land plants Rubiaceae Psychotria loniceroides hairy psychotria C 3
plants land plants Rubiaceae Psychotria daphnoides C 4/ 1
plants land plants Rubiaceae Psydrax odorata C 2
plants land plants Rubiaceae Aidia racemosa C 1
plants land plants Rubiaceae Psychotria 1/ 1
plants land plants Rutaceae Acronychia laevis glossy acronychia C 8/ 1
plants land plants Rutaceae Citrus x limon Y 1
plants land plants Rutaceae Micromelum minutum clusterberry C 1
plants land plants Rutaceae Murraya paniculata 'Exotica' Y 3/ 1
plants land plants Rutaceae Zanthoxylum brachyacanthum C 3/ 1
plants land plants Rutaceae Coatesia paniculata C 3/ 1
plants land plants Rutaceae Bouchardatia neurococca union nut C 4/ 2
plants land plants Rutaceae Acronychia pauciflora soft acronychia C 3/ 1
plants land plants Rutaceae Flindersia australis crow's ash C 1
plants land plants Rutaceae Bosistoa medicinalis C 4/ 2
plants land plants Rutaceae Geijera salicifolia brush wilga C 8
plants land plants Rutaceae Dinosperma melanophloium C 3/ 1
plants land plants Salicaceae Homalium alnifolium homalium C 6/ 1
plants land plants Salicaceae Scolopia braunii flintwood C 2
Page 12 of 14
plants land plants Santalaceae Exocarpos latifolius C 3

plants land plants Sapindaceae Atalaya rigida C 4/ 1
plants land plants Sapindaceae Cupaniopsis anacardioides tuckeroo C 3
plants land plants Sapindaceae Elattostachys xylocarpa white tamarind C 3
plants land plants Sapindaceae Elattostachys bidwillii C 1/ 1
plants land plants Sapindaceae Cupaniopsis wadsworthii C 9
plants land plants Sapindaceae Mischocarpus anodontus veiny pearfruit C 2/ 1
plants land plants Sapindaceae Cupaniopsis parvifolia small-leaved tuckeroo C 6/ 2
plants land plants Sapindaceae Alectryon subdentatus C 1
plants land plants Sapindaceae Alectryon subcinereus C 2
plants land plants Sapindaceae Cossinia australiana E E 1
plants land plants Sapindaceae Alectryon tomentosus C 1
plants land plants Sapindaceae Dodonaea 1
plants land plants Sapindaceae Mischarytera lautereriana corduroy tamarind C 1
plants land plants Sapindaceae Harpullia hillii C 3/ 1
plants land plants Sapindaceae Harpullia pendula C 4
plants land plants Sapindaceae Jagera pseudorhus C 2
plants land plants Sapindaceae Alectryon connatus grey birds-eye C 6/ 1
plants land plants Sapindaceae Arytera divaricata coogera C 2
plants land plants Sapotaceae Planchonella pohlmaniana C 2
plants land plants Sapotaceae Amorphospermum antilogum C 2/ 1
plants land plants Simaroubaceae Ailanthus triphysa white siris C 5/ 1
plants land plants Smilacaceae Smilax australis barbed-wire vine C 10
plants land plants Smilacaceae Smilax glyciphylla sweet sarsaparilla C 1
plants land plants Solanaceae Solanum seaforthianum Brazilian nightshade Y 4/ 1
plants land plants Solanaceae Solanum 1
plants land plants Sparrmanniaceae Triumfetta rhomboidea chinese burr Y 2/ 1
plants land plants Sparrmanniaceae Grewia latifolia dysentery plant C 10
plants land plants Sterculiaceae Sterculia quadrifida peanut tree C 3
plants land plants Sterculiaceae Brachychiton australis broad-leaved bottle tree C 1
plants land plants Thelypteridaceae Christella dentata creek fern C 1
plants land plants Thymelaeaceae Pimelea linifolia C 1
plants land plants Ulmaceae Celtis paniculata native celtis C 4/ 1
plants land plants Ulmaceae Trema tomentosa C 5
plants land plants Ulmaceae Aphananthe philippinensis C 1
plants land plants Urticaceae Pipturus argenteus white nettle C 5
plants land plants Urticaceae Dendrocnide photiniphylla shiny-leaved stinging tree C 3
plants land plants Verbenaceae Lantana camara lantana Y 13/ 3
plants land plants Verbenaceae Stachytarpheta jamaicensis Jamaica snakeweed Y 2/ 1
plants land plants Verbenaceae Glandularia aristigera Y 3/ 1
plants land plants Verbenaceae Lantana montevidensis creeping lantana Y 5/ 5
plants land plants Violaceae Afrohybanthus enneaspermus C 1
plants land plants Viscaceae Notothixos incanus C 1/ 1
plants land plants Vitaceae Cayratia clematidea slender grape C 2
plants land plants Vitaceae Tetrastigma nitens shining grape C 8
plants land plants Vitaceae Cissus reniformis C 1
Page 13 of 14
plants land plants Vitaceae Cissus oblonga C 9

plants land plants Vitaceae Cissus repens C 1
plants land plants Vitaceae Cayratia acris hairy grape C 4
plants land plants Xanthorrhoeaceae Xanthorrhoea latifolia subsp. latifolia C 7
plants land plants Xanthorrhoeaceae Xanthorrhoea johnsonii C 4
plants land plants Zamiaceae Macrozamia miquelii C 19/ 8
plants land plants Zingiberaceae Alpinia caerulea wild ginger C 1
plants uncertain Indet. Indet. C 1
CODES
I - Y indicates that the taxon is introduced to Queensland and has naturalised.
Q - Indicates the Queensland conservation status of each taxon under the Nature Conservation Act 1992. The codes are Extinct in the Wild (PE), Endangered (E),
Vulnerable (V), Near Threatened (NT), Least Concern (C) or Not Protected ( ).
A - Indicates the Australian conservation status of each taxon under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. The values of EPBC are
Conservation Dependent (CD), Critically Endangered (CE), Endangered (E), Extinct (EX), Extinct in the Wild (XW) and Vulnerable (V).
Records – The first number indicates the total number of records of the taxon for the record option selected (i.e. All, Confirmed or Specimens).
This number is output as 99999 if it equals or exceeds this value. The second number located after the / indicates the number of specimen records for the taxon.
This number is output as 999 if it equals or exceeds this value.
Page 14 of 14
Wildlife Online Extract
Search Criteria: Species List for a Specified Point

Species: All
Type: All
Status: Rare and threatened species
Records: All
Date: All
Latitude: -23.5379
Longitude: 150.487
Distance: 10
Email: emma.owbridge@aecom.com
Date submitted: Thursday 26 Nov 2020 13:50:11
Date extracted: Thursday 26 Nov 2020 14:00:05
The number of records retrieved = 10
Disclaimer
As the DSITIA is still in a process of collating and vetting data, it is possible the information given is not complete. The information provided should only be used
for the project for which it was requested and it should be appropriately acknowledged as being derived from Wildlife Online when it is used.
The State of Queensland does not invite reliance upon, nor accept responsibility for this information. Persons should satisfy themselves through independent
means as to the accuracy and completeness of this information.
No statements, representations or warranties are made about the accuracy or completeness of this information. The State of Queensland disclaims all
responsibility for this information and all liability (including without limitation, liability in negligence) for all expenses, losses, damages
and costs you may incur as a result of the information being inaccurate or incomplete in any way for any reason.
animals birds Cacatuidae Calyptorhynchus lathami erebus glossy black-cockatoo (northern) V 1

animals birds Columbidae Geophaps scripta scripta squatter pigeon (southern subspecies) V V 1
animals birds Scolopacidae Calidris ferruginea curlew sandpiper CR CE 2
animals birds Scolopacidae Limosa lapponica baueri Western Alaskan bar-tailed godwit V V 1
animals birds Turnicidae Turnix melanogaster black-breasted button-quail V V 1
plants land plants Acanthaceae Graptophyllum excelsum NT 2/ 1
plants land plants Cycadaceae Cycas megacarpa E E 19/ 14
plants land plants Hernandiaceae Hernandia bivalvis cudgerie NT 5/ 1
plants land plants Myrtaceae Decaspermum struckoilicum Mount Morgan myrtle CR E 8/ 4
plants land plants Sapindaceae Cossinia australiana E E 1
CODES
I - Y indicates that the taxon is introduced to Queensland and has naturalised.
Q - Indicates the Queensland conservation status of each taxon under the Nature Conservation Act 1992. The codes are Extinct in the Wild (PE), Endangered (E),
Vulnerable (V), Near Threatened (NT), Least Concern (C) or Not Protected ( ).
A - Indicates the Australian conservation status of each taxon under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. The values of EPBC are
Conservation Dependent (CD), Critically Endangered (CE), Endangered (E), Extinct (EX), Extinct in the Wild (XW) and Vulnerable (V).
Records – The first number indicates the total number of records of the taxon for the record option selected (i.e. All, Confirmed or Specimens).
This number is output as 99999 if it equals or exceeds this value. The second number located after the / indicates the number of specimen records for the taxon.
This number is output as 999 if it equals or exceeds this value.
Page 1 of 1
AECOM
DRAFT
Appendix B
Risk assessment criteria
AECOM Bouldercombe Battery Storage Project B-1
DRAFT
Appendix B Risk assessment criteria

Severity criteria
Descriptor
Severity
Threatened species and communities Migratory species
1 · No impacts to threatened species populations, ecological communities, · No impacts to migratory species habitat extent and habitat quality; and
habitat extent and habitat quality; and · No increase in threatening processes to migratory species; and
· No increase in threatening processes to threatened species and · Migratory species recovery or persistence is unaffected.
ecological communities; and
· Threatened species and ecological communities recovery or persistence
is unaffected.
2 · Impacts to threatened species, ecological communities and associated · Below species-specific clearing thresholds (if available); and
habitats are of a low magnitude or are short-term; and · No impacts to areas supporting an ecologically significant proportion of a
· Increased threatening processes to threatened species and ecological population; and
communities can effectively be mitigated by well characterised · Impacts to migratory species important habitat are of a low magnitude or
management measures; and are short-term; and
· In a regional context, reduction in available habitat is inconsequential; and · Increased threatening processes to migratory species can effectively be
· Species specific referral guidance (if available) indicates a low risk. mitigated by well characterised management measures; and
· In a regional context, reduction in available habitat is inconsequential.
3 · Impacts to threatened species, ecological communities and associated · Close to or above species-specific clearing thresholds (if available); or
habitats are of a moderate or high magnitude or are longer-term; or · Impacts to areas supporting or close to supporting an ecologically
· Increased threatening processes to threatened species and ecological significant proportion of a population; or
communities require more intensive, longer term management or · Impacts to migratory species important habitat are of a moderate or high
intervening measures to mitigate impacts; or magnitude or are longer-term; or
· Receiving environment is more sensitive to impacts or the consequence · Increased threatening processes to migratory species require more
of the impact is uncertain; or intensive, longer term management or intervening measures to mitigate
· In a regional context, reduction in available habitat is notable; or impacts; or
· Species specific referral guidance (if available) indicates a moderate or · Receiving environment is more sensitive to impacts or the consequence
high risk. of the impact is uncertain; or
· In a regional context, reduction in available habitat is notable.

AECOM Bouldercombe Battery Storage Project B-2
DRAFT
Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood of occurrence criteria is outlined in Section 2.4.
Risk assessment matrix and outcome
Severity
Likelihood
1 2 3
Low risk – no further assessment Low risk – no further assessment required Low risk – no further assessment required
Not present
required (green) (green) (green)
Low risk – no further assessment Low risk – no further assessment required Low risk – no further assessment required
Unlikely
required (green) (green) (green)
Low risk – no further assessment Low risk – no further assessment required Potential risk – further assessment required
Potential/Likely/Known
required (green) (green) (amber)

DRAFT
Appendix C
Likelihood of occurrence
and impact assessment

AECOM Bouldercombe Battery Storage Project C-1
DRAFT
Appendix C Likelihood of occurrence and impact assessment

Table 5 Likelihood of occurrence assessment for TECs
TEC Status (EPBC Act, Habitat and distribution Likelihood of

NC Act) occurrence
Coolibah-Black Box Endangered, - The Coolibah – Black Box Woodlands of the Darling Riverine Plains and the Brigalow Not present.
Woodlands of the Darling Belt South Bioregions ecological community is associated with the floodplains and The corresponding
Riverine Plains and the drainage areas of the Darling Riverine Plains and the Brigalow Belt South bioregions. RE 11.3.3 was not
Brigalow Belt South This ecological community represents occurrences of one type of eucalypt woodland present within the Project
Bioregions where Eucalyptus coolabah subsp. coolabah and/or Eucalyptus largiflorens are the site.
dominant canopy species and where the understorey tends to be grassy (Department
of the Environment, 2011).
The following RE form part of or align with the national ecological community: RE
11.3.3, RE 11.3.15, RE 11.3.16, RE 11.3.28, RE 11.3.37 (Threatened Species
Scientific Committee, 2011).
Poplar Box Grassy Woodland Endangered, - The vegetation of this ecological community varies from a grassy woodland to grassy Not present.
on Alluvial Plains open woodland structure but may occasionally exhibit an open forest structure. In all The corresponding
instances the overstorey is dominated by Eucalyptus populnea (Poplar Box) and an RE 11.3.2 was not
understorey mostly of grasses and other herbs. The ecological community mostly present within the Project
occurs in gently undulating to flat landscapes and occasionally on gentle slopes on a site.
wide range of soil types of alluvial and depositional origin (Department of the
Environment and Energy, 2019a).
The Poplar Box Grassy Woodland occurs in eastern Australia, west of the Great
Dividing Range in an area roughly between Charters Towers (QLD) in the north, Leeton
(NSW) in the south and Longreach (QLD) at the western extent (Department of the
The following Brigalow Belt RE form part of or align with the national ecological
community: RE 11.3.2, RE 11.3.17, RE 11.4.7, RE 11.4.12 (Department of the

DRAFT
TEC Status (EPBC Act, Habitat and distribution Likelihood of

NC Act) occurrence
Weeping Myall Woodlands Endangered, - The Weeping Myall Woodlands occur in a range from open woodlands to woodlands, Not present.
generally 4-12 m high, in which Acacia pendula (weeping myall) trees are the sole or Acacia pendula is the
dominant overstorey species. The understorey of Weeping Myall Woodlands often characteristic species of
includes an open layer of shrubs above an open ground layer of grasses and herbs, this TEC and was not
though the ecological community can exist naturally either as a shrubby or a grassy recorded during field
woodland (Department of the Environment, 2008). surveys.
The Weeping Myall Woodlands ecological community is restricted to small patches that
occur within the following REs: 11.3.2 and 11.3.28 (Threatened Species Scientific
Committee, 2009).
Table 6 Flora species likelihood of occurrence assessment
Species Status (EPBC Act, Habitat and distribution Likelihood of

NC Act) occurrence
Bulbophyllum globuliforme Vulnerable, - This species is known from four locations, including Puzzle Creek near Paluma (north- Unlikely.
Miniature moss orchid east Queensland), Kroombit Tops near Calliope (Central Queensland), Cainbable Suitable habitat absent
Creek in Lamington National Park (south-east Queensland) and Levers Plateau (north- and no recent nearby
east New South Wales). records exist.
The miniature moss-orchid is a host-specific species, only growing on the hoop pine,
where it colonises the upper branches of mature trees. The hoop pine occurs in upland
(usually 100-900 m above sea level) subtropical rainforest communities that have a
discontinuous distribution along the Australian east coast (Department of Agriculture
Water and the Environment, 2020b).
Cossinia australiana Endangered, Cossinia australiana appears to prefer ecotonal situations around dry rainforest edges, Unlikely.
Cossinia Endangered although it also occurs as scattered individual plants within closed forest communities. Suitable habitat absent
This species has been recorded growing in araucarian microphyll vine forest and relict and no recent nearby
semi-evergreen vine thicket on a variety of soils, including red volcanic soil and black records exist.
loam (Department of Environment and Science, 2020d).
Cossinia australiana is known from fragmented remnant patches of Araucarian
vineforests or vine thickets on fertile soils in central and southern Queensland. The

DRAFT

NC Act) occurrence
species' distribution is from Rockhampton to Kingaroy, east of the Great Dividing
Range (Department of the Environment Water Heritage and the Arts, 2008).
Cupaniopsis shirleyana Vulnerable, Cupaniopsis shirleyana is restricted to south east Queensland, from Brisbane, north to Unlikely.
Wedge-leaf tuckeroo Vulnerable Bundaberg. It occurs in Pine Mountain Reserve, Mount Gravatt, Cold Creek State Suitable habitat absent
Forest and Miva State Forest. and no recent nearby
Cupaniopsis shirleyana occurs at 20 to 550 m elevation. It has been recorded in a records exist.
variety of rainforest types including vine thicket and dry rainforest. It occurs on hillsides,
mountain tops, lower slopes of valleys, stream beds and along riverbanks (Department
of Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b).
Cycas megacarpa Endangered, Cycas megacarpa is endemic to south-east Queensland. It is found from as far south Unlikely.
Cycad Endangered as Woolooga to Bouldercombe in the north. Marginal habitat present,
Cycas megacarpa is found in woodland, open woodland and open forests, often in however extensive
conjunction with a grassy understorey. This species is found in habitat dominated by survey effort failed to
Eucalyptus crebra and Corymbia citriodora as well as Corymbia erythrophloia, record this species.
Eucalyptus melanophloia and Lophostemon confertus. There are also reports that it
can be found in or on the edge of rainforest habitat. Cycas megacarpa usually grows on
steep slopes and hill tops.(Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment,
2020b).
Cycas ophiolitica Endangered, Cycas ophiolitica is endemic to Queensland, occurring from Marlborough to Unlikely.
Marlborough blue cycad Endangered Rockhampton in central-eastern Queensland. Marginal habitat present,
Cycas ophiolitica grows on hills and slopes in sparse, grassy open forest at altitude however extensive
ranges from 80–400 m above sea level. Although this species reaches its best survey effort failed to
development on red clay soils near Marlborough, it is more frequently found on shallow, record this species.
stony, infertile soils, which are developed on sandstone and serpentinite, and is
associated with species such as Corymbia dallachiana, Corymbia erythrophloia,
Corymbia xanthope and Eucalyptus fibrosa (Department of Agriculture Water and the
Environment, 2020b).
Decaspermum struckoilicum Endangered, Decaspermum struckoilicum is known only from five locations near Mount Morgan in Unlikely.
Mount Morgan myrtle Critically endangered Central Queensland. All five populations exist within Bouldercombe Gorge Suitable habitat absent
Conservation Park in the area known as Struck Oil. The species occurs in semi- and the nearest recent
record is 10 km south in

DRAFT

NC Act) occurrence
evergreen vine thickets on reddish or chocolate soils, often in disturbed areas and at Bouldercombe Gorge
elevations up to 300 m. Conservation Park.
Dichanthium setosum Vulnerable, - An upright bluegrass less than 1 m tall. Associated with heavy basaltic black soils and Unlikely.
Bluegrass found in moderately disturbed areas such as cleared woodland, grassy roadside Marginal habitat present,
remnants, grazed land and highly disturbed pasture. In Queensland its distribution however extensive
includes the Leichhardt, Moreton, North Kennedy and Port Curtis regions (Department survey effort failed to
of Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b). record this species.
Eucalyptus raveretiana -, Vulnerable Black ironbox has a wide distribution in coastal and sub-coastal areas of Queensland, Unlikely.
Black ironbox from south of Townsville to Nebo, around Rockhampton and areas 100 km west of the Suitable habitat absent
city. and nearest recent
This species usually grows along watercourses, and sometimes on river flats or open record is 20 km north
woodland. Soil varies from sand through to heavy clay. Altitudinal range is 0–300 m east. Extensive survey
and the climate of the area is sub-tropical with an annual rainfall of 650–1100 m effort failed to record the
(Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b). species.
Graptophyllum excelsum -, Near Threatened Scarlet fuchsia occurs in coastal central and northern Queensland. The species is Unlikely.
Scarlet fuchsia known to occur at Mount Archer National Park and surrounds. Suitable habitat absent
The species occurs in semi-evergreen vine thickets and may be associated with and nearest recent
Macropteranthes spp., Gyrocarpus americanus, Lysiphyllum hookeri, Archidendropsis record is 20 km to the
thozetiana, Gossia bidwillii, Alstonia constricta Alyxia ruscifolia and Alchornia ilicifolia. north east. Extensive
survey effort failed to
record the species.
Hernandia bivalvis -, Near Threatened Hernandia bivalvis occurs from Proserpine in Central Queensland south to Mount Unlikely.
Cudgerie Tamborine in south east Queensland. It is a tree to 20 m growing mainly in rainforest Suitable habitat absent
on rocky outcrops in shallow soils. Most records occur in vine thicket or microphyll vine and nearest recent
forest at up to 620 m altitude. record is 10 km south in
Bouldercombe Gorge
Conservation Park.
Extensive survey effort
failed to record the
species.

DRAFT

NC Act) occurrence
Marsdenia brevifolia Vulnerable, Marsdenia brevifolia occurs in north and central Queensland where it is known from Unlikely.
Vulnerable near Townsville, Springsure and north of Rockhampton. Suitable habitat absent
Marsdenia brevifolia occurs on serpentine outcrops of crumbly black soils in eucalypt and nearest recent
woodlands, often in association with Eucalyptus fibrosa or Corymbia xanthope record is 20 km north
(Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b). east. Extensive survey
effort failed to record the
species.
Phaius australis Endangered, Phaius australis is endemic to Australia and occurs in eastern Queensland and Unlikely.
Lesser swamp orchid Endangered northern New South Wales. Suitable habitat absent
This species is commonly associated with coastal wet heath/sedgeland wetlands, and nearest recent
swampy grassland or swampy forest and often where broad-leaved paperbark record is 140 km west.
(Melaleuca leucadendra) or swamp Mahogany (Lophostemon suaveolens) grows. It is Extensive survey effort
typically restricted to swamp-forest margins, where it occurs in swamp sclerophyll failed to record the
forest, swampy rainforest, or fringing open forest (Department of Agriculture Water and species.
the Environment, 2020b).
Samadera bidwillii Vulnerable, Samadera bidwillii is endemic to Queensland and is currently known to occur in several Unlikely.
Quassia Vulnerable localities between Scawfell Island, near Mackay, and Goomboorian, north of Gympie. Marginal habitat exists
This species commonly occurs in lowland rainforest or on rainforest margins, but it can within the Project site,
also be found in other forest types, such as open forest and woodland. Samadera however extensive
bidwillii is commonly found in areas adjacent to both temporary and permanent survey effort failed to
watercourses in locations up to 510 m altitude (Department of Agriculture Water and record the species. The
the Environment, 2020b). nearest recent record is
15 km south-west at
Mount Morgan.

DRAFT
Table 7 Fauna species likelihood of occurrence assessment
Status (EPBC Act, Likelihood of

Species Habitat and distribution
NC Act) occurrence
Birds
Botaurus poiciloptilus Endangered; - In Australia, the Australasian bittern’s core range is the south and east (including No.
Australasian bittern Tasmania) and the south-west of western Australia, with apparently isolated records and Suitable habitat absent
perhaps populations elsewhere around coastal regions. and nearest record is
This species favours freshwater wetlands and rarely, estuarine or tidal wetlands. Its 25 km east of the Project
preferred microhabitats are shallow water with tall vegetation such as rushes, reeds and site.
sedges or trampled vegetation adjacent to deep-water pools (Department of Agriculture
Calidris ferruginea Critically In Australia, curlew sandpipers occur around the coasts and are also quite widespread No.
Curlew sandpiper endangered, inland, though in smaller numbers. Suitable habitat absent
Migratory, and nearest recent
Endangered This species mainly occurs on intertidal mudflats in sheltered coastal areas, such as record is 16 km north of
estuaries, bays, inlets and lagoons, and also around non-tidal swamps, lakes and the Project site.
lagoons near the coast, and ponds in saltworks and sewage farms. They occur in both
fresh and brackish waters (Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment,
2020b).
Calyptorhynchus lathami -, Vulnerable The glossy black cockatoo occurs from Eungella in Central Queensland south to east Unlikely.
erebus Gippsland in Victoria, with an isolated population on Kangaroo Island in South Suitable habitat absent
Glossy black cockatoo Australia. The species is highly dependent on the distribution of Allocasuarina spp. And and the nearest recent
is found in woodlands dominated by the species or in open forests where it forms the record occurs 12.5 km
lower tree layer. The species also requires hollows for breeding. north of the Project site.
Epthianura crocea Critically The Capricorn yellow chat is restricted to coastal areas of central Queensland. It is Unlikely.
macgregori endangered, known to occur in breeding populations on the Torilla Plain and Fitzroy River Delta. A Suitable habitat absent
Capricorn yellow chat Endangered third breeding population was present on Curtis Island in 2002, but an extensive survey and nearest recent
in early 2007 failed to detect any birds at this location. record is 13 km south
The Capricorn yellow chat inhabits marine plain wetlands that are subject to extensive east of the Project site.
seasonal inundation and varying degrees of both fresh and saltwater (tidal) influence.
This species typically occupies areas supporting a mosaic of vegetation that consists of
grassland dominated by Sporobolus virginicus and/or Paspalum distichum, dense beds
of rush (e.g. Schoenoplectus litoralis) or sedge (e.g. Cyperus alopecuroides), patches

DRAFT

NC Act) occurrence
of samphire (Halosarcia spp.), and areas of bare or sparsely-vegetated mud and/or
shallow water. These areas are generally without trees, but grey mangrove (Avicennia
marina) and Ceriops tagal do occur at some occupied sites in tidal areas (Department
of Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b).
Erythrotriorchis radiatus Vulnerable, This species is sparsely distributed across coastal and sub-coastal Australia, from the Unlikely.
Red goshawk Endangered western Kimberly to northern New South Wales. There appears to have been a Marginal foraging habitat
contraction in range in recent years. Occasionally recorded from gorge country in is present with regrowth
central Australia and western Queensland. mixed eucalypt woodland
and nearby dams
In northern and central Queensland, red goshawks are mainly associated with present. However, the
extensive, uncleared, mosaics of native vegetation, especially riparian vegetation, open nearest recent record is
forest and woodland that contain a mix of eucalypt, ironbark and bloodwood species. 230 km south east of the
Permanent water (watercourses and wetlands) is usually present in close proximity, Project site and no
with tall emergent trees used for nesting. The red goshawk is thought to have a very suitable breeding habitat
large home range covering between 50 and 220 square kilometres (Department of was identified within or
Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b). adjacent to the Project
site.
Falco hypoleucos Vulnerable, - The grey falcon occurs at low densities across inland Australia, though the ecology of Unlikely.
Grey falcon the grey falcon is known almost entirely from anecdotal and opportunistic observations. Habitat is marginal for
This species frequents timbered lowland plains, particularly Acacia shrublands that are foraging only, however
crossed by tree-lined water courses. It has been observed hunting in treeless areas no recent records exist
and frequents tussock grassland and open woodland, especially in winter. within 300 km of the
Project site.
The grey falcon occurs in arid and semi-arid Australia, including the Murray-Darling
Basin, Eyre Basin, central Australia and Western Australia. This species is mainly
found where annual rainfall is less than 500 mm, except when wet years are followed
by drought, when the species becomes more widespread (Department of the
Environment and Energy, 2019b).
Geophaps scripta scripta Vulnerable, The squatter pigeon occurs in dry grassy woodland and open forest, mostly in sandy Potential.
Squatter pigeon (southern) Vulnerable areas close to water. Breeding and foraging habitat is centralised around water Marginal habitat present
resources such as dams and creeks. This sub-species is ground-dwelling that inhabits and two water sources
the grassy understorey of open eucalypt woodland, as well as sown grasslands with occur within 1 km,

DRAFT

NC Act) occurrence
scattered remnant trees, disturbed areas (such as roads, railways, settlements and however the geology was
stockyards), scrubland, and Acacia regrowth. unsuitable for breeding.
The density, height and
This sub-species is now largely (if not wholly) restricted to Queensland, from the New species composition of
South Wales border, north to the Burdekin River, west to Charleville and Longreach, the ground cover,
and east to the coast to Townsville and Proserpine (Department of Agriculture Water particularly grass
and the Environment, 2020b). tussocks, classify the
habitat as marginal only
for foraging.
Hirundapus caudacutus Vulnerable, This species is widespread in eastern and south-eastern Australia. In eastern Australia, Potential (flyover only).
White-throated needletail Migratory, Special it is recorded in all coastal regions of Queensland and New South Wales, extending The species may use the
least concern inland to the western slopes of the Great Divide and occasionally onto the adjacent airspace above the
inland plains. Project site for foraging
or dispersal but is
The white-throated needletail is found across a range of habitats, more often over unlikely to depend on
wooded areas, where it is almost exclusively aerial, though does occasionally roost in features within the
tree hollows and the foliage canopy. It forages for insects on the wing; flying anywhere Project site for roosting,
between “cloud level” and “ground level” and readily forms mixed feeding flocks with breeding, foraging or
other aerial insectivores (Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment, other lifecycle
2020b). requirements. The
nearest recent record is
18 km north of the
Project site.
Limosa lapponica baueri Vulnerable, During the non-breeding period, the distribution of the western Alaskan bar-tailed No.
Western Alaskan bar-tailed Vulnerable godwit is predominantly New Zealand and northern and eastern Australia. Suitable habitat absent
godwit Habitat for this species includes tidal mudflats, estuaries, shallow river margins and and nearest recent
inland on large shallow fresh or brackish waters along the Queensland coast record is 37 km north
(Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b). east of the Project site.
Neochmia ruficauda Endangered, The star finch (eastern) occurs in central Queensland and its population is extremely Unlikely.
ruficauda Endangered limited. The distribution of this subspecies is poorly known, and it has disappeared from Marginal habitat present,
Star finch much of its former range. The most recent records occur in an area from near Wowan, however the Project site
north to Bowen, west to beyond Winton. occurs to the east of the

DRAFT

NC Act) occurrence
species’ mapped
This species occurs mainly in grasslands and grassy woodlands that are located close distribution. No confirmed
to bodies of fresh water. It also occurs in cleared or suburban areas such as along sightings of this species
roadsides and in towns (Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b). have been made since
1995.
Numenius madagascariensis Critically Within Australia, the eastern curlew has a primarily coastal distribution, they are rarely No.
Eastern curlew endangered, recorded inland. Suitable habitat absent
Migratory, During the non-breeding season in Australia, the eastern curlew is most commonly and the nearest recent
Endangered associated with sheltered coasts, especially estuaries, bays, harbours, inlets and record occurs 25 km
coastal lagoons, with large intertidal mudflats or sandflats, often with beds of seagrass south east of the Project
(Zosteraceae). Occasionally, the species occurs on ocean beaches (often near site.
estuaries), and coral reefs, rock platforms, or rocky islets (Department of Agriculture
Poephila cincta cincta Endangered, The black-throated finch’s (southern) primary stronghold is the region surrounding Unlikely.
Black-throated finch Endangered Townsville; however it is also known to occur in scattered locations across central- Habitat is highly marginal
(southern) eastern Queensland. Mapping indicates this subspecies has not been found around for foraging only,
Rockhampton since 1995. however there are no
The black-throated finch’s (southern) preferred habitat is grassy open woodland/forest recent records within
dominated by Eucalyptus, Melaleuca or Acacia, but they are also known from 300 km of the Project site
pandanus flats and scrubby plains. The black-throated finch (southern) feeds on the and no suitable breeding
seed of native grasses from the ground. Three resources are required for the species habitat is present.
to persist: water, grass seeds and trees providing suitable habitat (Department of
Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b).
Rostratula australis Endangered, The Australian painted snipe has been recorded from wetlands in all Australian states, No.
Australian painted snipe Vulnerable however is most common in eastern Australia, especially the Murray-Darling Basin. Suitable habitat absent
Individuals are nomadic, and there is some evidence of partial migration from south- and nearest recent
eastern wetlands to coastal central and northern Queensland in autumn and winter. record is 35 km south
east of the Project site.
Preferred habitat includes shallow inland wetlands, brackish or freshwater, that are
permanently or temporarily inundated. Breeding habitat requirements may be quite
specific: shallow wetlands with areas of bare wet mud and both upper and canopy
cover nearby (Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b).

DRAFT

NC Act) occurrence
Turnix melanogaster Vulnerable, The black-breasted button-quail is endemic to eastern Australia. It is restricted to Unlikely.
Black-breasted button quail Vulnerable coastal and near-coastal regions of south-eastern Queensland and north-eastern New Suitable habitat absent
South Wales. The main populations occur within south-east Queensland. and nearest recent
This species is restricted to rainforests and forests including semi-evergreen vine record is 60 km north
thicket, low microphyll vine forest and araucarian microphyll vine forest, and east of the Project site.
occasionally dense thickets of Acacia and in vegetation behind sand dunes. Dense
layer of leaf litter is crucial in order for the quail to forage (Department of Agriculture
Mammals
Chalinolobus dwyeri Vulnerable, The species' current distribution is also poorly known. Records exist from Shoalwater Unlikely.
Large-eared pied bat Vulnerable Bay, north of Rockhampton, Queensland, through to the vicinity of Ulladulla, New South Suitable habitat absent
Wales in the south. Despite the large range, it has been suggested that the species is and nearest recent
far more restricted within the species' range than previously understood. record is 60 km north
Sandstone cliffs and fertile woodland valley habitat within close proximity of each other
is habitat of importance to the large-eared pied bat. Records from south-east
Queensland suggest that rainforest and moist eucalypt forest habitats on other
geological substrates at high elevation are of similar importance to the species
(Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b).
Dasyurus hallucatus Endangered, Least In Queensland, the northern quoll is known to occur as far south as Gracemere and Unlikely
Northern quoll concern Mount Morgan, south of Rockhampton, as far north as Weipa in Queensland and A recent record does
extends as far west into central Queensland to the vicinity of Carnarvon Range National exist from 3km south of
Park. the Project site. However,
no suitable habitat or
The northern quoll occupies a diversity of habitats across its range which includes microhabitat features
rocky areas, eucalypt forest and woodlands, rainforests, sandy lowlands and beaches, exist for this species
shrubland, grasslands and desert. Northern quoll are also known to occupy non rocky within the Project site,
lowland habitats such as beachscrub communities in central Queensland. Northern and it is functionally
quoll habitat generally encompasses some form of rocky area for denning purposes disconnected from areas
with surrounding vegetated habitats used for foraging and dispersal. Eucalypt forest or of suitable habitat.
woodland habitats usually have a high structural diversity containing large diameter

DRAFT

NC Act) occurrence
trees, termite mounds or hollow logs for denning purposes (Department of Agriculture
Macroderma gigas Vulnerable, The Corben's long-eared bat is found in a wide range of inland woodland vegetation Unlikely.
Ghost bat Endangered types. These include box/ironbark/cypress pine woodlands, Allocasuarina luehmannii Suitable habitat absent
woodlands, Acacia harpophylla woodland, Casuarina cristata woodland, Angophora and nearest records are
costata woodland, Eucalyptus camaldulensis forest, Eucalyptus largiflorens woodland, 40 km north east of the
and various types of tree mallee. This species is more abundant in extensive stands of Project site.
vegetation in comparison to smaller woodland patches.
The Corben’s long-eared bat is found in southern central Queensland, central western
New South Wales, north-western Victoria and eastern South Australia, where it is
patchily distributed, with most of its range in the Murray Darling Basin. Most records are
from inland of the Great Dividing Range (Department of Agriculture Water and the
Nyctophilus corbeni Vulnerable, The Corben’s long-eared bat is found in southern central Queensland, central western Unlikely.
Corben’s long-eared bat Vulnerable New South Wales, north-western Victoria and eastern South Australia, where it is Suitable habitat absent
patchily distributed, with most of its range in the Murray Darling Basin. Most records and nearest recent
are from inland of the Great Dividing Range. record is 190 km south of
This species is found in a wide range of inland woodland vegetation types. These the Project site.
include box/ironbark/cypress pine woodlands, Allocasuarina luehmannii woodlands,
Acacia harpophylla woodland, Casuarina cristata woodland, Angophora costata
woodland, Eucalyptus camaldulensis forest, Eucalyptus largiflorens woodland, and
various types of tree mallee (Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment,
2020b).
Petauroides volans Vulnerable, During the day, this species spends most of its time denning in hollowed trees, with Unlikely.
Greater glider Vulnerable each animal inhabiting up to twenty different dens within its home range. It is primarily Suitable habitat absent
folivorous, with a diet mostly comprising the leaves and flowers of Myrtaceae (e.g. and nearest recent
eucalypt) trees. The greater glider is typically found in highest abundance in taller, record is 10 km south of
montane, moist eucalypt forests with relatively old trees and abundant hollows. the Project site in
Bouldercombe
The greater glider is restricted to eastern Australia, occurring from the Windsor Conservation Park.
Tableland in north Queensland through to central Victoria, with an elevational range

DRAFT

NC Act) occurrence
from sea level to 1200 m above sea level. An isolated inland subpopulation occurs in
the Gregory Range west of Townsville, and another in the Einasleigh (Department of
Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b).
Phascolarctos cinereus Vulnerable, In Queensland, the koala’s distribution extends inland from the east coast: from the Wet Potential.
Koala Vulnerable Tropics interim biogeographic regionalisation of Australia bioregion, into the Einasleigh Non-juvenile koala
Uplands bioregion in the north of the state; from the Central Mackay Coast bioregion, habitat trees were
through the Brigalow Belt North bioregion to the Desert Uplands and Mitchell Grass present in the Project site
Downs bioregions, and from the Southeast Queensland bioregion, through the Brigalow and a recent record is
Belt to the Mulga Lands and Channel Country bioregions in the southwest of the state. available from 23 km
north of the Project site.
Koalas inhabit a range of temperate, sub-tropical and tropical forest, woodland and The habitat present is
semi-arid communities. Koalas eat a variety of eucalypt leaves and a few other related marginal, however may
tree species, including Lophostemon, Melaleuca and Corymbia species. Koalas are provide refuge for
found in higher densities where food trees are growing on more fertile soils and along dispersing koalas.
watercourses. They do, however, remain in areas where their habitat has been partially
cleared and in urban areas (Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment,
2020b).
Pteropus poliocephalus Vulnerable, Least Grey-headed flying-foxes occupy the coastal lowlands and slopes of south-eastern Unlikely.
Grey-headed flying fox concern Australia from Bundaberg to Geelong and are usually found at altitudes < 200 m. Habitat is highly marginal
Areas of repeated occupation extend inland to the tablelands and western slopes in for foraging and nearest
northern New South Wales and the tablelands in southern Queensland. recent record is 65 km
The grey-headed flying-fox requires foraging resources and roosting sites. It is a east of the Project site.
canopy-feeding frugivore and nectarivore, which utilises vegetation communities
including rainforests, open forests, closed and open woodlands, Melaleuca swamps
and Banksia woodlands. The primary food source is blossom from Eucalyptus and
related genera but in some areas it also utilises a wide range of rainforest fruits
Reptiles
Delma torquata Vulnerable, The adorned delma normally inhabits eucalypt-dominated woodlands and open-forests Unlikely.
Adorned delma Vulnerable in Queensland RE Land Zones 3, 9, and 10. This species has been recorded from Suitable habitat absent
rocky areas associated with dry open forests and has been found in open eucalypt and and nearest recent
acacia woodland with an understorey of native grasses and loose rocks. The adorned

DRAFT

NC Act) occurrence
delma has also been recorded from eucalypt woodland adjacent to semi-evergreen record is 105 km south of
vine thicket. The presence of rocks, logs, bark and other coarse woody debris, and the Project site.
mats of leaf litter (typically 30 to 100 mm thick) appears to be an essential characteristic
of the adorned delma microhabitat and is always present where the species occurs.
This species has been recorded at the following sites: the Bunya Mountains,
Blackdown Tablelands National Park, Expedition National Park, Western Creek, and
the Toowoomba Range (Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment,
2020b).
Crocodylus porosus Migratory, Vulnerable In Queensland the saltwater crocodile inhabits reef, coastal and inland waterways from No.
Estuarine crocodile Gladstone on the east coast, throughout the Cape York Peninsula and west to the Suitable habitat absent
Queensland-Northern Territory border. and nearest recent
The saltwater crocodile mostly occurs in tidal rivers, coastal floodplains and channels, record is 16 km north of
billabongs and swamps up to 150 km inland from the coast. Preferred nesting habitat the Project site.
includes elevated, isolated freshwater swamps that do not experience the influence of
tidal movements (Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b).
Denisonia maculata Vulnerable, Habitat requirements are poorly known; however, this species is known from rocky Unlikely.
Ornamental snake Vulnerable outcrops, sand plain areas and dense ground vegetation, in association with open dry Suitable habitat absent
sclerophyll forest (ironbark) or woodland, brigalow forest and open shrubland. In the and nearest recent
Brigalow Belt bioregion, core habitat includes: poplar box (Eucalyptus populnea) record is 110 km south
woodland, mulga (Acacia aneura) woodland, white cypress pine (Callitris glaucophylla); west of the Project site.
usually in association with eucalypt species such as E. populnea, E. melanophloia or
Corymbia tessellaris, ironbark (typically E. melanophloia) woodland, and disturbed,
treated and cleared areas of suitable habitat, grazed or ungrazed, where suitable
microhabitat features still remain (Ferguson and Mathieson, 2014). Colonies have been
found in large hollow logs, cavities or burrows under large fallen trees, tree stumps,
logs, stick-raked piles, large rocks and rock piles, dense ground-covering vegetation,
and deeply eroded gullies, tunnels and sinkholes (Department of Sustainability
Environment Water Population and Communities, 2011).
The known distribution of the yakka skink extends from the coast to the hinterland of
sub-humid to semi-arid eastern Queensland. This vast area covers portions of the
Brigalow Belt, Mulga Lands, South-east Queensland, Einasleigh Uplands, Wet Tropics

DRAFT

NC Act) occurrence
and Cape York Peninsula Biogeographical Regions (Department of Agriculture Water
and the Environment, 2020b).
Egernia rugosa Vulnerable, The known distribution of the yakka skink extends from the coast to the hinterland of Unlikely.
Yakka skink Vulnerable sub-humid to semi-arid eastern Queensland. This vast area covers portions of the Suitable habitat absent
Brigalow Belt, Mulga Lands, South-east Queensland, Einasleigh Uplands, Wet Tropics and no recent records
and Cape York Peninsula Biogeographical Regions. within 200 km of the
Habitat requirements are poorly known, however this species is known from rocky Project site.
outcrops, sand plain areas and dense ground vegetation, in association with open dry
sclerophyll forest (ironbark) or woodland, brigalow forest and open shrubland
Furina dunmalli Vulnerable, This species has been found in a broad range of habitats, including: forests and Unlikely.
Dunmall’s snake Vulnerable woodlands on black alluvial cracking clay and clay loams dominated by Acacia Suitable habitat absent
harpophylla, Acacia burrowii, Acacia deanei, Acacia leiocalyx, Callitris spp. or and no recent records
Allocasuarina luehmannii; and various Corymbia citriodora, Eucalyptus crebra and within 200 km of the
Eucalyptus melanophloia, Callitris glaucophylla and Allocasuarina luehmannii open Project site.
forest and woodland associations on sandstone derived soils.
The Dunmall's snake occurs primarily in the Brigalow Belt region in the south-eastern
interior of Queensland. Records indicate sites at elevations between 200–500 m above
sea level (Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b).
Rheodytes leukops Vulnerable, Fitzroy River turtles are generally attributed to fast-flowing clear freshwater rivers and No.
Fitzroy River Turtle Vulnerable rivers with large deep pools with rocky, gravelly or sandy substrates, connected by Suitable habitat absent
shallow riffles, commonly in association with Eucalyptus tereticornis, Casuarina and nearest recent
cunninghamiana, Callistemon viminalis, Melaleuca linariifolia and Vallisneria sp. record is 40 km from the
Project site.
The bulk of records for this species are associated with the large primary streams of the
Fitzroy River system: the Nogoa, Comet, MacKenzie, Connors, Isaac, Dawson and
Fitzroy Rivers (Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b).

DRAFT
Table 8 Migratory species likelihood of occurrence assessment

NC Act) occurrence
Migratory Marine Birds
Apus pacificus Migratory, Special The fork-tailed swift is recorded generally east of the Great Dividing Range from Potential (flyover only).
Fork-tailed swift least concern Cooktown to the New South Wales border, but extends further west in southern This species may exist in
Queensland. airspace above the
Project site but is unlikely
The fork-tailed swift is almost exclusively aerial, flying from less than 1 m to at least 300 to roost or otherwise
m above ground and probably much higher. This species mostly occur over dry or depend on the habitat
open habitats, including riparian woodland and tea-tree swamps, low scrub, heathland within the Project site.
or saltmarsh. They are also found at treeless grassland and sandplains covered with
spinifex, open farmland and inland and coastal sand-dunes
(Department of the Environment, 2019).
Migratory Terrestrial Species
Cuculus optatus Migratory, Special The oriental cuckoo is a regular migrant to Australia, where it spends the non-breeding Unlikely.
Oriental cuckoo least concern season (Sept- May) in coastal regions across northern and eastern Australia as well as Suitable habitat absent
offshore islands. and nearest recent
This species uses a range of vegetated habitats such as monsoon rainforest, wet record is 80 km west of
sclerophyll forest, open woodlands and appears quite often along edges of forests, or the Project site.
ecotones between forest types (Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment,
2020b).
Monarcha melanopsis Migratory, Special In Queensland, the black-faced monarch is widespread from the islands of the Torres Unlikely.
Black-faced monarch least concern Strait and on Cape York Peninsula, south along the coasts (occasionally including Suitable habitat absent
offshore islands) and the eastern slopes of the Great Divide, to the New South Wales and nearest recent
border. record is 14 km north of
The black-faced monarch is a wet forest specialist, occurring mainly in rainforests and the Project site.
riparian vegetation. This species mainly occurs in rainforest ecosystems, including
semi-deciduous vine-thickets, complex notophyll vine-forest, tropical (mesophyll)
rainforest, subtropical (notophyll) rainforest, mesophyll (broadleaf) thicket/shrub land,
warm temperate rainforest, dry (monsoon) rainforest and (occasionally) cool temperate
rainforest (Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b).

DRAFT

NC Act) occurrence
Monarcha trivirgatus Migratory, Special The spectacled monarch is found in coastal north-eastern and eastern Australia, Potential.
Spectacled monarch least concern including coastal islands, from Cape York, Queensland to Port Stephens, New South A nearby record (5km) is
Wales. available for this species,
This species occupies dense vegetation, mainly in rainforest but also in moist or wet however no suitable
sclerophyll forest and occasionally in other densely vegetated habitats such as habitat is found within or
mangroves, drier forest, woodlands, parks and gardens (Department of Agriculture adjacent the Project site.
Myiagra cyanoleuca Migratory, Special In Queensland, this species is widespread but scattered in the east, being recorded on Potential.
Satin flycatcher least concern passage on a few islands in the western Torres Strait. Satin flycatchers are also found Marginal habitat is
extensively along the Great Dividing Range. This species breeds in south-eastern present in the Eucalypt
Australia. low open woodland and
Satin flycatchers are eucalypt forest and woodland inhabitants. During the non- grassland on alluvium
breeding period, some individuals winter in northern Queensland around Innisfail and identified within the
farther north around Atherton; however, their movements are described as erratic. Project site. The nearest
Wintering birds in northern Queensland will use rainforest - gallery forests interfaces, recent record is 25 km
and birds have been recorded wintering in mangroves and paperbark swamps east of the Project site.
Rhipidura rufifrons Migratory, Special The rufous fantail is found in northern and eastern coastal Australia, being more Unlikely.
Rufous fantail least concern common in the north. This species migrates to south-east Australia in October-April to Although a recent record
breed, mostly in or on the coastal side of the Great Dividing Range. exists within 10 km of the
Project site, however the
In east and south-east Australia, the rufous fantail mainly inhabits wet sclerophyll vegetation is not of the
forests, often in gullies dominated by eucalypts, usually with a dense shrubby complexity or structure
understorey often including ferns (Department of Agriculture Water and the preferred by this species.
Environment, 2020b). .
Migratory Wetland Species
Actitis hypoleucos Migratory, Special Found along all coastlines of Australia and in many areas inland, the common No.
Common sandpiper least concern sandpiper is widespread in small numbers. The population when in Australia is Suitable habitat absent
concentrated in northern and western Australia. and nearest recent
record is 10 km south

DRAFT

NC Act) occurrence
The common sandpiper is known to occur in a range of wetland environments, both
coastal and inland. Their primary habitat is rocky shorelines and narrow muddy margins
of billabongs, lakes, estuaries and mangroves (Department of Agriculture Water and
the Environment, 2020b).
Calidris acuminata Migratory, Special In Queensland, the sharp-tailed sandpiper is recorded in most regions, being No.
Sharp-tailed sandpiper least concern widespread along much of the coast and are very sparsely scattered inland, particularly Suitable habitat absent
in central and south-western regions. and nearest recent
record is 10 km north
In Australasia, the sharp-tailed sandpiper prefers muddy edges of shallow fresh or east of the Project site.
brackish wetlands, with inundated or emergent sedges, grass, saltmarsh or other low
vegetation. This includes lagoons, swamps, lakes and pools near the coast, and dams,
waterholes, soaks, bore drains and bore swamps, saltpans and hypersaline salt lakes
inland (Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b)
Calidris melanotos Migratory, Special In Queensland, most records for the pectoral sandpiper occur around Cairns. There are No.
Pectoral sandpiper least concern scattered records elsewhere, mainly from east of the Great Divide between Townsville Suitable habitat absent
and Yeppoon. Records also exist in the south-east of the state as well as a few inland and nearest recent
records at Mount Isa, Longreach and Oakley. record is 75 km north of
the Project site.
In Australasia, the pectoral sandpiper prefers shallow fresh to saline wetlands. This
species is found at coastal lagoons, estuaries, bays, swamps, lakes, inundated
grasslands, saltmarshes, river pools, creeks, floodplains and artificial wetlands. This
species is usually found in coastal or near coastal habitat but very occasionally found
further inland (Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b).
Gallinago hardwickii Migratory, Special Latham's snipe is a non-breeding visitor to south-eastern Australia, and is a passage No.
Latham’s snipe least concern migrant through northern Australia. This species has been recorded along the east Suitable habitat absent
coast of Australia from Cape York Peninsula through to south-eastern South Australia. and nearest recent
In Queensland, the range extends inland over the eastern tablelands in south-eastern record is 10 km north of
Queensland. the Project site.
In Australia, the Latham's snipe occurs in permanent and ephemeral wetlands up to

2000 m above sea-level. They usually inhabit open, freshwater wetlands with low,

DRAFT

NC Act) occurrence
dense vegetation (e.g. swamps, flooded grasslands or heathlands, around bogs and
other water bodies) (Department of Agriculture Water and the Environment, 2020b).
Pandion haliaetus Migratory, Special Ospreys occur in littoral and coastal habitats and terrestrial wetlands of tropical and No.
Osprey least concern temperate Australia. They are mostly found in coastal areas but occasionally travel Suitable habitat absent
inland along major rivers, particularly in northern Australia. They require extensive and nearest recent
areas of open fresh, brackish or saline water for foraging (DotEE, 2019). Their diet record is 30 km north of
primarily consists of fish however they are known to occasionally feed on molluscs, the Project site.
crustaceans, reptiles, birds and mammals (DotEE, 2019).
The breeding range of the osprey extends across the northern coast of Australia
(including many offshore islands) from Albany in Western Australia to Lake Macquarie
in New South Wales; with a second isolated breeding population on the coast of South
Australia, extending from Head of Bight east to Cape Spencer and Kangaroo Island
(DotEE, 2019).
Tringa nebularia Migratory, Special In Queensland, this species is widespread in the Gulf country and eastern Gulf of No.
Common greenshank least concern Carpentaria. It has been recorded in most coastal regions, possibly with a gap between Suitable habitat absent
north Cape York Peninsula and Cooktown. Inland, there have been a few records south and nearest recent
of a line from near Dalby to Mount Guide, and sparsely scattered records elsewhere. record is 18 km north
The common greenshank is found in a wide variety of inland wetlands and sheltered east of the Project site.
coastal habitats of varying salinity. It occurs in sheltered coastal habitats, typically with
large mudflats and saltmarsh, mangroves or seagrass. Habitats include embayments,
harbours, river estuaries, deltas and lagoons and are recorded less often in round tidal
pools, rock-flats and rock platforms (Department of Agriculture Water and the

Confirmation Notice
PLANNING ACT 2016, PART 1 OF THE DEVELOPMENT
ASSESSMENT RULES
Application D/139-2020 For further information Thomas Gardiner

number: regarding this notice, please
contact:
Date application 21 December 2020 Phone: 1300 22 55 77
received:
1. APPLICANT DETAILS
Name: Genex Power Limited C/o AECOM

Postal address: PO BOX 5423
TOWNSVILLE QLD 4810
Contact number: (07) 4720 1713 Email: renee.weightman@aecom.com
2. PROPERTY DESCRIPTION
Street address: 52949 Burnett Highway, Bouldercombe

Real property
Lot 1 on RP610887 and Lot 3 on RP611829
description:
3. OWNER DETAILS
Name: Queensland Electricity Transmission Corporation Ltd

Postal address: PO BOX 1193
VIRGINIA QLD 4014
4. DEVELOPMENT APPROVAL SOUGHT
Development Permit for a Material Change of Use for an Undefined Use (Electricity
Infrastructure (Battery Storage Facility))
5. APPLICATION TYPE
Development Preliminary
Permit Approval
Development assessable under the planning scheme, a temporary

local planning instrument, a master plan or a preliminary approval
which includes a variation approval
6. REFERRAL AGENCIES
Based on the information accompanying the lodged application, in accordance with the Planning
Regulation 2017, referral to the following Referral Agencies is required.
For an application involving Name of agency Role of Contact Details

Agency
INFRASTRUCTURE-RELATED REFERRALS (Designated Premises)
Schedule 10, Part 9, Division 1, Table 1 – Development on designated premises
Development application for development The chief Concurrence In person:

on premises that are the subject of a
designation made by the Minister, if— executive of Level 2, 209
(a) the development is assessable the department in Bolsover Street,
development under a local categorising Rockhampton City
which the
instrument; and Planning Online lodgement
(b) the infrastructure the subject of the using MyDAS2:
Act 2016 is
designation is to be supplied by a public administered: https://prod2.dev-
sector entity; and assess.qld.gov.au/sui
(c) the premises are not owned by or for te/
the State; and Queensland Email:
Treasury (State
(d) the development is for a purpose other Assessment and RockhamptonSARA
than the designated purpose; and Referral Agency @dsdmip.qld.gov.au
(e) the development will not be carried out Department) Postal:
by or for the State PO Box 113
Rockhampton Qld
4700
INFRASTRUCTURE-RELATED REFERRALS (Electricity Infrastructure)

Schedule 10, Part 9, Division 2, Table 2 – Material change of use of premises near a substation site or
subject to an easement
Development application for a material The chief Advice Postal:
change of use that is assessable executive of the
Powerlink (Property
development under a local categorising distribution
instrument and does not relate to Services)
entity or
reconfiguring a lot, if— transmission PO Box 1193
(a) all or part of the premises are within entity: Virginia Qld
100m of a substation site; or
Email:
(b) both of the following apply— Powerlink
(i) all or part of the premises are subject to Queensland Property@powerlink.
an easement for the benefit of a com.au
distribution entity, or transmission entity,
under the Electricity Act;
(ii) the easement is for a transmission grid
or supply network
STATE TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE (State Transport Corridors and Future State Transport
Corridors)
Schedule 10, Part 9, Division 4, Subdivision 2, Table 4 – Material change of use of premises near a
State transport corridor or that is a future State transport corridor
Development application for a material The chief Concurrence In person:

change of use, other than an excluded executive of Level 2, 209
material change of use, that is assessable the department in Bolsover Street,
development under a local categorising Rockhampton City
instrument, if all or part of the premises— which the
Planning Online lodgement
(a) are within 25m of a State transport using MyDAS2:
corridor; or Act 2016 is
administered: https://prod2.dev-
(b) are a future State transport corridor; or assess.qld.gov.au/sui
(c) are— te/
Queensland
(i) adjacent to a road that intersects with a Treasury (State Email:
State-controlled road; and Assessment and RockhamptonSARA
(ii) within 100m of the intersection Referral Agency @dsdmip.qld.gov.au
Department) Postal:
PO Box 113
Rockhampton Qld
4700
It is the responsibility of the applicant to give within 10 business days each referral agency a copy of -
 the application (including application form and supporting material);
 this confirmation notice; and
 any applicable concurrence agency application fee (refer to the Planning Regulation to confirm the
applicable referral agencies).
The applicant must provide written advice to Council (as the Assessment Manager) of the day on
which this action was completed.
7. IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Will Impact Assessment be required? YES

The whole of the application must be publicly notified under the provisions of Part 4 of the Development
Assessment Rules by:
- Publishing a notice at least once in a newspaper circulating generally in the locality of the
premises which are the subject of the application; and
- Placing a notice on the premises which are the subject of the application. The notice must
remain on the premises for the period of time up to and including the stated day; and
- Giving a notice to all owners of any lots adjoining the premises which are the subject of the
application.
8. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION DETAILS

The application requires public notification which must be undertaken in accordance with Section 53 of
the Planning Act 2016 and Part 4 of the Development Assessment Rules.
9. INFORMATION REQUEST
A further information request may be made by the assessment manager. Regardless of this advice,
any concurrence agency for the application may make an information request.
10. SUPERSEDED PLANNING SCHEME
Is the application to be assessed under a Superseded Planning Scheme? NO
You are further advised that the truth and accuracy of the information provided in the application
form and accompanying information is relied on when assessing and deciding this application. If
you find an INACCURACY in any of the information provided above or have a query or seek
clarification about any of these details, please contact Council’s Development Assessment Unit.
11. ASSESSMENT MANAGER
Name: Thomas Gardiner Signature: Date: 7 January 2021

SENIOR PLANNING
OFFICER
AECOM Australia Pty Ltd +61 7 4729 5500 tel
Level 5, 7 Tomlins Street
South Townsville Qld 4810 ABN 20 093 846 925
PO Box 5423
Townsville QLD 4810
Australia
www.aecom.com
8 January 2021
Attn: Thomas Gardiner

Po Box 1860
Rockhampton QLD 4700
enquiries@rrc.qld.gov.au
thomas.gardiner@rrc.qld.gov.au
Dear Thomas,
Notice of Day Application was Referred (Section 5.3 of the Development Assessment Rules)
Council Ref: D/139-2020
Our Ref: 60644664
We refer to Council’s Confirmation Notice dated 7 January 2020 regarding our recent development
application for Electricity Infrastructure (Battery Storage Facility) at Burnett Highway, Bouldercombe on
behalf of Genex Power Limited.
As required by Section 5.3 of the Development Assessment Rules, we provide Council notice that the
development application, including a copy of the confirmation notice was referred to the following
referral agencies:
• Queensland Treasury (State Assessment Referral Agency) – 8 January 2021.
• Powerlink Queensland – 8 January 2021.
We look forward to continuing working with you on this development, in the meantime, if you have any
questions, please don’t hesitate to contact me on the details below.
Yours faithfully
Renee Weightman
Senior Planner
Mobile: 0431 824 446
\\autsv1pfilw003\projects\606x\60644664\400_technical\431_technicalarea_environment\4. development application\2.0 referral\60644664

notice of day application was referred.docx Ref: 60644664
RA5-N
Our reference: 2101-20512 SRA

Your reference: 60644664
14 January 2021

Level 5, 7 Tomlins Street,
SOUTH TOWNSVILLE QLD 4810
Dear Sir/Madam
Referral confirmation notice

(Given under section 7 of the Development Assessment Rules)
The development application described below is taken to be properly referred to the State Assessment
and Referral Agency under Part 2: Referral of the Development Assessment Rules.
Location details
Bouldercombe
Local government area: Rockhampton Regional Council
Application details
Development permit Material change of use for Electricity Infrastructure (Battery Storage
Facility)
The referral confirmation period ended on 14 January 2021. The department’s assessment will be under
the following provisions of the Planning Regulation 2017:
 10.9.1.1.1 Infrastructure - designated premises
 10.9.4.2.4.1 State transport corridors and future State transport corridors
For further information please contact Jonas Griffin Fodaro, Planning Officer, on 07 4924 2915 or via

Rockhampton
2101-20512 SRA
Yours sincerely
Carl Porter
Principal Planning Officer
cc Rockhampton Regional Council, enquiries@rrc.qld.gov.au

20 January 2021 Our Reference: D/139-2020
Enquiries: Thomas Gardiner
Telephone: 1300 22 55 77

PO BOX 5423
TOWNSVILLE QLD 4810
Dear Sir/Madam
DEVELOPMENT APPLICATION D/139-2020 FOR A MATERIAL CHANGE OF USE

FORAN UNDEFINED USE (ELECTRICITY INFRASTRUCTURE (BATTERY STORAGE
FACILITY)) – SITUATED AT 52949 BURNETT HIGHWAY, BOULDERCOMBE -
DESCRIBED AS LOT 1 ON RP610887 AND LOT 3 ON RP611829
Council refers to your application lodged with Council on 21 December 2020. Council has
determined that an Information Request is not required and you may now proceed to the
next stage under the Development Assessment Rules, being the Public Notification stage.
In accordance with section 16 of the Development Assessment Rules, the applicant may
start the notification period as soon as the last information request period ends. This letter is
to advise that no further information is required by Council, however Referral Agencies may
still request further information and the end of the Information Request period would begin
once the response has been made to any Referral Agencies.
In accordance with section 16 of the Development Assessment Rules, Public Notification

must take place within twenty (20) business days after the applicant complies with the last
action.
Public notice must be given by:

• publishing a notice at least once in a newspaper circulating generally in the locality of
the premises
• placing a notice on the premises that must remain on the premises for the period up to
and including the stated day
• giving notice to the owners of all lots adjoining the premises
Schedule 3 of the DA Rules provides further information about the way in which each of the
above must be undertaken in order for them to be taken as being given. This schedule also
sets out what is taken to be an adjoining lot for the purposes of public notification.
The applicant is required to submit a Notice of Commencement form to Council within five
(5) business days after commencing the notification stage and submit a Notice of
Compliance form within twenty (20) business days after the notification period ceases.
Templates for the applicant can be found under Resource on the following website:
https://planning.dsdmip.qld.gov.au/planning/resources
Should you have any queries regarding this matter please contact the undersigned on 1300
22 55 77.
Yours faithfully
Thomas Gardiner
Senior Planning Officer
Planning and Regulatory Services
RA6-N
SARA reference: 2101-20512 SRA

Council reference: D/139-2020
Applicant reference: 60644664
5 February 2021
Chief Executive Officer

PO Box 1860
Rockhampton Qld 4700
enquiries@rrc.qld.gov.au
Dear Sir/Madam
SARA response—52949 Burnett Highway, Bouldercombe;

(Referral agency response given under section 56 of the Planning Act 2016)
The development application described below was confirmed as properly referred by the State
Assessment and Referral Agency (SARA) on 8 January 2021.
Response
Outcome: Referral agency response – with conditions.
Date of response: 5 February 2021
Conditions: The conditions in Attachment 1 must be attached to any
development approval.
Advice: Advice to the applicant is in Attachment 2.
Reasons: The reasons for the referral agency response are in Attachment 3.
Development details
Description: Development permit Material change of use for Electricity

Infrastructure (Battery Storage Facility)
SARA role: Referral Agency.

SARA trigger: Schedule 10, Part 9, Division 1, Table 1 (Planning Regulation 2017)
Development application for a material change of use on designated

premises
Schedule 10, Part 9, Division 4, Subdivision 2, Table 4, Item 1

(Planning Regulation 2017)

Rockhampton
2101-20512 SRA
Development application for a material change of use within 25m of a

State-controlled road
SARA reference: 2101-20512 SRA
Assessment Manager: Rockhampton Regional Council
Bouldercombe
Applicant name: Genex Power Limited C/o AECOM
Applicant contact details: Level 5, 7 Tomlins Street,
South Townsville QLD 4810
State-controlled road access This referral included an application for a road access location, under
permit: section 62A(2) of Transport Infrastructure Act 1994. Below are the
details of the decision:
 Approved
 Reference: TMR21-031943
 Date: 28 January 2021
If you are seeking further information on the road access permit,

please contact the Department of Transport and Main Roads at
Central.Queensland.IDAS@tmr.qld.gov.au
Representations
An applicant may make representations to a concurrence agency, at any time before the application is
decided, about changing a matter in the referral agency response (s.30 Development Assessment Rules)
Copies of the relevant provisions are in Attachment 4.
A copy of this response has been sent to the applicant for their information.
For further information please contact Jonas Griffin Fodaro, Planning Officer, on 07 4924 2915 or via
Yours sincerely
Anthony Walsh
Manager Planning
cc Genex Power Limited C/o AECOM, renee.weightman@aecom.com
enc Attachment 1 - Referral agency conditions

Attachment 2 - Advice to the applicant
Attachment 3 - Reasons for referral agency response
Attachment 4 - Representations provisions
Attachment 5 - Approved plans and specifications

2101-20512 SRA
Attachment 1—Referral agency conditions

(Under section 56(1)(b)(i) of the Planning Act 2016 the following conditions must be attached to any development
approval relating to this application) (Copies of the plans and specifications referenced below are found at
Attachment 5)
No. Conditions Condition timing

Material change of use
Schedule 10, Part 9, Division 4, Subdivision 2, Table 4, Item 1 (Planning Regulation 2017)—The chief
executive administering the Planning Act 2016 nominates the Director-General of [the Department of
Transport and Main Roads to be the enforcement authority for the development to which this
development approval relates for the administration and enforcement of any matter relating to the
following condition(s):
1. (a) The road access location, is to be located at 41F Burnett (a) At all times
Highway (Mt Morgan – Rockhampton), Ch. 20.234km (lat: -
23.537243; long: 150.489271).
(b) and (c):
(b) Road access works comprising far side widening must be
provided at the road access location. Prior to the
(c) The road access works must be designed and constructed in commencement of
accordance with: haulage to site.
 TMR Standard Drawing SP-02. 'Property Access Main Roads

AADT > 2000vpd', dated 1 October 2007, and
 TMR Road Planning and Design Manual 2nd Edition.

2101-20512 SRA
Attachment 2—Advice to the applicant
General advice
1. Terms and phrases used in this document are defined in the Planning Act 2016 its regulation or
the State Development Assessment Provisions (SDAP) v2.6. If a word remains undefined it has
its ordinary meaning.

2101-20512 SRA
Attachment 3—Reasons for referral agency response

(Given under section 56(7) of the Planning Act 2016)
The reasons for SARA’s decision are:

 The proposal is for a battery storage facility, which is considered electricity infrastructure.
 Access to the site will be directly from the Burnett Highway.
 The location and design of vehicular access to a state-controlled road does not create a safety
hazard for users of a state-controlled road.
 There are no requirements relating to the infrastructure designation.
 The development complies with relevant provisions of State code 1 of the State Development
Assessment Provisions, version 2.6, subject to the implementation of conditions.
Material used in the assessment of the application:
 The development application material and submitted plans

 Planning Act 2016
 Planning Regulation 2017
 The State Development Assessment Provisions (version 2.6), as published by SARA
 The Development Assessment Rules
 SARA DA Mapping system

2101-20512 SRA
Attachment 4—Change representation provisions

(page left intentionally blank)

2101-20512 SRA
Attachment 5—Approved plans and specifications

(page left intentionally blank)

Development Assessment Rules—Representations about a
referral agency response
The following provisions are those set out in sections 28 and 30 of the Development Assessment Rules1
regarding representations about a referral agency response
Part 6: Changes to the application and referral agency

responses
28 Concurrence agency changes its response or gives a late response
28.1. Despite part 2, a concurrence agency may, after its referral agency assessment period and any
further period agreed ends, change its referral agency response or give a late referral agency
response before the application is decided, subject to section 28.2 and 28.3.
28.2. A concurrence agency may change its referral agency response at any time before the application
is decided if—
(a) the change is in response to a change which the assessment manager is satisfied is a change
under section 26.1; or
(b) the Minister has given the concurrence agency a direction under section 99 of the Act; or
(c) the applicant has given written agreement to the change to the referral agency response.2
28.3. A concurrence agency may give a late referral agency response before the application is decided,
if the applicant has given written agreement to the late referral agency response.
28.4. If a concurrence agency proposes to change its referral agency response under section 28.2(a),
the concurrence agency must—
(a) give notice of its intention to change its referral agency response to the assessment manager
and a copy to the applicant within 5 days of receiving notice of the change under section 25.1;
and
(b) the concurrence agency has 10 days from the day of giving notice under paragraph (a), or a
further period agreed between the applicant and the concurrence agency, to give an amended
referral agency response to the assessment manager and a copy to the applicant.
1 Pursuant to Section 68 of the Planning Act 2016

2 In the instance an applicant has made representations to the concurrence agency under section 30,
and the concurrence agency agrees to make the change included in the representations, section
28.2(c) is taken to have been satisfied.
Page 1 of 2
Part 7: Miscellaneous
30 Representations about a referral agency response
30.1. An applicant may make representations to a concurrence agency at any time before the application
is decided, about changing a matter in the referral agency response.3
3 An applicant may elect, under section 32, to stop the assessment manager’s decision period in which
to take this action. If a concurrence agency wishes to amend their response in relation to
representations made under this section, they must do so in accordance with section 28.
Page 2 of 2
Our ref TMR21-031943
Your ref
Enquiries Jason Giddy Department of
Transport and Main Roads
28 January 2021
Genex Power Limited Co Ltd

c/- AECOM
PO Box 5423
Townsville QLD 4810
Dear Renee Weightman
Decision notice for a permitted road access location and conditional approval of road
accesswor ksat41FBur nettHighway( MtMor gan–Rockhampt on),Ch.20. 234km ( l
at:
-23.537243; long: 150.489271)
This is not an authorisation to commence work on a state-controlled road
Development application reference number D/139-2020, lodged with Rockhampton Regional

Council involves constructing or changing a vehicular access between Lot 1 RP610887 and
Lot 3 RP611829, the land the subject of the application, and 41F Burnett Highway (Mt
Mor gan–Roc khampt on)( as tate-contr
olledr oad) .
In accordance with section 62A(2) of the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 (TIA), this
development application is also taken to be an application for a decision under section 62(1)
of TIA. Approval for road access works under section 33(1) of the TIA has also been
provided.
Permitted Road Access Location Decision (given under section 67 of TIA)
It has been decided to approve the application subject to the following conditions:
No. Conditions of Approval Condition Timing

1 The permitted road access location is to be located at At all times.
approximate chainage Ch. 20.234km (LHS) on 41F Burnett
Highway( MtMor gan–Roc k hampt on)( l
at:-25.269627;long:
150.249609).
2 Road access works consisting of far side widening must be Prior to
provided at the permitted road access location in accordance commencement of
with the attached Central District Standard Drawing, prepared haulage of material to
by the Department of Transport and Main Roads, drawing site.
number SP-02, Rev B, dated 2/10/07.
3 The road access is to be constructed and maintained at no cost At all times.
to the department in accordance with section 64(a) & (b) of the
Program Delivery and Operations Telephone +61 (07) 4931 1686

Fitzroy District Website www.tmr.qld.gov.au
31 Knight Street North Rockhampton QLD 4701 Email Central.Queensland.IDAS@tmr.qld.gov.au
PO Box 5096 Red Hill Rockhampton QLD 4701 ABN: 39 407 690 291
Transport Infrastructure Act 1994.
4 The applicant shall be responsible for all maintenance works for At all times.
the access in accordance with Module 9 of the Local
Gov ernmentAs soc i
ati
onofQueens landdoc ument‘ TMR/ Loc al
Gov ernmentCos tShar i
ngAr r
angement ’,datedOc tober2017.
5 All vehicles entering or exiting the property via the permitted At all times.
access must travel in a forward direction only.
6 Reasonable steps are taken to ensure that the permitted road At all times.
access is used by others in accordance with these conditions.
7 This decision shall expire upon the following after 12 months At all times.
from the date of this notice should the access not be
constructed in accordance with condition 1 and 2.
Reasons for the decision

The reasons for this decision are as follows:
a) To maintain the safety and efficiency of the state-controlled road.
Please refer to Attachment A for the findings on material questions of fact and the evidence
or other material on which those findings were based.
Information about the decision required to be given under section 67(2) of TIA
1. There is no guarantee of the continuation of road access arrangements, as this depends
on future traffic safety and efficiency circumstances.
2. In accordance with section 70 of the TIA, you are bound by this decision. A copy of
section 70 is attached as Attachment B, as required, for your information.
Approval of road access works (given under (section 33(1) of TIA)
It has been decided to approve the application subject to the following conditions:
1 Road access works consisting of far side widening must be Prior to
provided at the permitted road access location in accordance commencement of
with the attached Central District Standard Drawing, prepared haulage of material to
by the Department of Transport and Main Roads, drawing site.
number SP-02, Rev B, dated 2/10/07.
2 The works must be constructed in accordance with the At all times
Depar tmentofTr ansportandMai nRoads ’Standar d
Specifications Roads and Standard Drawings.
3 The road access works are to be constructed at no cost to the At all times
department.
4 Thedepar t
ment ’
sr epresent at
ive,IsuruPer er amus tbe Minimum ten (10)
contacted at least ten (10) business days prior to business days prior to
Page 2 of 12
commencement of construction to arrange and have a pre-start pre-start
meeting. No work is to commence in the road corridor until after
the pre-start meeting and an Authority to Commence Works has
been issued by the department.
Thedepar tment ’
sr epr esentativ emaybec ontactedon0457873
275 or by email at FitzroyDistrict@tmr.qld.gov.au.
5 The following items are required to be submitted and approved Prior to pre-start
by the department prior to the pre-start meeting (Please allow a
minimum of five (5) business days for review):
 Det ailsofy ourCont rac t
or–t heat t
ac hedf orm aboutthe
nominated contractor is to be completed and returned to
the department. The applicant must demonstrate to the
department the nominated contractor has sufficient
expertise to carry out the proposed work and holds a
current public liability insurance policy in the amount of
notl es sthan$20mi lli
ont hatnotest hedepar tment
’s
interest on the policy;
 A Construction Workplace Plan including a Traffic
Management Plan(s) (including Traffic Guidance
Sc hemes )inac cor danc ewi t
hdepar tment ’
sManual of
Uni form Traf f
icCont rol Dev i
ces( 2003) ,Par t3–Wor ks
on Roads;
 The Traffic Management Plan must be submitted from a
registered Traffic Control Company. A list of Traffic
Control companies registered with the department can
be accessed via the attached link:
http://www.tmr.qld.gov.au/business-industry/Accreditatio
ns/Traffic-Management-Registration-Scheme.aspx;
 Deed of Indemnity from the Principal Contractor (see
attached);
 Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (to be verified by the
depar t
ment ’srepr es ent at
ive).
6 Works must be carried out by a competent Contractor At all times.
(prequalified or otherwise) experienced in executing works of a
similar nature to the works proposed and who is acceptable to
the department.
7 Carrying out of works in the State-controlled road reserve must At all times.
not be undertaken outside of normal working hours. All works
must be undertaken during daylight hours.
8 Copies of the stamped approved plans must be kept on site at At all times.
allt
imesandbeav ailabl
ef ors i
ghtingbyt hedepar t
ment ’s
representative. Under no circumstances will construction be in
accordance with any other plans without the express written
consent of the department.
9 The applicant is required to rectify at no cost to the department At all times
Page 3 of 12
or bear the cost of repairing any damage to the existing road
infrastructure caused by the construction work or any breach of
Workplace Health and Safety requirements.
10 The road works required to satisfy these conditions must be At all times
completed within 12 months from the date of this letter,
otherwise this approval will lapse.
Important information for applicants

This approval does not authorise you to commence road works. Prior to any road works
being undertaken within the boundary of the state-controlled road, the department must have
issued you with an authority to commence works. The authority to commence works will not
be issued until all the requirements of the above conditions have been fulfilled.
If any variations from the approved road works are required, further written approval from the
department must first be obtained.
You should also be aware that you may have other statutory obligations. This conditional
approval is for the TIA only.
Further information
This decision about access replaces any earlier decision made under section 62(1) of the
TIA in relation to the land.
In accordance with section 485 of the TIA and section 31 of the Transport Planning and
Coordination Act 1994 (TPCA), a person whose interests are affected by this decision may
apply for a review of this decision only within 28 days after notice of the decision was given
under the TIA. A copy of the review provisions under TIA and TPCA is attached in
Attachment C for your information.
In accordance with sections 485A and 485B of the TIA and section 35 of TPCA you may
appeal against a reviewed decision. You must have applied to have the decision reviewed
before an appeal about the decision can be lodged in the relevant court. A copy of the
Appeal Provisions under TIA and TPCA is attached in Attachment C for your information.
This document must be retained as evidence of the road works approval.
If you would like to discuss this application, please contact Jason Giddy, Town Planner by
email at Jason.B.Giddy@tmr.qld.gov.au or on (07) 4931 1686.
Yours sincerely
Anton DeKlerk
Principal Town Planner
Page 4 of 12
Attachments: Attachment A - Decision evidence and findings
Attachment B - Section 70 of TIA
Attachment C - Appeal Provisions
Attachment D - Principal contractor and bond estimate form
Attachment E - Pre-start meeting checklist
Attachment F - Deed of indemnity
Attachment G - TMR Central District Standard Drawing, drawing number
SP-02, Rev B, dated 2/10/07.
Page 5 of 12
Department of
Transport and Main Roads
28 January 2021
The Chief Executive Officer

Powerlink
PO Box 1193
Virginia QLD 1193
Via email: property@powerlink.com.au
Attn: Property Services
Dear Sir/Madam
Decision notice for a permitted road access location and conditional approval of road access
wor ksat41FBur net tHighway( MtMor gan–Rockhampt on),Ch.20. 234km (lat:- 23.537243;
long: 150.489271)
For your information this is a copy of a conditional approval for a permitted access location and
associated road works issued under sections 62 and 33 of the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994.
Yours sincerely
Anton DeKlerk
Principal Town Planner
Page 6 of 12
Attachment A
Decision Evidence and Findings
Findings on material questions of fact:

 The department was referred a material change of use application for a battery storage
facility located at Lot 1 RP610887 and Lot 3 RP611829. The battery facility is being
co-located within an existing substation owned by Powerlink.
 The substation has an exiting access at approximate chainage 20.234km. This access
does not include any far side widening. The traffic generation associated with the
construction and testing of this facility requires far side widening to be constructed at the
permitted road access location to ensure propped right turning vehicles can be safely
passed.
 Under section 62(A) of the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994 (TIA), a development
application involving constructing or changing a vehicular access to a state-controlled
road is also taken to be an application under section 62 of the TIA for a permitted access
location.
 The department has issued a section 62 decision to approve the access location in
addition to a section 33 road works approval to construct the far side widening necessary
to safely access the site for construction and testing.
Evidence or other material on which findings were based:
 Planning Report, submitted by AECOM, ref. 60644664, dated 21 December 2020.
 Transport Infrastructure Act 1994
 Planning Act 2016
Page 7 of 12
Attachment B
Section 70 of TIA
Transport Infrastructure Act 1994

Chapter 6 Road transport infrastructure
Part 5 Management of State-controlled roads
70 Offences about road access locations and road access works, relating to
decisions under s 62(1)
(1) This section applies to a person who has been given notice under section 67 or 68 of a
decision under section 62(1) about access between a State-controlled road and adjacent
land.
(2) Aper
sont
owhom t
hissect
ionappl
i
esmustnot
—
(a) obtain access between the land and the State-controlled road other than at a location
at which access is permitted under the decision; or
(b) obtain access using road access works to which the decision applies, if the works do
not comply with the decision and the noncompliance was within the per
son’
scontrol;
or
(c) obtain any other access between the land and the road contrary to the decision; or
(d) use a road access location or road access works contrary to the decision; or
(e) contravene a condition stated in the decision; or
(f) permit another person to do a thing mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (e); or
(g) fail to remove road access works in accordance with the decision.
Maxi
mum penal
ty—200penal
tyuni
ts.
(3) However, subsection (2)(g) does not apply to a person who is bound by the decision
because of section 68.
Page 8 of 12
Attachment C
Appeal Provisions
Transport Infrastructure Act 1994

Chapter 16 General provisions
485 Internal review of decisions

(1) A person whose interests are affected by a decision described in schedule 3 (the
original decision) may ask the chief executive to review the decision.
(2) The person is entitled to receive a statement of reasons for the original decision whether
or not the provision under which the decision is made requires that the person be given
a statement of reasons for the decision.
(3) The Transport Planning and Coordination Act 1994,par
t5,di
vi
si
on2—
(a) applies to the review; and
(
b)pr
ovi
des—
(i) for the procedure for applying for the review and the way it is to be carried out;
and
(ii) that the person may apply to QCAT to have the original decision stayed.
485A External review of decisions

(1) This section applies in relation to an original decision if QCAT is stated in schedule 3 for
the decision.
(2) If the reviewed decision is not the decision sought by the applicant for the review, the
chief executive must give the applicant a QCAT information notice for the reviewed
decision.
(3) The applicant may apply, as provided under the QCAT Act, to QCAT for a review of the
reviewed decision.
Not
e—
The QCAT Act, section 22(3) provides that QCAT may stay the operation of the reviewed
decision, either on application by a person or on its own initiative.
(
4)I
nthi
ssect
ion—
original decision means a decision described in schedule 3.
reviewed decision meanst
hechi
efexecut
iv
e’sdeci
si
ononar
evi
ewundersec
ti
on485.
Page 9 of 12
485B Appeals against decisions
(1) This section applies in relation to an original decision if a court (the appeal court) is
stated in schedule 3 for the decision.
(2) If the reviewed decision is not the decision sought by the applicant for the review, the
applicant may appeal against the reviewed decision to the appeal court.
(3) TheTr
anspor
tPl
anni
ngandCoor
dinat
ionAc
t1994,par
t5,di
vi
si
on3—
(a) applies to the appeal; and
(
b)pr
ovi
des—
(i) for the procedure for the appeal and the way it is to be disposed of; and
(ii) that the person may apply to the appeal court to have the original decision
stayed.
….
(7) I
nthi
ssect
ion—
original decision means a decision described in schedule 3.
reviewed decision meanst
hechi
efexecut
iv
e’sdeci
si
ononar
evi
ewundersec
ti
on485.
Page 10 of 12
Transport Planning and Coordination Act 1994
Par
t5,Di
vi
si
on2–Revi
ewofOr
igi
nalDeci
si
ons
31 Applying for review

(1) A person may apply for a review of an original decision only within 28 days after notice of
the original decision was given to the person under the transport Act.
(2) However
,if
—
(a) the notice did not state the reasons for the original decision; and
(b) the person asked for a statement of the reasons within the 28 days mentioned in
subsection (1)
the person may apply within 28 days after the person is given the statement of the
reasons.
(3) In addition, the chief executive may extend the period for applying.
(4) An application must be written and state in detail the grounds on which the person wants
the original decision to be reviewed.
32 Stay of operation of original decision

(1) If a person applies for review of an original decision, the person may immediately apply for
a stay of the decision to the relevant entity.
(2) The relevant entity may stay the original decision to secure the effectiveness of the review
and any later appeal to or review by the relevant entity.
(3) In setting the time for hearing the application, the relevant entity must allow at least 3
business days between the day the application is filed with it and the hearing day.
(4) The chief executive is a party to the application.
(5) The person must serve a copy of the application showing the time and place of the hearing
and any document filed in the relevant entity with it on the chief executive at least 2
business days before the hearing.
(
6)Thest
ay—
(a) may be given on conditions the relevant entity considers appropriate; and
(b) operates for the period specified by the relevant entity; and
(c) may be revoked or amended by the relevant entity.
Page 11 of 12
(7) The period of a stay under this section must not extend past the time when the chief
executive reviews the original decision and any later period the relevant entity allows the
applicant to enable the applicant to appeal against the decision or apply for a review of
the decision as provided under the QCAT Act.
(8) The making of an application does not affect the original decision, or the carrying out of the
original decision, unless it is stayed.
(
9)I
nthi
ssect
ion—
relevant entity means—
(a) i
fther
evi
eweddeci
si
onmayber
evi
ewedbyQCAT—QCAT;or
(b) i
fther
evi
eweddeci
si
onmaybeappeal
edt
otheappealcour
t—t
heappealc
our
t.
35 Time for making appeals

(
1)Aper
sonmayappealagai
nstar
evi
eweddeci
si
ononl
ywi
thi
n—
(a) if a decision notice is given to the per
son—28days after the notice was given to the
person; or
(b) if the chief executive is taken to have confirmed the decision under section 34(
5)—56
days after the application was made.
(
2)However
,if
—
(a) the decision notice did not state the reasons for the decision; and
(b) the person asked for a statement of the reasons within the 28 days mentioned in
subsection (1)(a);
the person may apply within 28 days after the person is given a statement of the
reasons.
(3) Also, the appeal court may extend the period for appealing.
Page 12 of 12
Deed of Indemnity for construction of
road works on a State-controlled road
(section 33 of the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994)
Department of Transport and Main Roads reference number

TMR
Contractor (insert name of contractor carrying out works, as shown on public liability insurance)
Road works (insert description of works and location)
I/We the contractor named above:

a. indemnify the State of Queensland (represented by the department), its officers, employees and agents (the Indemnified)
against any or all Losses suffered or incurred (except to the extent that any Losses are caused through the negligent act or
omission of the Indemnified) in connection with the construction of the road works
b. acknowledge that provision of this indemnity is a condition of approval of the road works under section 33 of the Transport
Infrastructure Act.
In this deed, ‘Losses’ include liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and costs (including, legal costs on a full indemnity basis and
whether incurred or awarded) of any kind or nature whether arising in contract or tort (including, but not limited to negligence) or
under a statute, and also includes:
a. loss of profits, loss of revenue, loss of anticipated savings, loss of opportunity, pure economic loss and loss of data
b. any other consequential, special or indirect loss or damage.
Executed as a deed
For company:
Signed, sealed and delivered
on the ________________ day of ____________ 20 ____ in

accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).
________________________________________ ________________________________________
Signature of director Signature of company secretary/director
________________________________________________ ________________________________________________
Full name of director Full name of company secretary/director
For individual:
Signed, sealed and delivered by
________________________________________________
on the ________________ day of ____________ 20 ____ in

the presence of:
________________________________________ ________________________________________
Signature of witness Signature
________________________________________________
Full name of witness
TRB Forms Area Form F5109 CFD V01 May 2016

PRE-START MEETING CHECKLIST
Works Within State-controlled Roads Boundaries
Developer:
Project:
Meeting Location: Date:
Note: Supervising Engineer to arrange pre-start meeting prior to the proposed commencement of work.
Wherever the endorsed documents refer to the Superintendent/Administrator for a decision about
the works, or there is a conflict within the approved documents, the Superintendent/Administrator
shall refer the matter/s to the DTMR Representative for consideration and acceptance prior to
communicating their decision to the contractor.
• TMR Decision Notice Date…………….….. Date____/____/____……………………………………
1. Nominations
• Supervising Engineer…………………..….. name/ph______________________________________
• Principal Contractor……………………....... name/ph______________________________________
• Principal Contractor's – WH&S Rep …….. name/ph______________________________________
• Certified Testing Laboratory…………….... name/ph______________________________________
• TMR Inspector…………………………...…. name/ph______________________________________
• TMR Electrical Inspector………………..…. name/ph______________________________________
2. Management Plans ………………………………………..…………………
• Inspection and Test Plan (ITP)………....… ……………………………………………..……………
• Traffic Management Plan (TMP)…………. ……………………………………………..……………
• Environment Management Plan (EMP)…. ……………………………………………..……………
• Quality Management Plan (QP)…………..
• Works Program
3. Lodgements
• Public Liability Insurance………..……..…. expiry date____/____/____…………………….………
• Workers Compensation………………...…. expiry date ____/____/____………………………..…..
• Deed of Indemnity……………………...….. ..…………………………………………………………
• Bond (Amount/Type)………………………. …………………………………………………………..
• Other:____________________________ …………………………………………………………..
4. Other points to be discussed
• Hours of Work………………………………. …………………………………………………………..
• Construction Period………………..….…… …………………………………………………………..
• Inspections………………………………….. …………………………………………………………..
• "Supplied Material" Test Results…………. …………………………………………………………..
• Compliance Testing and Results…………. …………………………………………………………..
• Unsuitable Subgrade Material……………. …………………………………………………………..
• Pavement Design………………………….. …………………………………………………………..
• Joining to Exist Pavement………………… …………………………………………………………..
• Material Supplies for Surfacing….……….. …………………………………………………………..
• Bitumen/Asphalt Design……….……..…… …………………………………………………………..
• Variations from Endorsed Plans…….….... …………………………………………………………..
• On-maintenance…(TMR Inspection)….…. …………………………………………………………..
• Maintenance Period…(12mths)………….. …………………………………………………………..
• Off Maintenance Inspection………………. …………………………………………………………..
• Future Maintenance Responsibilities…….. …………………………………………………………..
5. Works Permit Issued: No. _____________ date____/____/____
Fitzroy District, Rockhampton Office RFCD-0275 (8/20016)

6. Pre-start Meeting Attendance
Name Company/Department Signature
Fitzroy District (Rockhampton) RFCD-0275 (8/2016)

Print Form Reset Form
Principal Contractor’s Details and Bond

Estimate
Application details
Department of Transport and Main Roads reference number
TMR
Pursuant to the conditional approval of the subject application, I nominate the following as the principal contractor for the works. I
request that you deal with the principal contractor for all matters relating to the construction works.
Applicant’s name
Applicant’s signature Date

/ /
Principal contractor’s details

Legal name Australian Business Number (ABN)
Registered address
Postcode
Physical address
Postcode
Telephone number (work hours) Telephone number (after hours) Mobile number
Email address
Primary contact person (overseer) Position
Telephone number (work hours) Telephone number (after hours) Mobile number
Prequalification status (please check one)

Department of Transport and Main Roads prequalified Prequalified number
Not Department of Transport and Main Roads Attach evidence of:

prequalified i. previous construction works (preferably on a State-controlled road)
ii. ability to carry out the works in accordance with the approved plans,
standards and specifications
iii. qualifications and experience of the primary contact person
(overseer), including the Registered Professional Engineer of
Queensland number.
Principal contractor’s insurance and indemnity (please check if attached)
Attached is the Deed of Indemnity for road works on a State-controlled road (form F5109) signed by the principal contractor.
Attached is evidence of the principal contractor’s public liability insurance policy of no less than $20 million that notes the
Department of Transport and Main Roads interest on the policy.
Construction works costs
Estimated cost of the works Bond amount
$ $
Attached are details supporting the estimation of costs of works (for example, bill of quantities).
Privacy statement: The Department of Transport and Main Roads is collecting the information on this form for the purpose of managing the road works (under s33 of
the Transport Infrastructure Act 1994) that are being undertaken by a third party with respect to an application for such works. The details will not be disclosed to any
other third party without your consent unless required by law.
TRB Forms Area Form F5084 CFD V01 Jun 2015

52
53
53
52
55
52
54
53
56
55
51
56
55
53
52
54
51
52
52
51
50
53
56
51
53
55
54
52
50
49
52
53
52
53 53
56
53
53
51
52
53
52
51
48
54
52
51
50
50 55
50
52
53
51
51
51
49
50
50
49
49
49
50
48
48
49
47
48
47
46
45
46
Notice of intention to commence public notification
Section 17.2 of the Development Assessment Rules
Applicant Name: Genex Power Limited
Address: C/- AECOM

PO Box 5423, Townsville QLD 4810
Contact Number/Email: T: 0431 824 446 E: renee.weightman@aecom.com
Notice Date: 15 February 2021
Assessment Manager’s Name: Rockhampton Regional Council

Attention: Thomas Gardiner
Assessment Manager’s Address: PO Box 1860, Rockhampton QLD 4700
Application/Reference Number: D/139-2020
Proposal Details: Undefined Use (Electricity Infrastructure (Battery

Storage Facility))
Street Address: 52949 Burnett Highway, Bouldercombe QLD 4702
Real Property Description: Lot 1 on RP610887 and Lot 3 on RP611829
Dear Sir/Madam,
In accordance with section 17.2 of the Development Assessment Rules, I intend to start the
public notification required under section 17.1 on: 19/02/21
At this time, I can advise that I intend to:
Publish a notice in the CQ Today on 18/02/21 and
Place notice on the premises in the way prescribed under the Development Assessment
Rules on 18/02/21 and
Notify the owners of all lots adjoining the premises the subject of the application on
15/02/21
The last day of public notification will be: 15/03/21
If you wish to discuss this matter further, please contact Renee Weightman on the above
telephone number.
Yours sincerely,
Paul Fronis
Real Property Signs – 15/02/21
The Planning Act 2016 is administered by the Department of State Development, Infrastructure, Local Government and
Planning (DSDILGP), Queensland Government.

D139 2020 Public Notification

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

D139 2020 Public Notification

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

D139 2020 Public Notification

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PUBLIC NOTIFICATION

Approval Sought: Development Permit For Material

Proposed Development: Undefined Use (Electricity

52949 Burnett Highway,

Lot Description: Lot 1 on RP610887 and Lot 3 on

Application Reference: D/139-2020

Make a submission from:

18 February 2021 to 15 March 2021

Development Permit for a

Development Permit for a Material Change of Use

Client: Genex Power Limited

Job No.: 60644664

© AECOM Australia Pty Ltd (AECOM). All rights reserved.

Prepared by Renee Weightman

Reviewed by Colette Hayes

1 21-Dec-2020 For Lodgement Colette Hayes

1.1 Application Details

Proponent Name Genex Power Limited (the Applicant)

Lot/Plan 1RP610887 & 3RP611829

Site Area 26.609ha

Registered Owner Queensland Electricity Transmission Corporation – Powerlink Queensland

Local Government Rockhampton Regional Council

Assessment Rockhampton Regional Council

Planning Instrument Rockhampton Regional Council Planning Scheme 2015

Existing Use Powerlink 275kV/135kV Bouldercombe Substation

Zone Special Purpose Zone

Proposed Definition Electricity Infrastructure (Battery Storage Facility)

Infrastructure The Project site is subject to an Infrastructure Designation under the

State Referral · Designated Premises.

Figure 1 Project Site Location (Queensland Globe)

1.3 Supporting Information

2.0 Development Proposal

Figure 2 Project Site

2.3 Connection Assets

2.4 Use and Layout

2.4.2 Site Layout and Built Form

Figure 4 Site Plan

2.5 Construction Phase

Approved Access Location

Figure 5 Limited Access Map (Department of Transport and Main Roads)

No. of One Way No. of One

Site Set-Up and De- Portacabin delivery and removal 10 -

Generator delivery and removal 2 -

Crane mob and demob 8 -

Water tank delivery and removal 2 -

Roads and Delivery of imported capping for 62 -

Delivery of sediment fences, 6 -

Plant delivery and removal: 8 -

Key Equipment Tool container delivery and removal 2 -

Megapack deliveries 104 -

Electrical Equipment Cable delivery 2 -

Cable trench backfill material delivery 4 -

Control building deliveries 4 -

No. of One Way No. of One

Aux transformer delivery 2 -

Electrical equipment deliveries 16 -

Other Employee vehicle movements (2 per 6000

Total 334 6,048